Asimov's Science Fiction
April/May 2006 Vol. 30 Nos. 4 & 5
(Whole Numbers 363 & 364)

Cover Art by Bob Eggleton
NOVELLAS
Inclination by William Shunn
The Walls of the Universe by Paul Melko
NOVELETTES
Except the Music by Kristine Kathryn Rusch
Home Movies by Mary Rosenblum
SHORT STORIES
Heisenberg Elementary by Wil McCarthy
The Final Flight of the Blue Bee by James Maxey
Datacide by Steve Bein
Hanosz Prime Goes to Old Earth by Robert Silverberg
The Age of Ice by Liz Williams
The Osteomancer's Son by Greg van Eekhout
Not Worth a Cent by R. Neube
The King's Tail by Constance Cooper
POETRY
Choose by W. Gregory Stewart
The Sonnet from Hell by Sue Burke
The Tree of Life Drops Propagules by Greg Beatty
Brick, Concrete, and Steel People by Bruce Boston
Burying Maud by William John Watkins
DEPARTMENTS
Editorial: Coming of Age by Sheila Williams
Reflections: Tracking Down the Ancestors by Robert
Silverberg
Letters
Thought Experiments: A Possible Planet: SF & Electronic
Music by Brian Bieniowski
On Books: Aussies, Brits, and Yanks by Norman Spinrad
The SF Conventional Calendar by Erwin S. Strauss
Asimov's Science Fiction. ISSN 1065-2698. Vol. 30, Nos. 4
& 5. Whole Nos. 363 & 364, April/May 2006. GST #R123293128.
Published monthly except for two combined double issues in April/May
and October/November by Dell Magazines, a division of Crosstown
Publications. One year subscription $43.90 in the United States and
U.S. possessions. In all other countries $53.90 (GST included in
Canada), payable in advance in U.S. funds. Address for subscription and
all other correspondence about them, 6 Prowitt Street, Norwalk, CT
06855. Allow 6 to 8 weeks for change of address. Address for all
editorial matters: Asimov's Science Fiction, 475 Park Avenue
South, New York, N.Y. 10016. Asimov's Science Fiction is the
registered trademark of Dell Magazines, a division of Crosstown
Publications. © 2006 by Dell Magazines, a division of
Crosstown
Publications, 6 Prowitt Street, Norwalk, CT 06855. All rights reserved,
printed in the U.S.A. Protection secured under the Universal and Pan
American Copyright Conventions. Reproduction or use of editorial or
pictorial content in any manner without express permission is
prohibited. All submissions must include a self-addressed, stamped
envelope; the publisher assumes no responsibility for unsolicited
manuscripts. Periodical postage paid at Norwalk, CT and additional
mailing offices. Canadian postage paid at Montreal, Quebec, Canada Post
International Publications Mail, Product Sales Agreement No. 40012460.
POSTMASTER, send change of address to Asimov's Science Fiction,
6 Prowitt Street, Norwalk, CT 06855. In Canada return to Quebecor St.
Jean, 800 Blvd. Industrial, St. Jean, Quebec J3B 8G4.
CONTENTS
Editorial: Coming
of Age by Sheila Williams
Reflections: Tracking Down the
Ancestors by Robert Silverberg
Letters
Thought Experiments: A Possible
Planet: SF & Electronic Music by Brian Bieniowski
Inclination by William Shunn
Heisenberg Elementary by Wil
Mccarthy
The Final Flight of the Blue Bee
by James Maxey
Datacide by Steve Bein
Except The Music by Kristine
Kathryn Rusch
Hanosz Prime Goes To Old Earth by
Robert Silverberg
The Sonnet From Hell by Sue Burke
The Age Of Ice by Liz Williams
Home Movies by Mary Rosenblum
The Tree Of Life Drops Propagules
by Greg Beatty
The Osteo-Mancer's Son by Greg
Van Eekhout
Brick, Concrete, and Steel People
by Bruce Boston
Not Worth A Cent by R. Neube
The King's Tail by Constance
Cooper
The Walls of the Universe by Paul
Melko
On Books: Aussies, Brits, and
Yanks by Norman Spinrad
Burying Maud (Mock Fireside
Lament) by William John Watkins
SF Conventional Calendar by Erwin
S. Strauss
* * * *
Asimov's Science Fiction
Isaac Asimov: Editorial Director (1977-1992)
Sheila Williams: Editor
Brian Bieniowski: Associate Editor
Gardner Dozois: Contributing Editor
Victoria Green: Senior Art Director
Shirley Chan Levi: Art Production Associate
Carole Dixon: Senior Production Manager
Evira Matos: Production Associate
Abigail Browning: Manager Subsidiary Rights and Marketing
Scott Lais: Contracts & Permissions
Bruce Sherbow: Vice President of Sales & Marketing
Sandy Marlowe: Circulation Services
Peter Kanter: Publisher
Christine Begley: Associate Publisher
Susan Kendrioski: Executive Director, Art and Production
Julia McEvoy: Manager, Advertising Sales
Connie Goon: Advertising Sales Coordinator
Phone: (212) 686-7188
Fax: (212) 686-7414
Display and Classified Advertising
* * * *
Stories from Asimov's have won 42 Hugos and 25 Nebula
Awards, and our editors have received 17 Hugo Awards for Best Editor. Asimov's
was also the 2001 recipient of the Locus Award for Best Magazine.
* * * *
Please do not send us your manuscript until you've gotten a copy of
our manuscript guidelines. To obtain this, send us a self-addressed,
stamped business-size envelope (what stationery stores call a number 10
envelope), and a note requesting this information. Please write
"manuscript guidelines" in the bottom left-hand corner of the outside
envelope. The address for this and for all editorial correspondence is
Asimov's Science Fiction, 475 Park Avenue South, New York, NY 10016.
While we're always looking for new writers, please, in the interest of
time-saving, find out what we're loking for, and how to prepare it,
before submitting your story.
Editorial: Coming of Age by Sheila
Williams
The coming-of-age story, the dramatic passage from
adolescence to adulthood, is one of the thematic cornerstones of all
literature. It is found in classics like David Copperfield and
Emma, and it is prevalent in such popular fiction as J.G.
Ballard's Empire of the Sun, Alice Sebold's The Lovely
Bones, and, of course, the entireHarry Potter series. Science
fiction and fantasy authors are particularly evil, though, because they
can heap excruciating new complications upon the trauma and angst of
adolescence.
Science fiction has always been filled with stories
about young people growing up while facing adversity. The Post-War
years were rich ones for these tales. One of my favorites from the
fifties is Robert Heinlein's The Star Beast, which chronicles
the maturation of the beast as well as the humans around him. Rather
than focus on a child, Arthur C. Clarke brings all of humanity to
adulthood in his classic 1953 novel about Childhood's End.
The sixties, a period of self-discovery, was also a
fertile era for these tales. The most famous example from that decade
must be Frank Herbert's Dune. Alexei Panshin's appropriately
named Rite of Passage was published around the same time, and
one of my favorites, John Wyndham's Chocky, about a boy coping
with an alien telepath, came out in 1968. Harlan Ellison's tale of a
young man learning how to survive in a brutal future, "A Boy and His
Dog," received the Nebula award for best novella in 1969.
Asimov's has run its share of these
stories. One of our longest was a three-part serial by Robert
Silverberg, The Longest Way Home (October/November 2001,
December 2001, and January 2002). In this novel, the journey from
boyhood to man is literal as well as metaphoric, since fifteen-year-old
Joseph, heir to House Keilloran (one of the ruling human families on a
distant planet), must survive an arduous trip across an unfriendly
continent to reach the safety of his homeland. A well-received coming
of age novella from Asimov's was John Kessel's 2002 tale,
"Stories for Men," about a teenage boy growing up on Mars.
These examples may give the impression that these
types of tales are all sagas about the rites of passage of young men,
or that the complexities of the issues that arise from the journey from
adolescence to adulthood are too rich and layered to be covered in
under ten thousand words. But there have been a number of short
stories, many of which capture the experience of girls and young women.
Suzy McKee Charnas's 1989 Nebula-award-winning story "Boobs," about a
teenage girl's steps toward adulthood, is not only a great story about
a young woman, it is also one of the best werewolf stories I've ever
read. Another short, sharp coming-of-age tale is Connie Willis's, "A
Letter from the Cleary's." Like "A Boy and His Dog," this 1982 Nebula
winner is also a vicious tale of survival in a post-holocaust America.
There are many stories from Asimov's that
show how universal the rite-of-passage experience is. In "Breathmoss,"
Ian R. MacLeod's 2002 Asimov's Readers' Award winning novella, the only
immediate journey is one of self-discovery for Jalila, a human girl on
the planet Habara. An unorthodox child in a rigid culture, she must
come to terms with who she is and the role that she has chosen and must
choose in a future of time dilation and space travel. (And my
twelve-year-old thinks her choices are tough!) Despite a
suffocating social order, Jalila finds room for growth and
self-enlightenment. Eleanor Arnason does a masterful job of showing an
alien coming to terms with herself and her world in the 1999 novella
"Dapple." Allen M. Steele's long series of Coyote stories chronicles
the coming of age of both a boy and his planet. Robert Reed does the
same for a boy and the human species in his Sister Alice stories. One
of the beauties of science fiction is that it is able to take the
themes that are the cornerstones of human literature and extrapolate
beyond the human condition.
Several months ago, we received the powerful
novellas from Paul Melko and William Shunn that can be found in this
issue. While these two stories were very different in tone, characters,
and setting, they both share the young-man-coming-of-age literary
theme. A couple of months later, a wonderful big novella from William
Barton showed up. Again, it has nothing in common with the first two
tales except the coming-of-age theme. Of the many factors that go into
pulling an issue together, the most important one is the stories that
are submitted to the magazine. The double issue also provides me with
the best opportunity to run novellas. Thus, mostly accidentally, a
loose theme for April/May was born. It's a theme, though, that is not
necessarily reflected in the other stories in the issue. To paraphrase
Polonius, since there are more things in Heaven and Earth and science
fiction than are dreamed of in this editorial, and since I also wanted
to squeeze in a wide range of short stories and novelettes, you will
have to wait until the October/November issue to discover how young men
come of age in Mr. Barton's tale.
* * * *
We welcome your letters. They should be sent to Asimov's,
475 Park Avenue South, Floor 11, New York, NY 10016, or e-mail to asimovs
@dellmagazines.com. Space and time make it impossible to print or
answer all letters, but please include your mailing address even if you
use e-mail. If you don't want your address printed, put it only in the
heading of your letter; if you do want it printed, please put your
address under your signature. We reserve the right to shorten and
copy-edit letters. The email address is for editorial correspondence only--please
direct all subscription inquiries to: 6 Prowitt Street, Norwalk, CT
06855.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Reflections: Tracking Down the Ancestors
by Robert Silverberg
I've spent most of my professional life thinking
about the future, but lately it's the past that's been on my
mind--specifically, my own family tree. I know next to nothing about my
ancestors. Both my mother's family and my father's came to the United
States as part of that great migration of European Jews to the New
World that took place in the late nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries: my father's family, like Isaac Asimov's, originated in
Russia, and my mother's in a part of Poland that was then under the
rule of the Austro-Hungarian Empire. Neither of those countries kept
very careful genealogical records of Jews, who were not regarded as
full citizens, and many of such sketchy records as did exist were
destroyed in World War II.
So what little information I have about my ancestors
goes back no farther than my grandparents' generation--people born in
the 1870s and 1880s. Three of my grandparents--my father's mother and
both of my mother's parents--lived on into my adulthood. But my
father's father died before I was born, and I didn't even know his
first name until a couple of years ago, when I found it among my late
father's papers while searching for my own birth certificate. Beyond
that all is darkness.
Last week, spurred by some sudden genealogical
curiosity, I phoned my only living relative of a previous
generation--my mother's younger sister, who is now eighty-four years
old--and asked her about the names of her grandparents. She
turned out to have no information about her father's side of the
family, since they all stayed in Europe except for her father, my
grandfather. But she was, at least, able to tell me the names of her
maternal grandparents and a little bit about them. (They both died in
the early 1930s, before I was born.)
That's probably about as far as my researches into
the past are going to go--the Silverberg side of my ancestry will
remain a mystery except for my paternal grandmother's first name, and I
will know a tiny bit more, but not much, about my mother's family.
Other Americans, of course, those who are descended from Western
European ancestors, particularly English ones, have access to much more
information. My wife Karen's stepmother, for instance, is a May-flower
descendant and a Daughter of the American Revolution; she still lives
in a house that has been in her family's possession for two hundred
years. On the other hand, her second husband, Karen's father, was one
of those Jews brought from Europe to the New World as children who
never even knew the names of their own grandparents.
Then there is my friend Hilary Benford, the
sister-in-law of science-fiction writer Gregory Benford, who has
compiled a Benford family tree going back to the seventeenth century.
Greg and his twin brother Jim are descended from British settlers of
the American South, and so their family history has been relatively
easy to trace. I have a printout of it on my desk. You will be
interested to know, I hope, that the ancestors of the author of the
Galactic Center novels include such people as America Jefferson
Benford, Alabama Nelson, Robert E. Lee Nelson, Philpott Marquis Karner,
Tatum Shalisa Benford, Meantha Matilda Wabbington, Hassell Nimrod
Callaway, Druid Jones, and Crulius J. Styron. (Hilary insists that she
has not made any of these names up, and I suppose I must believe her.
But, really--Crulius J. Styron?)
I feel vaguely envious of the Benford ancestral
list, which fills seven pages. (Opal Minnie May Benford! Caledonia
Styron! Cicero Amos Nelson!) But actually it's a pretty minor deal
compared with that of the British royal family, which goes back to
William the Conqueror and onward into the past to the first Dukes of
Normandy. There is many a twist and turn in that genealogy,
naturally--the present crop of royals is descended from a German branch
of the family, and before them came the Stuarts, a bunch of Scots, and
their cousins the Tudors who ruled before them were Welsh, etc., etc.
Still, William's blood flowed in them all. And even the British line is
small potatoes next to that of the reigning dynasty of Japan, which
claims descent from the prehistoric sun-goddess Amaterasu. Since even
the Japanese concede that Amaterasu is a mythical figure, the claim to
an unbroken line of descent may be a bit tenuous, but I, with my
pitiful three and a half generations of genealogical information, am
certainly in no position to challenge it.
Now, though, comes an opportunity for all of us, not
just the British and Japanese royals, or the Benfords and
genealogically impoverished people like me, to trace our ancestries
clear back to paleolithic times. Imagine it--a family tree stretching
fifty thousand years or more into the past! (What if I discover that
I'm a distant cousin of Queen Elizabeth? What if the Queen locates a
Neanderthal branch of the Plantagenet line? What were the first names
of the Cro-Magnon Benfords? Fun and surprises for us all.)
The benefactors who hope to create this fount of
information for us are of impeccable lineage themselves: nobody less
than the National Geographic Society and the IBM Corporation. The
project will be aided by such institutions as the Laboratory of Human
Population Genetics in Moscow, the Center for Excellence in Genomic
Sciences in India, and the Center for Genome Information at the
University of Cincinnati. Together, these groups will seek to assemble,
over the next five years, a gigantic genetic database that will use
thousands of DNA samples to track the routes of ancient migratory
peoples out of the ancestral human home in East Africa and onward to
Europe, Asia, and eventually the Alabama of the Benfords and the New
York of the Silverbergs and Asimovs.
The plan is to collect one hundred thousand blood
samples from indigenous peoples around the world for genetic analysis.
("Indigenous peoples" are what the National Geographic Magazine
used to call "natives." "Indigenous" means "native to," but we can't
call them "natives" any more, just "indigenous peoples," through the
same mystifying semantic process of political correctness that makes
"colored person" improper and "person of color" acceptable.) The DNA
information from this database will, it is hoped, provide a picture of
early human migration routes throughout the world
How do you and I and the Benfords enter into this?
Well, for $99.95 any of us can obtain a DNA kit from the National
Geographic--two swabs and a pair of plastic vials. You scrape a few
cells from the inner wall of your cheek and mail them in, and the
researchers will locate your position on the ancestral human family
tree that is now under construction out of the samples being taken from
the indigenous peoples. The money paid for these kits will go to
finance the indigenous-population research (and, we are assured, a
portion will be set aside for a fund that will help to preserve their
cultures).
Some migratory paths have already been mapped. About
fifty thousand years ago, men with the Y chromosome marker known as
M168 (women do not have Y chromosomes) headed north out of East Africa.
Some fifty centuries later these wanderers generated the M89 mutation
while living in Arabia. That genetic marker still can be traced via
Central Asia into Europe, and is found in many modern men of European
descent.
The new human-genome project hopes to uncover many
more such migratory-route markers, and thereby to determine such things
as the original home of the Chinese people or the location of the
homeland of the Indo-European language from which most languages spoken
in Europe, the Americas, and much of Asia are derived. Another
possibility would be tracking the genetic path of the invading armies
of Alexander the Great that swept through Persia, Afghanistan, and
India twenty-four hundred years ago. Certain villages of fair-skinned
people in northwestern India claim to be descended from Alexander's
troops, but are they? DNA evidence may answer that question.
Naturally, this being the furiously politicized
twenty-first century, no sooner was the project announced than it came
under attack. Certain indigenous peoples believe that they have always
lived in their present homelands, a fact that might not be borne out by
DNA analysis. "We already know our history," said the leaders of one
Northwest American Indian tribe in 1996, when an awkwardly non-Indian
ancient human skeleton turned up near their reservation and scientists
called for study of it. "It is passed on to us through our elders and
through our religious practices. If this individual is truly over nine
thousand years old, that only substantiates the belief that he is
Native American. From our oral histories, we know that our people have
been part of this land since the beginning of time." Plainly they won't
be interested in cooperating with a project that might provide them
with historical information about themselves that differs from their
own tribal lore.
Certain self-styled advocates for indigenous folk
also have assailed the enterprise, calling it a "vampire project"
because it will extract valuable information from the blood of
endangered tribes while offering nothing in return. People concerned
with privacy issues are worried about having the information put to
sinister commercial uses. Some anthropologists say that searching for
genetic differences among populations is tantamount to racism. (Should
we deny the existence of genetic differences between populations? Is it
purely a matter of miraculous providence that so many tall blond people
are indigenous to Scandinavia and so few to China?) And a few
scientists are complaining that the samples collected will not be made
available to every researcher who wants access to them, only to those
who are part of the project.
Despite those arguments, I think much that is of
great interest and importance can come from this work. I won't learn
the names of my great-great-grandparents, but perhaps we'll find out at
last whether Homo sapiens interbred with the Neanderthals, or
whether European and Polynesian seamen reached the Americas in early
prehistoric times, or where the aboriginal inhabitants of Australia
came from.
On the other hand, I--who have managed to get along
pretty well in life with scarcely a clue to my family history--wonder
whether the chief outcome of the project may simply be a loud
scientific and political uproar. I think I'll leave the final word here
to that grand sage of science fiction, Robert A. Heinlein, who had this
to say in The Notebooks of Lazarus Long: "This sad little
lizard told me that he was a brontosaurus on his mother's side. I did
not laugh; people who boast of ancestry often have little else to
sustain them. Humoring them costs nothing and adds to happiness in a
world in which happiness is always in short supply."
* * * *
CORRECTION:
In a column on serialized novels that appeared
in Asimov's October-November 2005 issue,
I erred when I said that "Asimov's has serialized just three
novels in its entire history--one by William Gibson, one by Michael
Swanwick, one by Robert Silverberg." In fact six serials have
been published here--a second one by Michael Swanwick, a two-part
serial by Frederik Pohl, and Harlan Ellison's I Robot, a novel
in screenplay form.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
CHOOSE
"the one of you will have a soul,"
the spirit said at the beginning of things,
"and the other will run free;
the one of you might find heaven--the other will bark at the
moon."
then the thing that would be wolf
and the thing that would be human
looked at the spirit
and asked, "to whom and how
will you give these things?"
"choose," said the spirit, "choose,
and tell me," and the spirit smiled
while the thing that would be human
and the thing that would be wolf cast lots,
and laughed when the wolf won, choosing the moon.
--W. Gregory Stewart
[Back to Table of Contents]
Letters
Dear Ms. Williams:
I have been a subscriber to Asimov's for about
fifteen years, ever since my wife gave me a gift subscription. After
all that time the appearance of a new Asimov's in the mailbox
still brings me a smile of anticipation, and why not? Month after month
most of the stories are good, many are very good, and some are just
excellent. Unfortunately, Kristine Kathryn Rusch's "Diving into the
Wreck" in the December 2005 issue is the exception. What's strange is
how clearly the source material shows through: Robert Kurson's
wonderful non-fiction book Shadow Divers, and Star Trek:
The Next Generation's episode 164, "The Pegasus." We could make a
checklist of story plot elements that are found in the sources.
Following a line from the boat to the wreck? Check. The dangers of
distraction, running out of air, sharp edges? Check. Watching grainy
videos of what's in the wreck? Check. A father and son diving team that
gets into trouble? Check. Mysterious stealth (cloaking) technology that
is dangerously unstable? Check.
Maybe if I'd never read Shadow Divers I
would have found the story compelling, instead of disappointing.
Andrew Klein
Chicago, Illinois
* * * *
The author replies....
First, because I used to be a Star Trek writer,
I'm sure I have seen the Pegasus episode, but I really don't remember
it. (Even now, being reminded of it, I don't remember it.) Technology
is always unstable, always has problems, and that's the basis for the
technology in the story.
I also followed an historian's maxim (my
training is in history): technology gets lost over time. People forget
how to do it; it loses effectiveness; something better (or worse) comes
along. In this story, the lost technology isn't just the ship. It's
also in the diving. I deliberately modeled the wreck diving on modern
diving. All of the techniques that Mr. Klein mentioned are real diving
techniques--and real divers' worries. So, of course they'd be in a book
about diving--and in my story.
My husband Dean Wesley Smith was a professional
diver for years. He did everything from teach diving to search for
missing (and presumed drowned) children. I relied heavily on Dean's
expertise for my story. Shadow Divers was an influence, but not in the
way Mr. Klein expects. I asked my husband if he wanted to read the book
about people diving into old undersea wrecks. He said, "Why? Those
people are crazy." And hence, the inspiration for the story.
I'm sorry the story didn't work for you, Mr.
Klein, but I do appreciate the close read.
Kristine Kathryn Rusch
* * * *
Dear Editor:
Let me now celebrate Asimov's book
reviewer(s). Norman Spinrad's review essay in the October/November
issue prompted my determination to place credit where it seems not to
go--at least not nearly as often as the quality and usefulness of the
product justifies. Am I right? Is the correspondence your office
receives from readers in praise of book reviews as thin as the credit
academics get for parallel efforts?
Truly, the quality of Mr. Spinrad's text and
conceptual content is at par or better relative to the rest of the
magazine ... and the same has generally been the case, issue after
issue, reviewer after reviewer. Even if I never get around to reading a
single publication that's mentioned, I've always gone away impressed
and enlightened by Asimov's book review essays.
By way of a personal illustration, several years ago
one reviewer's essay covered Cetaganda, by Lois McMaster
Bujold. Intrigued, I picked up a copy at a local bookstore (now a
decade defunct, but that's quite another lament) and was so taken by
its blend of space opera, romance and whodunnit styles that I promptly
added the rest of Mrs. Bujold's then-extant works to my collection.
These days I get equal satisfaction from reading and
re-reading the first two books in Lois's "Chalion" setting. Had it not
been for the quality of that long-ago review in Asimov's,
I might never have been made aware of an author whose works I now value
highly enough to buy as soon as they appear--and at hardbound prices.
Michael R. Wilson
* * * *
Dear Sheila Williams:
I have been reading Analog since 1962 and
then bridged to Asimov's when that publication started. With
each change of editor the tenor of the magazines changed. Sometimes I
wondered whether I was reading a science fiction magazine or a fantasy
magazine that was flavored with a few SF paragraphs. During the
previous editorship of Asimov's my reading was intermittent and
only after I had finished the Analog. Sometimes issues would go
unread for months.
I had not realized that there was a change in the
"commanding officer" when I started reading the April/May issue of Asimov's
many months late. However, by the third story I was once again
devouring the magazine. Honestly, I felt I was back in the Campbell era.
Simply, your choice of authors is much to my liking
and as I enter retirement, Asimov's will continue to be on the
list of publications I will afford to keep.
William Wilbur
Boron, CA
* * * *
Dear Ms. Williams:
While I enjoyed your usual line-up of features,
fiction, and poetry in the December 2005 issue, (keep shivvying William
Sanders out of his semi-retirement!) as a long-time Asimov's subscriber,
I would like to take a moment and add my voice, however still, small,
off-key that it may be, to the chorus of Connie Willis readers who
would be delighted to see her return with another Christmas story in
2006.
I thought that "Just like the Ones We Used to Know"
(December 2003) was one of her best stories yet! I also liked her more
recent "Inside Job" (January 2005) so much that I recommended its book
version for purchase at the three libraries where I have library cards.
Would it help if Willis readers launched an email campaign to recruit a
certain jolly gentleman from the North Pole for some heavy-duty
heave-ho-ho-ho assistance in this matter?
Michael D. Toman
South Pasadena, CA
* * * *
We're doing our best to encourage both writers to
send us new stories. I hope readers who enjoyed Connie's "Just like the
Ones We Used to Know" had the chance to see it televised on CBS (as Snow
Wonder) in late November.
--Sheila Williams
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Thought Experiments: A Possible Planet: SF
& Electronic Music by Brian Bieniowski
Like many Asimov's readers, my diet of
literature consists of a great number of science fiction novels, short
story anthologies, and magazines. It is not the only artistic pursuit
I'm interested in, but it's accurate to say that reading science
fiction has had a profound influence on my own day-to-day life, my
intellectual development as an adult, and the formation of my attitudes
about our contemporary American culture and its place in the present
and future world. The other great artistic love of my life is
electronic music, a sonic genre as diverse, innovative, and without
boundary as that of the best written science fiction. Though it may
seem an oblique comparison, the wildly diverse sub-genres of electronic
music have influenced and informed my intellectual development in as
profound a manner as the classics of science fiction.
Since I first encountered electronic music in high
school, it has operated as an unofficial soundtrack to the novels and
stories I've read. For me, Aphex Twin's stark and experimental timbres
on Selected Ambient Works, Volume II will always evoke mental
associations of Michael Moorcock's A Cure for Cancer;
Hans-Joachim Roedelius's warm, pastoral Wenn der Sudwind Weht
album conjures images of Walter Tevis's Mockingbird;
atmospheric guitaristJeff Pearce's Daylight Slowly takes me
back to the lovely world of Asimov's The Naked Sun--not to
mention irrevocably reminding me of the beautiful Gladia--and on and on.
Because of these strong associations, when I read
science fiction novels and stories, I'm always amused to see writers
weaving tales of extremely futuristic milieus--dystopian cities,
gender-bending cultures, post-Singularity ways of existence--all
featuring extremely dated or "old-fashioned" musical choices. There is
nothing that seems more incongruous, to me, than reading about blues
rock bands jamming in a futuristic club setting, or android simulacrums
with looks based upon Jim Morrison or Elvis. While these choices on the
part of the writers are certainly valid, given the musicians' influence
and popularity, I have always thirsted for a more intentionally
futuristic sounding music appearing in the science fiction I read. It
seems to me that inexplicable alien cultures deserve music that is
equally inexplicably alien!
Though there have been stories that have dealt with
this theme masterfully, the musics chosen by authors for their novels
and stories are largely quite traditional, and hardly ever daring,
experimental, or conceptual from a modern listener's viewpoint. Even
from the perspective of a knowledgeable listener in the mid-1970s, as
electronic music became more prominent, these limiting sound-choices
seem to be as futuristic as a plastic shower curtain, or an electrical
vacuum cleaner--innovations of their time, but, when integrated into
futuristic modernity, a strange, though certainly romantic, anachronism.
This is not to say modern science fiction writers
are all stuck in an eternal 1960s acid-rock or baroque musical future.
As an example to the contrary, M. John Harrison's recent novel Light
contains an example of future-thinking in regard to musical styles of
times to come: "Music was everywhere, transformation dub bruising the
ear, you could hear its confrontational basslines twenty miles out to
sea." In our own world, dub music is an intriguing sub-genre of
Jamaican reggae noted for innovative studio-production techniques and a
bass-heavy, echoed, hypnotic vibe. Though the invented genre of
"transformation dub" is never satisfactorily explained in Light,
it instills thought-provoking associations I very much appreciated as I
wondered, days after reading the novel, what the music might sound
like, how it came about, and what collision of past musical influences
might have been responsible for its creation.
Futuristic electronic sound and science fiction have
often been associated with each other throughout their popular
histories. Louis and Bebe Barron's otherworldly soundtrack of
"electronic tonalities" for the film Forbidden Planet comes
immediately to mind as music constructed specifically to shade an
otherworldly sci-fi odyssey.
Artists of electronic music have benefited greatly
from the pollination of SFnal ideas. These intrepid purveyors of
decidedly strange sounds are heavily influenced by both science fiction
literature and cinema. Perhaps it is only a matter of time before the
influence of these musicians is in turn felt by tomorrow's SF writers
and filmmakers.
The roll call of talented, influential artists and
musicians in the electronic genre is long, diverse, and already the
topic of several books and countless articles in print and online
publications. I could easily wax poetic on dozens of fascinating
artists who are worthy of broad attention by music lovers everywhere.
For the purpose of this article--and for the continued sanity of those
who are curious about the electronic genre, but are unsure where to
start listening--I will describe a choice few artists who are directly
involved in, influenced by, or have had oblique dalliances with SF
literature. Perhaps by exploring some of the following fine musicians
and their recordings, your interest may be piqued enough to begin your
own odyssey through the wild, strange, and beautiful world of
electronically created sound.
One of the most fascinating figures in electronic
music is French guitarist, synthesist, Sorbonne philosophy professor,
and composer Richard Pinhas. His influence upon electronic music since
the 1970s, an influence somewhat obscure until recently, has been
far-reaching. Through his band Heldon (named after Norman Spinrad's
utopian city in The Iron Dream) he is credited, along with
German innovators Tangerine Dream, as one of the first musicians to
combine electronics and rock 'n' roll into a startlingly
progressive
and original hybrid.
His guitar style--reminiscent of King Crimson
guitarist Robert Fripp's musical experiments with producer Brian Eno
(Eno will be discussed later)--is provocative and emotional. Sometimes
violent and aggressive, other times angelic and exuberant, Pinhas's
searing guitar marked the beginning of the electronic-punk sound.
Heldon's 1975 album Allez Teia melds lovely
tape-loop-derived guitar passages with the most modern analog
synthesizers of the time. It's also an overtly political album, with
cover art depicting the Paris student riots of 1968. Though peaceful in
mood, Allez Teia was quite revolutionary for presenting an
album of idyllic soundscapes during a tumultuous and angry time in
music. While punk expressed its rage with loud music and shambolic live
concerts, Pinhas's rage was focused toward painfully beautiful and
melancholy music.
Pinhas, a political and philosophical radical,
always managed to infuse his many albums, both solo and with Heldon,
with the visionary literature and philosophy that influenced him:
Gilles Deleuze, Philip K. Dick, Frank Herbert, and Norman Spinrad are
frequently touched upon in song titles, album dedications, and, in some
cases, guest appearances. Pinhas featured spoken-word recordings of
Deleuze on some of his albums with Heldon and his later solo material.
Pinhas's albums Chronolyse and DWW are based on the SF
works of Frank Herbert and Philip K. Dick, respectively (though DWW's
cover depicts a Fremen of Arrakis as interpreted by Heavy Metal
magazine illustrator Philippe Druillet). Track titles like "Paul
Atredies," "Sur le Theme de Bene Gesserit," "Ubik," and "The Joe Chip
Song" demonstrate Pinhas's tireless creation of unofficial soundtracks
for the great works of science fiction he loves. Norman Spinrad himself
sings on Pinhas's East/West album and the first album by
Schitzotrope (a project between French science fiction writer Maurice
Dantec and Pinhas featuring "French readings of Gilles Deleuze's
philosophy with metatronic music and vocal processors," and, yes, it is
as cool and weird as it sounds).
Pinhas's most recent solo work, 2004's Tranzition
(reviewed in Asimov's by Paul Di Filippo in a recent issue),
even features an old tape fragment of Philip K. Dick speaking about his
role as a writer. Tranzition is a fine work of interstellar
musical ambiance, with masterful guitar playing and software-based
musicianship, proving Pinhas is still as relevant in 2004 as he was in
1974. The revolutionary, experimental spirit infused in classic New
Wave science fiction is embodied in Pinhas's music sonically, with the
same broad level of influence to successors in his genre. His work is
an incendiary music of change, pointing the way to possible futures
through advanced technology and thought systems.
* * * *
Richard Pinhas is not the only figure in early
electronic music to be influenced by science fictional ideas.
Synthesizer legend Klaus Schulze got his start drumming in both
Tangerine Dream and the German free-rock band Ash Ra Tempel, a group
steeped in psychedelic sci-fi imagery courtesy of sixties drug culture
and the far-out "teachings" of LSD guru Timothy Leary (who sang what
can only be called acid-blues on their 1973 album Seven-Up).
Schulze soon distanced himself from that scene, establishing himself as
an innovator of cosmic drones coaxed out of traditional organs and as a
tireless experimenter with the newest synthesizer technologies of the
day on landmark albums such as Irrlicht, TimeWind, Cyborg
(a monochromatic double album featuring the "Cosmic Orchestra"),
and his "electronic winter landscape" Mirage. Schulze's work is
epic in scope, aurally depicting deep space, barren terrain, and
ethereal alien beings through haunting electronic drone-scapes. Though
these classic albums now sound dated, especially in light of today's
synth capabilities, the mood created is one of classic and New Wave
science fiction. These albums can easily be heard as soundtracks to the
musings of future-thinking writers, and to futures that will never come
to pass. If anything, the sad tone of these classic records embodies
the knowledge we all possess while we read our science fiction
favorites: the fabulous worlds we love can only be experienced
vicariously through reading and listening ... never in the flesh.
Schulze's 1979 album Dune presents two long
electronic pieces inspired by Herbert's classic. Frank Herbert had
previously been honored with a ten-minute piece on Schulze's 1978 X
album, which signaled a more bombastic and orchestrated side of
synthesizer composition, and was also Schulze's first foray into
electronic classical music. Since that time, Schulze has recorded many
more albums, some with science fictional themes, but never with the
same otherworldly, futuristic flair as his early work. Interestingly,
his recent collaborations with German synth-artist Pete Namlook, The
Dark Side of the Moog series--referring to both Pink Floyd's
classic album and the Moog synthesizer (popularized by electronic-music
pioneer Wendy Carlos's Moog renditions of Bach on 1968's best-selling Switched-On
Bach)--have returned Schulze to his cosmic roots in a modern and
relevant style. Schulze may no longer limn the edges of futuristic
music, but his classic material is pure, unforgettable SF-future
nostalgia. It's a future we will never ourselves see, expressed by
Schulze through his cosmic synthesizers and visionary musicianship.
* * * *
Klaus Schulze is commonly regarded as one of the
founding fathers of today's electronic music, composing with
synthesizer technology in a way previously undreamed of. His peer in
influence, Brian Eno, is credited with "inventing" an entire sub-genre
of largely electronic music, unhelpfully called "ambient." Eno is more
popularly known for his groundbreaking work as a studio producer (as
examples, Eno produced seminal rock records such as U2's The Joshua
Tree and Talking Heads' Remain in Light) and as a rigorous
and playfully conceptual thinker. Remember the pretty three-second
sound-snippet you heard whenever you booted up your Windows 95
computer? Brian Eno created that, too.
Eno's career is terrifyingly diverse, his projects
numerous and well documented by fans who border on manically obsessive,
collecting every recording, sound-byte, and written word available from
him. By focusing on a small section of his enormous oeuvre, I am of
necessity ignoring a large amount of his material in a variety of
artistic disciplines: visual art, video installations, essays; the list
is daunting. The EnoWeb internet site is an indispensable source of
information regarding Eno and all of his projects--I'd be remiss if I
didn't mention it here: www.enoweb.co.uk
Eno's popular history began as keyboardist in the
sophisticated glam-rock band Roxy Music. He quickly moved on to unusual
rock projects under his own name; albums with Hawkwind (a band with
plenty of science fictional relations, including one-time member
Michael Moorcock) and Hawkwind vocalist Robert Calvert; collaborations
with David Bowie on some of Bowie's most critically acclaimed albums;
and the founding of Eno's own label, Obscure Records, where he released
a number of seminal LPs by avant garde luminaries John Cage, Gavin
Bryars, Michael Nyman, and others.
In the trailblazing spirit of these Obscure
recordings, Eno's Ambient series of the late seventies and early
eighties--consisting of four albums, two by Eno, one a collaboration
with minimalist pianist Harold Budd, the fourth a shimmering album by
dulcimer artist Laraaji--were inspired by a "new" method of listening
to music. Eno, confined to bed in 1975 after being struck by a car, and
unable to rise from his recumbent position, had only a record of
innocuous harp music playing at low volume in his room. This music
melded gently with the noises of outside life and activity occurring
around Eno as he rested, inspiring in him the idea of a new kind of
music to be listened to actively or passively, as a constant,
unobtrusive atmosphere. In the liner notes of his first released
collection of proto-ambient sound, 1975's Discreet Music, Eno
wrote, "this presented what was for me a new way of hearing music--as
part of the ambience of the environment just as the colour of the light
and sound of the rain were parts of the ambience." Ambient, as Eno saw
it, should "be as ignorable as it is listenable," a new type of mood
music that colored the listener's space, acted as a sort of "thinking
music" dipping in and out of audibility, occasionally imbuing mundane,
everyday activities with an emotional feeling or texture that was not
otherwise present or perceived without the music.
Discreet Music and its successors in the
official Ambient series are all similarly contemplative in mood, even
if the methods employed in their individual creations vary greatly.
Ethereal textures, long pauses between notes, fuzzy washes of sound,
unusual sonic effects, and vaporous vocals all have their places on the
albums. The fourth volume in the series, Ambient 4: On Land, is
a collection of auditory renderings of geographical locations with
titles like "Lizard Point" and "Dunwich Beach, Autumn, 1960." The cover
artwork for the series, topographical map images, also reflects this
locational aesthetic. Eno's intent, successfully rendered on these
albums, and many others to follow, was "... making music to swim in, to
float in, to get lost inside"--a recorded topography of dream music.
Listeners unused to the largely innocuous
atmospheres of the Ambient series might find them to be a little too
ignorable, as they eschew traditional melodies in favor of formless,
and often seemingly arbitrary, scatterings of sound. It is easy,
however, to imagine a future people--like Moorcock's Dancers at the End
of Time or the bored, immortal future-humans of Jim Grimsley's story in
the February 2005 Asimov's, "The 120 Hours of Sodom"--enjoying
atmospheric music as they might a perfume or colorful light display.
Eno's ambient music has been applied to some science
fictional works. A slipcased set from 1979 containing Robert Sheckley's
novella "In a Land of Clear Colours," packaged alongside an LP
featuring the story read aloud with Eno's synthesizer-based ambient
music as backing atmosphere, is regarded as a valued collectible by Eno
enthusiasts. These ambient textures are culled largely from Ambient
4: On Land. Another obscurity, this one more recent, is Man in
the Moon: The Loving Tongue, a CD collection of spoken word
pieces by a wide variety of artists. Here, rock band R.E.M.'s vocalist
Michael Stipe reads from Samuel Delany's novel Dhalgren with
background music by Eno.
A most telling quote about Eno's strange place in
the musical landscape is William Gibson's own take (in a 1996 Arena
article) on the track "King's Lead Hat" from Eno's off-kilter rock
album Before and After Science: "Not that I don't admire and
enjoy the rest of his work, but this one song is so stark in its
singularity as to seem a temporal apport from some tooned-up future of
inverted world-music funk. I've used it for years as a sort of
benchmark of peculiarity."
* * * *
Since Eno's original conceptualization of ambient
music, the ambient genre itself has ballooned outward to include a wide
variety of styles of music, most of which do not strictly adhere to his
original thinking of the ambient concept. Today's modern electronic
artists have a rich musical history to integrate into their own work,
taking what they need from just about anything recorded and
integrating the sonic spare parts and cultural detritus into their own
styles.
A perfect example of this stylistic mixing is
techno. Commonly agreed by music historians to have been created by
several musicians and DJs from Detroit, Michigan, techno can be
envisioned as a hybrid of German synth-pop group Kraftwerk's quirky
tunes, the funk music of George Clinton and Parliament, and the hazy
tonal washes of ambient. Techno tracks, whether by the original Detroit
innovators or the legions of artists they influenced, were often
thematically tied to science fiction and space travel. Juan
Atkins--regarded with fellow Detroit artists Derrick May and Kevin
Saunderson as a godfather of techno--recording as Model 500 and
Infiniti, explored themes of interstellar travel on his albums Deep
Space and Skynet. Later artists like Carl Craig, with his
album Landcruising, and UK artists B12, with their Electro-soma
and Time Tourist albums, all dealt with the shiny (though
sometimes rather grim and dystopian) new world of the future,
conspiring to make listeners dance their asses off all the while. More
obscure artists Drexciya even adopted science fiction concepts for the
explanation behind their own mysterious techno project--LPs by the
"band" (their member(s) a guarded secret) spoke of the Drexciyans: a
race of African people who managed to survive underwater, their
ancestors having been jettisoned from slave ships in the Atlantic Ocean.
Techno itself sounds and feels like music of the
future--a musical future originally envisioned by young black men
influenced by funk and dance music, science fiction, Alvin Toffler, and
the urban megalopolis around them. In the minds and hearts of many
listeners, rock is dead, replaced by the syncopated machine beats of
publicly faceless artists and their mechanically rendered musical
progeny.
* * * *
Techno forefathers Kraftwerk were themselves no
strangers to science fictional concepts. Almost all of their albums
dealt conceptually with future technologies. Their image, on album
covers and publicity shots, was that of a perfect man-machine hybrid.
Album art often consisted of mannequins made in their own images--these
real life mannequin doppelgängers (and later mechanized
robots)
frequently appeared in the places their human bodies should have been
during concerts. Their music was minimal and percussive, with a
futuristic, sheen that influenced artists in hip hop, techno, and the
synth-pop of the eighties. One need only listen to The Man Machine
or Computer World to find a very real grounding in futurism and
science fiction, lyrically and musically.
Kraftwerk's influential sound can be detected in the
music of their antecedents like eighties synth-popper Gary Numan (whose
music was equally influenced by David Bowie and Philip K. Dick in songs
like "Are Friends Electric?"), or The Normal (whose only single was
1978's "Warm Leatherette"--the lyrics a reference to J.G. Ballard's Crash).
Kraftwerk's music is heavily sampled in early rap hit "Planet Rock" by
Afrika Bambaataa, not to mention more recent, discreetly sampled,
appearances in tracks by Missy Elliot and others. Like all
paradigm-shifting artists, Kraftwerk's impact will be felt, like
outspreading ripples in a pond, for many years to come.
* * * *
I could continue for many more pages with
recommendations of music I'd love more people to know about and try for
themselves. In spite of this desire, I'll mention just one more
electronic music project of note--a project with a direct, fascinating
connection to science fiction. The 1996 compilation CD titled Narratives:
Music for Fiction features three of electronic and experimental
music's most talented artists interpreting fictional works musically,
just as Eno attempted to create soundtracks for films that never
existed on some of his own albums. Narratives is on Manifold
Records, a label based in Memphis, Tennessee, that specializes in
darker types of ambient music, noise music (yes, it's a legitimate
musical form with a ravenous fanbase), and other recordings that can
only be classified as unclassifiable.
First on Narratives is "Seribo Aso" by
Australian artist Paul Schütze, his take on Lucius
Shepard's
"Kalimantan"--a strangely claustrophobic, rhythmic journey that has a
Balinese Gamelan feel. (Incidentally, one of Schütze's
best albums is New
Maps of Hell, the title of which is culled from Kingsley Amis's
critical exploration of science fiction.) Next, though not science
fiction related, is an atmospheric and creepy portrayal of Hermann
Hesse's Siddhartha by Texan experimental artists Voice of Eye.
This track is not for the faint of heart--listening in a
darkened room isn't recommended, at least not by a sissy like me. The
final track is California ambient-electronic artist Robert Rich's
transcendent musical tribute to Starmaker by Olaf Stapledon.
It's a marvelously long piece, clocking in at over twenty-one minutes.
The "suite" is split into four parts, "Interstellar Travel," "Worlds
Innumerable," "The Beginning of the End," and "The Myth of
Creation"--titles that describe this vast-sounding composition better
than I can. Obviously, many of today's electronic musicians are
voracious readers tuned in to science fiction's unique perspectives,
and are actively interested in integrating these attributes into their
own work.
* * * *
Electronic music as a stylistic genre is compelling
and popular enough to inspire many critics to write volumes describing
its intricate lattice of influences, artists, and styles. It can also
be a daunting genre to explore for the neophyte. For the beginner, I
suggest browsing the All Music Guide to Electronica, which,
while neither perfect nor exhaustive, offers plenty of information and
starting points from which the curious can begin exploring. For those
interested in more in-depth looks at certain artists or styles, I
recommended Ben Kettlewell's Electronic Music Pioneers; Analog
Days: the Invention and Impact of the Moog Synthesiser by Frank
Trocco; David Toop's Ocean of Sound; Techno Rebels: The
Renegades of Electronic Funk by Dan Sicko; and Brian Eno: His
Music and the Vertical Color of Sound by Eric Tamm. A caveat about
the last--it's delightfully obtuse, technical, and not for those easily
frustrated by Ph.D. theses. You might be better served by Eno's own
published diary, A Year with Swollen Appendices, as an
introduction to this fascinating thinker-musician.
* * * *
Like it or not, electronic music and its many forms
and styles are here to stay. One need only listen to today's
advertisements on television to hear both underground electronic music
(I've heard tracks by experimental electronic groups Oval and Autechre
in both car and perfume commercials) and homogenized versions of techno
and electronic dance music. If it is ubiquitous today, appearing in a
variety of mass media, it seems likely to permeate the future even more
deeply, where it will surely become an unalterable part of our cultural
landscape. The most exciting part, for this listener and reader, is in
wondering exactly what I'll be listening to in fifty
years--transformation dub? healing noise? translated whalesong? I, for
one, plan to keep my eyes on the horizon and my ears always open.
* * * *
Asimov's Associate Editor Brian Bieniowski lives
in New Jersey with his wife, Bianca Miele. Those curious to explore
Brian's electronic music favorites can do so via his "Quiet Sounds"
podcast available free at: www.asphalteden.com.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Inclination by William Shunn
Born in L.A. and raised in Utah, William Shunn has
lived for the past ten years in New York City, where he and his wife
Laura are proud owners of a soft-coated wheaten terrier named Ella.
Since his first publication in 1993, his stories have appeared in
Salon, F&SF, Science Fiction Age, Realms of Fantasy, Electric
Velocipede, Storyteller, and elsewhere. He has served the past three
years as a national juror for the Scholastic Art & Writing Awards.
Bill also works as a software developer, and on September 11, 2001, he
created what may have been the first online "survivor registry," where
people in affected cities could let friends and loved ones know they
were okay. His powerful new novella, "Inclination," about a young man's
unsettling journey toward self discovery, is part of a loosely linked
series of stories set in and around Netherview Station. A previous
story in this milieu, "Dance of the Yellow-Breasted Luddites," was
nominated for the Nebula Award in 2002.
* * * *
The Manual tells us that in the beginning the
Builder decreed six fundamental Machines. These are his six aspects,
and all we do we must do with the Six. We need no other machines.
I believe this with all my heart. I do. And yet
sometimes I seem to intuit the existence of a seventh Machine, hovering
like a blasphemous ghost just beyond apprehension.
There is something wrong with me, and I don't know
what it is.
* * * *
Late for my curfew and trembling, I grasp the
doorknob that is not a doorknob.
This is the Machinist Quarter--only a tiny sliver of
Netherview Station's Ring B, though I'm one of the few boys I know who
has ever been outside it. Fo-grav stays off in the Quarter; our only
simulation of gravity is the 0.25 g of natural centripetal acceleration
born of the station's rotation and our two-kilometer distance from the
hub. We joke that this is why it's called the Quarter. It sure isn't
called that after the ratio of its volume to the station's.
The cabin I share with my father Thomas lies in the
Inclined Plane branch, third transverse, twelfth hatch on the left.
Standing at the hatch, I straighten my billed cap and smooth my
coverall--each emblazoned with a right triangle stitched in dove-gray
thread, representing our ward--and gently turn the knob. Recessed
lights at deck level cast my diffuse shadow up the bulkheads to either
side of me. The knob operates as if it were mounted on a genuine
mechanical axle, though of course it isn't. A dumb mechanical doorknob
wouldn't unlock to my touch alone, or Thomas's. I hate the doorknob. I
hate the deceitfulness of it, the way its homogeneous smart matter
mimics the virtuous and differentiated and pure. I hate what it
conceals. I hate it for not keeping me out.
With a silent prayer to the Builder, I push the
hatch open. It swings inward on soundless, lying hinges. I tread
lightly inside, in case Thomas is sleeping, the nonslippers on my feet
helping me keep my steps short and low. But as I round the door I see
Thomas sitting up on his bunk in his short gray underall, watching me
enter. The door closes itself behind me, which no door should do
unbidden. The cabin is narrow and unadorned but for a diagram of the
Six Fundamental Machines affixed to the rear bulkhead, and a small
wooden chest bolted to the deck beneath it. The air reeks of a coppery
sourness that matches Thomas's narrowed glare. The cabin is so tiny I
could reach out and stroke his curly, graying hair if I wanted, but
that's an urge that no longer seizes me often. Anyway, the days when I
could reliably charm him out of his anger are long past.
"You're late, son," he says. He's squinting at me
now, eyes unfocused, the way he does sometimes. He doesn't even glance
at the chronometer on his wrist--a true mechanism, with tiny metal
gears and not smart matter inside, a symbol of his status as a merchant
trader. "It's past your curfew."
"I'm sorry," I say, turning my back and reaching for
the crank that will fold my bunk down from the bulkhead opposite his.
His voice grates out in sharp, tight bursts like the
strokes of a rasp on iron: "If you were sorry, you'd have been on time."
My shoulder blades prickle. I say nothing, cranking
down the bunk.
"Jude, you're fifteen years old," Thomas says. "Why
do you think you still have so many rules? Why?"
I try to shrug, but the effort feels jerky, like the
gesture of a marionette. "I was waiting my turn at devotions," I say,
clinging to the false crank. "You know--with Nic and the rest. But the
Foremen wouldn't--they stayed past their time, and we, well..."
Thomas has risen, his voice at the back of my neck,
shivering my spine. "I was out looking for you. I spoke to Nicodemus an
hour ago. In Plane, not at gymnasium."
My blood runs chill. That's two lies I've told, and
he's caught me in one already. Nicodemus is my best friend, or used to
be, but lately I've been avoiding him. We were up late working on our
motors in the schola a couple of weeks ago. He was helping me get the
timing right on mine and his fingers brushed the back of my hand. It
was just an accident. We've been friends all our lives, but it was like
seeing him for the first time. I wanted to touch his face, though I
didn't let myself. The scary thing was, it didn't feel wrong, and that
scares me all the more.
Of course I can't explain this to Thomas. Nor can I
explain why more and more I can't force myself to evening devotions on
time. The cleansing room where we change and shower is like a chamber
of horrors. None of the boys seem bothered by disrobing in front of
each other, but it bothers me acutely. Letting them see my body makes
me want to tear my skin off.
My bunk is halfway lowered. I want to turn and
defend myself against Thomas's implicit accusation but a bolus of
confusion clogs my throat. Words swarm like dust in my brain, eluding
my grasp. Why do I have to explain any of this to him? Why doesn't he
just know? And why is it his business?
"Great Builder, Jude," Thomas says at my back, "if
you have to lie to me, how can I trust you at a job?"
My shoulders stiffen, my head half turns.
"That's right, I've lined up a job for you. Do you
understand, son? At the hub."
A sick despair flares in my gut. Outside the
Quarter? Could things get any worse?
"I need you up early, and fresh, but you're out
doing Builder knows what when you should be in bed. Did I raise you to
be this way, Jude? Did I?"
Tiny flecks of spittle flense the back of my neck. I
was at my devotions, I really was, I want to say, but the words won't
come.
"Answer me when I speak!" Thomas says, seizing my
arm and spinning me around. My cap with its Inclined Plane insignia
flies off my head.
The skinny legs tensed for violence, the slow ripple
of his round, protruding belly, the sharpening rage on his gray blade
of a face--I'm bigger and taller, but I might as well be five again for
all that I can stand up to what's coming.
He shakes me. "You will honor your father,
that your days may be long upon the earth!"
Saline globules tremble at the corners of my eyes,
watery jewels sparkling across my sight. The words burst out before I
know I'm speaking: "There's no earth here, only metal."
My father's face flushes livid. He spins, hurling me
across the cabin--not difficult, since my weight is just twenty kilos.
I sprawl across my father's bunk, all gawky limbs and terror.
I roll over and there he is looming above me, fists
raised and shaking. It's been months since last he struck me, an
improbable lucky streak which now seems about to end. But he lowers his
arms and leans over me.
"The Wrecker's in you, boy," he says, shaking a
finger. "You pray hard and shake loose his grip. Pray to be made square
and true. Tomorrow more than ever, you need the Builder to be with you."
And now he's pulling on his coverall and leaving the
cabin to stalk off his anger, the hatch snicking shut behind him like a
quiet tap to a finishing nail. Alone, I flow off the bunk to the floor,
to my knees, to retrieve my cap and pray.
I'm out of true and I need fixing. Through
shuddering tears I pray for the Builder to make me a better son, a
stronger laborer, a whole person. I pray for his protection, both
physical and spiritual. I pray for reassurance that Thomas doesn't
really mean to send me alone among the Sculpted in the morning.
When I finally crawl into my bunk and wrap the
blanket around myself, though, it's not the Builder with his Machines I
picture watching over me in the dark. It's my departed mother Kaiya,
angel wings spread above me in a canopy of white.
* * * *
The Builder has ignored my prayer, at least the part
about the Sculpted.
We rise and dress early, Thomas and I, and exit our
cabin. In one hand Thomas carries a gray cloth sack big enough to hold
a loaf of bread.
Only the most devoted practitioners are awake at
this hour, en route to gymnasium. Rather than follow them, Thomas leads
me to the end of the next branch over, to where Saul, foreman of
Inclined Plane, lives. The only mark that sets this hatch apart from
every other in the row is the small carpenter's square etched at its
very center.
Foreman Saul appears in the hatchway, bleary-eyed,
at Thomas's knock. "Selah, Jude," he says in greeting, favoring me with
a look both compassionate and foreboding. "Brother Thomas, let me speak
to you alone a moment. We'll only be a bit, Jude."
Thomas follows Saul inside without a glance at me. I
stand in the corridor and mentally rehearse the Builder's Code. I'm
still in Lever, less than halfway through the Hexalogue, when the hatch
opens again. Saul gestures me in.
The cabin is a little smaller than the one Thomas
and I share, and consequently more crowded than ours ever gets. Thomas
sits at one end of the only bunk, cloth sack in his lap. He pats the
space beside him, and I sit. Saul picks up a thermos from the foldout
stovetop that juts from the rear bulkhead and sips carefully at the
spout. The air smells faintly of powdered coffee and machine oil.
"Jude," Saul says, "your father let me know late
last night that he's secured you a position on a stevedore crew at the
docks. Unfortunately, as you're required there promptly this morning
and you can now be fined for tardiness, there's no time to go through
the usual series of preparatory lessons before you leave the safety of
the Quarter."
I don't miss the baleful sideways glance Saul gives
Thomas, but Thomas doesn't seem to react to it. He just sits there with
the same twist of bored impatience on his lips.
"Oh, I've been out a couple of times before," I say,
if only to cut the palpable tension, which is settling into my neck. "I
mean, when I was younger."
"Yes." Saul sighs, blinking his pouchy eyes a few
times. He is older than my father, taller and softer, but no sadder.
I've been tempted many times to bring my cares and questions to him,
but something has always held me back. "You're a bright young man,
Jude, and I know you've walked among the Sculpted before, so at least
the sights won't be new to you. But accompanying your father once or
twice on his rounds is hardly the same as working alongside them,
alone, for a full shift every day. If there's no time for the proper
instruction first, at the very least a blessing is in order."
"Okay," I say, a little of the weight lifting from
my shoulders. Even if the Builder isn't listening to me, surely he'll
listen to the foreman, as pious a man as I know. But at the same time
I'm beginning to feel in my gut just how much spiritual danger I'll be
courting. Why is Thomas doing this to me?
"If you'll sit here?" Saul says. He's setting up a
metal folding chair in the middle of the cabin, which means it nearly
bumps Thomas's knees. I scoot over into the chair, doffing my cap and
clutching it in my lap, as Saul removes a ceremonial oilcan from a
niche in the bulkhead. Thomas joins Saul behind me. The oilcan ka-chunks,
the tip of its spout tickling the hair at the crown of my head as it
deposits a tiny bead of machine oil. Saul gently taps the droplet down
onto my scalp, and he and Thomas lay their hands upon my head.
Other kids get to have their mothers in the cabin
with them during blessings like this. I close my eyes and try to
imagine Kaiya here, watching from the corner near the hatch. And she
could be, right? Surely that's not a vain hope.
"Great Builder," Saul says, "in the name of the
Wheel, the Wedge, the Lever, the Plane, the Pulley, and the Screw, we
bring before you your true and faithful servant Jude, who ventures
forth this day to labor amongst the Sculpted for his daily bread. Be
with him, Builder, that he might have health in his navel, marrow in
his bones, and strength in his sinews--strength that he might work and
not be weary, but moreso that the Wrecker with his subtle wiles may
find no purchase in his heart, mind, or flesh. We know the Wrecker's
cunning is great, Builder, and that he can make what's wrong seem
right. But your power and love are infinite, and so we commend this
young man to your oversight with all faith in your goodness and wisdom.
May we ever draw nearer to thee, Great Builder, as the Inclined Plane
rises ever to heaven. Amen."
"Amen," I say. The hands, which have grown
progressively heavier during the blessing, lift from my head. I stand,
rolling my head to soothe my neck.
Saul folds the chair and sets it aside--a deft,
practiced move in the cramped space--then reaches out to clasp my
forearm in the Scaffold Grip. His hand is warm and dry. "What's today,
Thursday? Let's meet Sundays after temple, Jude, to make some headway
on those lessons. Better late than never."
"When his schedule allows," Thomas says,
conspicuously checking his chronometer. "They call this Oneday outside.
Weeks aren't reckoned the same."
"Of course. Then any day you can, Jude." Saul
squeezes and releases my forearm. "And remember that the Builder
blesses you not just for obedience to his commandments, but for
obedience to your parents as well."
"Jude," Thomas says. He picks the sack up from the
bunk and inclines his head toward the hatch.
"Selah, Foreman," I say and follow my father out
into the corridor. I look back to see, in the moment before the hatch
closes behind us, Foreman Saul standing like a forlorn beast in the
center of a cage.
Or is that perception just a way to make myself feel
better about the sentence to which I've been condemned?
Thomas leads me at a brisk pace out to the main
corridor, skipping lightly along the deck. "Don't let him get to you,
Jude," he says over his shoulder. "Saul, Bartholomew, none of the
Foremen understand our economic realities."
I'm not sure whether he means our family's or the
whole Quarter's. I don't ask for clarification, not just because I
don't like encouraging him to disparage the Foremen but because we've
turned into the main corridor and a few more people, from all different
wards, are out and about now. The soft gray of their coveralls and
visored caps against the brighter gray of the bulkheads make the
Quarter look almost like a scene from an ancient monochrome photograph.
We pass the gymnasium entrance, then the
intersections with Wedge Branch and Wheel and Axle. We're alone now,
and the Primum Mobile Gate looms ahead, painted with various strident
warnings and danger symbols.
"You'll have to find your own way back this evening,
so pay close attention," Thomas says, pulling the lever that opens the
Gate. The massive hatch grinds aside, admitting a bedlam of voices and
light and sound. "Now be ready for the weight. And whatever you do,
don't gawk."
My heart races. I follow Thomas through the Gate and
an extra forty kilos drops onto my bones. Thanks to my faithful
attention to devotions I don't fall, but I stagger and I'm sweating in
the moist air before we've gone far. The public corridors are as
crowded and noisy now as they are around the clock, alive with the
babel of a thousand languages, and the bulkheads are lost in the riot
of greenery that thrives on every available surface. I feel conspicuous
in my Machinist garb. People--monsters--fall silent and stare as we
pass, and with all their unsettling modifications it's hard not to
stare back. I can't imagine navigating this profane world without
Thomas.
We ride a slidewalk spinward, then crowd into a
hubward elevator that at least contains no obvious plant life. But for
every normal person, I see one with skin the wrong color or texture,
limbs numbering too many or too few, a body with mysterious prosthetics
or protuberances, or a head misshapen and gross. A pebbled gray
creature that might once have been human brushes against me in the
elevator. Dizzy, I press closer to Thomas, the sweat trickling into my
eyes. I'm not sure whether his hand on my shoulder is meant to reassure
me or restrain me.
At hub level, the bulkheads are again clean and
metallic, as they should be. Thomas leads me through a short but
bewildering maze of hatches and gangways. With fewer people around now,
I breathe more easily. Thomas knocks at an open hatch. I peek inside.
It's an office about a meter and a half in radius, and every surface,
720 spherical degrees around, is jammed with monitors, control panels,
and handholds. The thickset woman seated at the center has a second
pair of arms where her legs should be.
"I don't give a spout for your schedule," she tells
someone unseen. "My stevies can do the job fast, but not that fast. All
right, fine. You do that."
She looks at Thomas, and I see she has silver
semispheres implanted over her eyes. Three quick swings from handhold
to handhold bring her to the door. Fo-grav is still about 0.75. She's strong.
"This the kid?" she asks.
"That's him," Thomas says.
She turns those reflective bug-eyes on me, twitching
her head up and down, and it's like I'm being X-rayed. What she sees, I
can't imagine. "Any mods? No, of course not. You goddamn Wheelies, what
am I talking about? All right, he doesn't look too bad. Let's get him
suited up and see how he does. What's your name, kid?"
My mouth is so dry my tongue crackles. "Jude."
"Well, now you're Stevie. For stevedore."
She barks a laugh like a chugging motor, clinging to
holds around the hatch with three hands. Thomas laughs too. His eyes
crinkle and his lips peel back, and it's like seeing ten years drop
away from him. He never laughs around me.
In that moment I feel inexpressibly sad. And I hate
him.
The woman swings out through the hatch and drops to
the deck between Thomas and me. "Follow me," she says, loping down the
gangway on all fours.
Thomas shoves the cloth sack into my hands. "Your
lunch," he says.
I clutch the sack like a lifeline. It's three times
as heavy as it should be, and its heft brings a desperate lump to my
throat. On a usual morning, it's I who makes lunch for Thomas, but I
didn't even think about it today. I'm realizing that the usual mornings
are behind me.
"Now you work hard and do what Renny tells you,"
Thomas says. "I can't stress enough how important this money is."
"Okay." I turn to trudge after the woman.
"And remember who you are," Thomas stage-whispers
fiercely. "Your body belongs to the Builder, not to them."
"Selah," I say.
Thomas sighs. "Selah, son. Now go."
Renny, fidgeting impatiently, has stopped at a
juncture up ahead. I follow, the grief of abandonment thick in my
throat.
* * * *
The Six are more than just machines. High Foreman
Titus--our founder, who 120 years ago spoke with the Builder face to
face--teaches us that they represent the Builder's various aspects, and
thus the ways in which we must approach him. The Six also name our
wards, the clans or tribes of our faith. Though my father and I belong
to Inclined Plane Ward, we owe each equal adoration, and it's the Wedge
that concerns me now.
The Manual teaches that the purpose of the Wedge is
to both divide asunder and hold in place. From this we learn to divide
ourselves from the evils of the world, as the maul divides the log,
keeping always to the side of the Builder. Yet we also learn to bridge
the gap between, as the keystone--a truncated wedge--holds the arch in
place. The lesson for us is to serve the world, and serve as examples,
without becoming corrupted by it.
As a people, we excel at dividing ourselves from the
world. We don't do so well at bridging--except perhaps for my father.
But between him and me there's surely a great Wedge, and it's never
clear to me which of us is on which side of it.
* * * *
Thomas didn't explain to me exactly what a stevedore
is. Turns out it's someone who loads and unloads cargo. Starships from
hundreds of light-years around dock at Netherview Station's hub, then,
depending on size and mass, slide into one of three concentric levels
of berths. Many of the ships are loaded automatically by robot or
waldo; the ones that can't afford the special treatment (or can afford
to waive it) get us.
Renny explains this to me, more colorfully, as I
follow her to the locker room. She leaves me alone there to change into
my docksuit, a close-fitting layer of red polymer that covers me from
the neck down. I try not to think about how much smart matter I must be
wearing. I leave my coverall and cap behind, like a shed snakeskin, in
my thumbprint-activated locker. The heaviness I feel has nothing to do
with gravity, though physically I'm breathing hard already from the
exertion since leaving the Quarter. Carrying my lunch sack, I rejoin my
new boss outside the locker room.
Before leading me to the berth where the crew awaits
us, Renny rears up on her hind arms and affixes a round green badge to
my chest. "Regs," she says. "Since you've got no built-in monitors,
this'll let us keep tabs on you."
The crew is twelve, male and female both, and I make
thirteen. They're lounging in a small break room off Berth C-46. Renny
clambers to the top of a table and waves for quiet. "This is our new
trainee," she says. "His name is Jude Plane. Corgie, he's your man this
shift."
A groan from a preternaturally thin fellow sprawled
out on a couch prompts laughter from the others and a sinking feeling
inside me. I'm sweating, much to my embarrassment.
"Okay, you shits, okay. The Needlethreader's
in dock now. Let's go."
The crew don helmets and begin to spill out a hatch
opposite the one Renny brought me through. They disperse in all
directions--left, right, up, down--grabbing implements from a rack
outside as they go. They're all human in shape, mostly normal as far as
I can see. They don't look much older than I am, but you never can tell
with the Sculpted. One has bright blue skin above the collar of his
suit, an eye-straining contrast with the red polymer. He winks at me as
he drops out the hatch. My stomach clenches.
Renny hops down from the table and grabs Corgie by
the leg before he can say a word to me. "Pay close attention to the
kid," Renny says. "He's barefoot. He'll need a fishbowl on top of
everything else."
"You're joking," Corgie says. "I don't think I've
ever seen a fishbowl."
"There's one in the rack today along with everything
else."
My trainer heaves an aggrieved sigh. "All right,
Juke," he says to me. "Follow me and stick close."
"Jude," I say.
"Right. Juke."
Renny reaches for my lunch sack, which I still
clutch uncertainly. She stashes it for me as I trail out the hatch
after Corgie.
And suddenly I'm not just lighter. I'm weightless,
and drifting.
Fo-grav isn't turned off in the berth; it's on but
dialed down to null, damping even the small inertial effects of
rotational velocity and centrifugal force. Corgie gives me a brief
lesson in how to maneuver in null g with a dockwand, a thin, meter-long
rod of smart matter that ejects a stream of inert particles from one
end or the other on command. Basically you point it, squeeze, and drift
off in the opposite direction. It takes me a while to get the hang of
it, largely because I'm loath to touch it, but soon enough I'm helping
Corgie and the rest carry out the dockwand's other function, herding
big gray crates of who knows what out the cargo hold in the belly of
the starship and through the air to the elevators that will take them
wherever they need to go next--sometimes another level of the station,
sometimes the hold of another ship in another berth.
I do it all wearing a helmet with a transparent
visor that curves down over my face. The helmet draws words and
diagrams in the air, overlaying what I see, giving me data like what
time of day it is and where the next crate needs to go. By turning my
head and focusing somewhere, I can get information about whatever I'm
looking at. Sweeping my gaze along the streamlined, almost organic
curve of the huge ship, for example, I can access its flight schedules,
crew data, cargo manifests, manufacturer's specifications, and even
schematic diagrams that show me more of what it looks like than I can
possibly see by just flitting around in the space between its black
belly and the berth's bulkhead. I can zoom in on the other crews
working the hatches fore and aft of ours, and I can even find out more
about my own crewmates, though I don't feel right about prying. But it is
a good way to learn everyone's name, which I manage before the start of
our first break.
Is this the world my crewmates walk through every
waking moment of every day, with intimate information about everything
they see just an eyeblink away? We may inhabit the same great wheel in
space, but these strangers live in a truly alien world, one I don't
like visiting. Builder knows making motors isn't my favorite activity,
good as I am at it; still, I'd rather be in my applied mechanics class
with Nic and Mal than here. I'd even rather be home with
Thomas--anywhere but stranded amongst the ignorantly blasphemous,
wielding tools that are an offense in the sight of the Builder, being
slowly poisoned by the worldview of the Sculpted.
What is Thomas trying to do to me?
Our shift is the longest day of my life. The ghostly
ticking clock in the corner of my vision doesn't help.
* * * *
At shift's end we deposit our dockwands, now stubby
and depleted, in the rack outside the break room and file off to the
showers. I'm happy to drop off my fishbowl as well, though the
experience of walking in gravity without a data overlay seems somehow
dreamlike and crippling as I readjust to moving about without
it--almost as crippling as walking in high-g alone. It surprises me how
exhausted I am. I must have used and abused every muscle in my body.
As we reach the locker room, I'm startled that our
single-file queue remains intact. The women enter through the same
hatch as the men. Bringing up the rear, I tell myself there must surely
be a dividing bulkhead or at the very least a screen inside, but of
course I was here this morning and know there's no such thing. I try to
keep my eyes averted, but just to reach my locker I must step around a
woman named Soon, who already has her suit pushed down to her hips.
The room is too small, and everyone jostles everyone
else on the way to the ultrasonic showers. I stand with my burning face
to my open locker, wondering if I can get away with standing here and
not changing until the room is empty. Soon's bare torso blazes like a
beacon in my mind. A part of me is fascinated and wants to look at it
again; another part is horrified at the thought, and at the distant,
epochal memories of my mother that stir, memories so ancient they seem
apocryphal.
Renny, galumphing through the locker room, slaps the
back of my thigh and says, "Next shift's gotta get in, kid. Hurry it
up."
Somehow I strip off the suit, deposit it in the
recycler, and manage the walk to the showers. My skin crawls as I crowd
into the white ceramic chamber with the others, though part of this,
I'm sure, is the feel of the ultrasonics vibrating sweat and grime
loose from my body. Still, I can't look higher than anyone's ankles.
It's not just the naked flesh that distresses me. I'm out of my
coverall in front of heathen, and that's a grave offense in the sight
of the Builder. My hands hover in front of my crotch.
My hip brushes the thin blue man's; I nearly jump
out of my skin, and I mumble an apology. "Don't worry about it," he
says with a kind smile. "We're all friends here."
"Yeah," Corgie says. "Just help yourself to a
handful of whatever's closest."
"Or a thimbleful," says an apparent neuter named Ice
IX, pointing at Corgie's flaccid penis.
"Careful. You don't want to wake the monster."
Mijk, a muscular man with a series of knobby lumps
down his back, says, "I do. Someone ran all the lotion out of my
dispenser."
"And apparently he wants it back," Soon says with a
giggle.
Corgie wipes his mouth. "Come and get it," he says,
and his penis flares to enormous size, all ridged and quivering. It is
a monster.
I turn away, blushing. But something strange has
begun to happen. I don't feel comfortable exactly, but I do feel
somewhat invisible, with less of the compulsion to run and hide than
comes in the cleansing room at gymnasium. I'm able to let my eyes roam
some, taking in the female bodies as well as the male, plus two or
three I find less determinate and the entirely genderless Ice IX. In
the Quarter, contact between boys and girls is strictly regulated and
chaperoned, even during courtship; a situation like this is as
unthinkable as a motor assembling itself from raw ore. I have more
answers now than I know what to do with to what minutes ago was only a
compelling mystery.
I almost don't want the shower to end, but when the
thought takes form I realize the Wrecker is already getting his claws
into me. How much easier a time of it he has here than inside the
Quarter! Despair washes over me. How will I ever survive this?
Clean, but with a film of shame clinging to my
exposed skin, I trail the group back to the lockers. I've pulled on my
underall and my coverall and am about to put my cap on when a tall,
trouserless man named Twenty plucks it deftly out of my hands.
"What's this for, some kind of uniform?" he asks,
turning the cap this way and that. "You got another job?"
My muscles seem to seize up, and the bottom falls
out of my soul. So much for invisibility. Renny is gone; I don't know
where to turn for help. Heat and mortification radiate from the top of
my uncovered head as Twenty's Sculpted hands defile my cap.
"No, you ramscoop," Corgie says, taking the cap,
"he's a Wheelie. Don't you know anything?"
And now he's passing it to someone else, who's
asking why there's a triangle on it if I'm a Wheelie, and now it goes
to someone else, and now it's flying through the air past my face, and
now again the other way. I reach for the cap, but it's snatched by the
knobby-spined Mijk.
"Wheelie, huh?" he says. "Those are like Christers,
right? How come you're named after a traitor, Wheelie?"
"Judas betrayed the Builder," I say quietly.
I want to sound dangerous, but even I can hear the quaver in my voice.
"Jude was a different apostle."
"Jude, Judas, Peter, penis--whatever. Think this'd
fit me?"
Mijk's about to slip the cap onto his head, and I'm
about to shout something, maybe do something I'll regret, when a
half-dressed woman named Beneficent Sunrise takes it from him.
"Mijk, it doesn't stretch. It's not smart enough to
fit your thick skull."
"Then what good is it?"
Beneficent Sunrise turns the cap over. She studies
the inclined plane symbol. "Never seen something made from dumb fabric
before. Interesting the way it feels. Almost real."
Her frank curiosity defuses my anger. Or is it the
sight of her full, bobbing breasts? They fill me with an emotion I
can't quite put a name to. Not desire, not quite, but something as
sharp in its poignancy. I wonder what they feel like.
* * * *
The blue man picks my cap cleanly out of her grip.
Holding it by the visor only, he puts it in my hand. My fingers clutch
it spasmodically.
"Real like your tits, Sunny?" he says to the woman.
"Go deplete your wand," she says in the general
laughter, but she's smiling with everyone else.
Weak with humiliation and relief, I cover my head
and turn to rummage in my empty locker. Around me, my crewmates
casually hide their nakedness.
The blue man is called Haun Friedrich 4, but the
fishbowl taught me he prefers to go by Derek Specter. He's in the trial
period before a legal name change.
The idea that one may choose one's own name is as
strange to me as everything else about the Sculpted. What would I
choose if I were to name myself? Paul? Luke? Timothy? None of them
work. I can't imagine learning to answer to any name but Jude. That's
me. That's who I am.
I'm standing in the gangway outside the locker room,
having lingered there until the arriving crew forced me out. People
edge past me in both directions. I'm trying to remember which way I
came this morning, fighting a growing sense of panic, when
Haun--Derek--touches my shoulder with blue fingers.
"Know where you're going?" he asks with an easy grin.
"Er ... rimward," I say, feeling the blood heat my
cheeks.
"Yes, that would almost certainly be correct." Derek
leans against the bulkhead near me, a little too close, arms folded and
eyes bright. His skin is the blue of Enoch's fabled seas, and his
irises glow like bits of its sky. "Do you need any help getting there?"
I look down at my gray nonslippers. "I guess I do,"
I say, embarrassed at the prospect of this ostentatiously abnormal
creature rescuing me twice in the same ten minutes.
Derek gazes at the opposite bulkhead, cupping his
chin. "Wheelieville, I presume," he says. He gives me a sidelong
glance, apologetic but not self-conscious. "The Machinist Quarter, I
mean."
"Uh, yeah."
His eyes narrow. "Let me just find it on the map."
"What map?" I say. His glance this time is mildly
reproving, and I let out an abashed "Oh."
"We just need to get you to Elevator Seven, Eight,
or Nine," Derek says after a moment. "That's probably the trickiest
part of the route. And I happen to be going the same way, if you don't
mind company."
My feet are itching to move. I'd rather he just
point me in the right direction and let me go my way, but I'm too tired
to argue. I shrug my acquiescence.
As we set off down the narrow way, Derek says over
his shoulder, "You were good in there today. Not everyone adjusts to
null-gee that quickly. I think even Renny was impressed."
He looks back expectantly, but since I'm not sure
what I'm supposed to say to this, I don't answer.
"Corgie gave you some shit, I know," Derek says,
"but you should have seen him back when he started. Talk about an
ostrich. Was this your first time with an overlay?"
"Yes."
"I remember when I was first getting used to it. It
was strange to turn it off and not see labels everywhere I looked. You
must be going through the same thing. You probably haven't ever used
Geoff before either." At my blank look, he grins. "Yeah, we'll have to
teach you how to use Geoff. Then next time you need to get somewhere
you won't have to put up with me running off at the mouth."
"What's Geoff ?" I ask.
"Info daemon on the public net. You've really been
sheltered, haven't you? Geoff's mostly for travelers and
transients--anyone offline, really, so you can use him too. He'll
answer any question you have, if he has the answer and you're older
than ten. And as long as it's not private or classified."
Derek keeps looking back at me with an expression
like he's trying to tell me something significant and I'm just not
getting it. I feel dumb, and my skin's been crawling ever since the
word "daemon" anyway. "I--thanks, but that doesn't sound like something
I ought to be messing with."
He gives me one more look, then shrugs. "Suit
yourself," he says. "But you do have a right to whatever information
you want. You only have to ask."
We take the next couple of turns in silence, me
adrift in an uneasiness I can't quite put my finger on.
"So what's a nice Machinist like you doing in a job
like this anyway?" Derek asks at last. "I thought you were supposed to
stick to your own turf, not venture out amongst the unwashed."
The corridors are wider now, the crowds thickening,
and Derek, walking beside me, speaks too loudly for my comfort.
"Commerce with the Sculpted isn't forbidden," I say a little
defensively, keeping my voice low. "It's just ... discouraged, I guess.
It's--there's a lot of danger, spiritually."
"I always wanted to be a spiritual hazard," Derek
says. "You probably shouldn't even be talking to me, should you?"
"Um..." I'm looking around, anywhere but at him.
There are unholy forms and faces and sounds and smells everywhere. "Not
really, not like this."
"So why are you? I mean, in the larger sense. Why
are you here at all? Why do you have this job?"
I sigh. "I didn't exactly have a choice," I say,
cursing my inability to hold my tongue. "Thomas, my father, he's our
ward trader, which means he goes out and sells whatever we build or
manufacture. That's so the ward can meet its obligation to the Guild."
"Which is saving up to get off Netherview Station
and continue its fabled trek to Enoch. I've read about it."
I look at him, nonplussed. We know so little about
the Sculpted, I somehow can't get over the fact they know anything
about us. "But business isn't so good," I continue. "As trader, my
father has to pay the rest of the ward first, before he takes his
share, but lately there's not much left over. In fact, I think there
may not be anything left over. He's been trying for months to get me a
job outside the Quarter, and believe me, that means things are grim."
"Of course they are," Derek says. "Who wants
primitive toys made from primitive materials?"
"They're not toys!" I say, turning on him, thinking
of the motor I've been building for some weeks now. "It's serious work!
It's sacred!"
"Hey, hey, I'm sorry." We're now at the elevator
bay, waiting, and Derek puts his hands up as if to ward off my anger. I
see for the first time that his palms and the pads of his fingers are a
rich green, fading into blue at the edges. "I didn't mean it like that.
But you have to realize that's how most people see what you do. If it
has no practical use, it must be a toy."
"It does have a practical use," I say. "You people
are just too stiff-necked to humble yourselves and admit it."
Derek nods. "Or you might say we've put away
childish things."
This reference to the Manual startles me. The
elevator opens as I'm groping for a suitable reply, and we crowd in
with several other commuters, including a woman who has tentacles where
her fingers should be. Derek spends the ride staring straight ahead
with the barest of smiles on his lips.
I'm still smarting when the elevator opens on Six.
I'm about to say that I think I can find my way from here, but Derek
steps out with me into the thick, damp air and dank vegetation.
"I've been meaning to ask," he says, "what is
the significance of the triangle on your clothing? It's an inclined
plane, right?"
"Um, right," I say. "That's the ward I belong to."
"You're lucky you're not in Screw," he says. "You'd
never hear the end of it at work."
"So, er," I say, stumbling a little as we step onto
the counterspinward slidewalk, "I guess you understand the Inclined
Plane is one of the Six Fundamental Machines."
"I've heard that rumor somewhere," Derek says.
"Well, they're also symbols. This one represents the
obliqueness of our approach to the Master Builder. No matter--"
"You mean God, right?"
"You might call him that," I say.
"I might. And again, I might not."
He has a way of continually derailing me and looking
pleased about it that I find entirely infuriating. "No matter how
shallow the angle," I say, soldiering on, "the Inclined Plane leads us
ever upward, and though it may take eons, eventually we'll reach the
level of the Builder."
"Sounds suspiciously like the Tower of Babel," Derek
says. "And didn't God punish the Babylonians for trying to approach him
in just that way?"
"Their approach was more direct, and completely
literal," I say, my voice heating up. "We're not talking about a
literal approach. Ours is metaphorical. We approach the Builder by
understanding and manipulating his six aspects."
"I'd have thought he'd have more respect for the
direct approach. You know, just wrap an inclined plane around a big
pole and climb to heaven." He waggles his blue eyebrows at me, eyes
twinkling. "Maybe what offended him about it was the metaphorical
significance of it. Maybe the Babylonians were really saying God could
screw himself, and that's why he gave them all a good tongue-lashing."
The delight he derives from such extreme statements
takes my breath away. "You can't approach the Builder in anything but a
metaphorical way!" I say.
"Then why let yourselves be literally constrained?
Why confine yourselves to what you can build from six fairly arbitrary
machines?"
"The machines aren't arbitrary! They're the six
aspects of the Builder."
"They are arbitrary, and not all of them are even
that fundamental. The screw we were just talking about--like I said,
it's just an inclined plane wrapped around an axle. The pulley's a
special case of the wheel and axle, and the wedge is just another way
of looking at an inclined plane."
I wipe fatigue sweat from my forehead. He's hitting
uncomfortably close to blasphemous thoughts I've entertained myself,
which may explain my vehemence in denouncing them. "Every aspect
partakes of the others to some extent," I say, but I sound more shrill
than certain.
"Seems to me that if there really is a god, you
could find some far more useful metaphors for the way he operates if
you'd just reach deeper than your six machines."
He exits the slidewalk and I follow, belatedly
realizing we've arrived near the PM Gate. To my relief and chagrin
both, I've been so focused on the conversation that I haven't paid much
attention to the nightmarish creatures around me, nor to the riotous
greenery. But I notice them all now and feel hemmed in.
"We're not meant to reach deeper," I say, hurrying
to keep up with Derek's long gait in the swarming crowd.
"Then you'll never achieve godhood, now will you?"
Derek says. He pauses near the unadorned hatchway that leads to the
Machinist Quarter. "Well, here you are."
Bathed in sweat, I purse my lips. "Thanks, uh ...
thanks for getting me here."
"The pleasure was all mine." He makes as if to move
on, but stops. "I meant to tell you before, I thought you handled those
jokers in the locker room about as well as you could have. Just don't
let them know they're getting to you and they'll leave you alone soon
enough. They're not really mean, just exemplars of what I call the
indolent uninformed. Learning new things is such a trivial process they
don't even make the effort."
"Like the Israelites and the fiery serpents," I say.
Derek blinks, his eyes losing focus. "Interesting,"
he says after a moment or two. "Numbers, chapter twenty-one. If the
ones who were bitten only gazed upon Moses's brass serpent, they would
live. All they had to do was look. You know, there's good sense to be
found in that book here and there."
"The miracle is," I say, "even a gentile can look
and see it."
Derek laughs long and loud. It makes me feel clever
and proud, though why I should care about looking clever to this
mockery of a man baffles me. "Touché, Jude," he says. "See
you tomorrow
at the orifice."
He studies some resource invisible to me, and then
he's off, a lean blue figure vanishing into a teeming, grotesque
jungle. I'm reminded that he inhabits a world even more strange than
this physical one, and that when the two of us look at an object we
each see a vastly different thing.
"Selah, Derek," I say under my breath. I pull the
lever and pass through the Gate, wondering what he sees when he looks
at me.
* * * *
The cleanliness, calm, cool, and quiet of the
Quarter stand in stark contrast to what I've left behind. It's evening
by our clocks; we run here on only one shift. The few Machinists out
and about look at me strangely as I pass from outside. It should feel
good, this homecoming after an eternal shift away, this shedding of
weight, this lightness, this cooling of my sweat, but I find myself
keyed up and restless before I've even reached the branching to Wheel
and Axle. I know Thomas will be waiting for me, wanting to know how the
day went, but I can't confine myself at home just yet. Instead I lower
my head and trudge to gymnasium.
The machines are manned mostly by Levers, all older
than I, but one station opens up before long. I do my best to complete
the ritual properly, pitting every muscle group against the pulleys as
I rehearse the Builder's Code in my mind, but I'm barely into the first
canto before my sore muscles are quaking. What's more, I can't keep my
thoughts focused. My mind keeps reaching back to worry over images of
naked flesh--sometimes colored naturally, sometimes blue or green.
One by one the Levers are finishing up and heading
to the cleansing room, some of them whispering and giving me looks as
strange as the ones I got outside from the Sculpted. I rush to try to
complete the minimal requirements before the place fills up with
Inclined Planes, but in vain. I'm not quite done when Nicodemus and
another Plane named Amos arrive. I see them from across the room, over
the tops of three ranks of machines. I duck my head but too late. Nic
spots me and hurries over.
The station next to mine is empty, abandoned just
moments before. Nic, his face cautiously friendly, slides into the
seat, leaving Amos to fidget awkwardly in the aisle before us. "Selah,
Jude," Nic says.
"Selah," I say, mouth dry.
Nic begins some warm-up stretches of his arms and
back. "You weren't at schola today," he says.
I look straight ahead, pumping away with my arms in
bellows mode, but Amos is right there staring at me, so I focus on my
knees instead. "No," I say.
"Malachi heard you were outside," Nic says.
"Yeah, at the hub," Amos says.
"He said you had a job."
A wary hope fills Nic's voice, but whether it's hope
that the rumors are true or simply hope that I'll talk to him, I can't
tell. Either way, I can't look at him. I can't look at his golden hair,
his glistening shoulders, his wise blue eyes. But I can't not answer.
"That's right," I say gruffly. "I guess you won't
see me much in class anymore."
"Is it true about the Sculpted?" Amos says. He's a
skinny kid and he practically dances from foot to foot. "They drink
blood instead of water?"
"Amos, I see a free machine over there," Nic says
with a jerk of his head.
"But--"
"I'm nearly done here," I say.
"Better hurry, Amos."
I can't see Nic's face, but I hear the tone of
warning in his voice, and I see the answering expression of
querulousness on Amos's face. Amos stalks off, even as I fight down the
unwelcome surge of warm emotion in my chest.
I rest for a twelve-count, saying nothing, then
embark on another bellows set.
Nic has launched into a set of cherrypickers. "So
what's with you, Jude?" he says between reps.
"What do you mean?"
"You've been avoiding me for a couple of weeks now.
What did I do?"
I sigh, clinging to the handgrips and letting my
upper body sag. "It's not you, Nic."
"Then what is it? Is it about this job?"
What am I supposed to tell him? That I've started to
worry I like him too much? I can hardly express the thought even to
myself.
"It's not about the stupid job," I say, though I'm
aching to tell him about everything I've seen and done today. I cut my
set short and stand up, infuriated. "Great Builder, you're so--so--oh,
flashcan it!"
I rush to the cleansing room with all the dignity I
can muster, which isn't much, aware of all the eyes on me. In the quick
glimpse I caught of Nic before I fled, there was hurt and concern. He
hadn't yet broken a sweat.
I try to put him out of my head among the straggling
Levers in the steam-filled shower. I try to conjure the illusion of
camouflage I felt in the showers at the hub, as if I could hide myself
amongst my Sculpted crewmates and never be seen. Here I feel anxious
and wrong, like I don't belong. But I certainly don't belong there.
Scanting my cleansing, I dress quickly and hurry
into the main corridor. The crowds here are about as thick as they ever
get, but seem downright sparse compared to outside. People stride
lightly from their duties back to their branches, men and women, boys
and girls, as evening stretches toward the dinner hour. I envy them
their apparent lack of care.
"Jude, Jude," hails a gentle voice, and I raise my
head. I hadn't realized my neck had bent as if in stronger gravity.
It's Sariah, a Pulley my age who's walking the other
way. "Oh, selah," I say.
She takes my sleeve and draws me to the side of the
corridor. "Missed you at schola," she says, voice low. Not that we have
any of the same classes, but the boys and girls do see each other at
lunch. Often I've wished I could learn the simpler skills the girls
ply, like producing rough fabrics on machines the men construct, but
the one occasion on which I expressed such a desire to my father is one
I'm not likely to forget. I was younger then and hadn't learned better.
"I wasn't there," I say tiredly.
"I know," she says, a look of eager horror on her
face. "You were outside. Helena saw you go this morning. So what was it
like?"
My eyes are already straying down the corridor
toward escape. How can I explain what it was like today? I'm too
confused. "It's the Wrecker's workshop out there, truly," I say,
pulling away. "Look, I'm sorry, but I need to get home."
She lays a cool hand on my arm. She's very pretty
with her enviably long yellow hair, and she's nearly as tall as I am.
"Jude, what's wrong?" she asks, her face close to mine, eyes filled
with concern. "Was it that horrible? You can tell me."
I want to weep. I have friends, sure, or I did, but
what I've never had is someone I can confide in, someone I can really
trust and open up to. That's all I want.
"Sariah--"
I feel her eyes searching my face, but I can't quite
meet her gaze. "What is it?" she says.
"I--" Am I really going to say it? She's always been
nice to me, kind. I glance up quickly. "What do you think about Nic?"
"Nicodemus?" A little crease appears between
Sariah's fine eyebrows. "He's okay, he's nice. Why?"
I shake my head, my stomach turning inside out.
"It's just--you know, he's such a great guy..."
I trail off as her eyes get a little wider. "Oh,"
she says quietly, almost in wonder.
"I mean, he's been my best friend for such an
incredibly long time," I say.
She nods slowly, focused on some inner vision. "No,
no, I see. I get it."
"So, you know..."
"Who would have thought?" The ghost of a pensive
smile touches the corner of her mouth. She kisses me suddenly on the
cheek. "Thank you, Jude. Thank you. I'll talk to you later."
With that she trails off down the corridor, yellow
hair billowing in the quarter-g, leaving me to wonder desolately what
in space just happened.
Thomas is waiting for me at the cabin, reading the
Manual. He looks pointedly at his chronometer as the hatch closes
behind me. "I expected you sooner," he says.
"I stopped for devotions on the way back," I say. "I
thought I might be too tired later."
He nods, accepting this, and I breathe a sigh of
relief. "How was it today?" he asks.
I shrug. "Fine, I guess."
"Did you work hard?"
"I think I did."
"Crew treat you okay?"
I take off my cap and rub my head. I don't want to
get into it all with Thomas. "They were fine. They didn't pay me much
mind."
Thomas closes his Manual, a finger marking his
place. "You be polite around them, Jude, but keep your thoughts to
yourself. That's the way to stay true among the Sculpted."
"I will," I say, though already I feel duplicitous.
Thankfully, that seems to close that subject. The
only other thing Thomas seems to want to know before he goes back to
his reading is when I expect to be paid--something I haven't given much
of a thought to. I assumed that was something he would have worked out
with Renny already.
I prepare our dinner on the foldout stovetop, a stew
of ground meat, beans, and vegetables. The activity proves more calming
and centering to me than devotions did. But that night as I drift
toward sleep, my mind keeps turning back to the women in the locker
room, and to the wooden chest bolted to the deck not two feet from my
head. Kaiya's chest.
* * * *
The Screw is a peculiar machine, partaking directly
as it does of aspects of the Axle, the Inclined Plane, and the Wedge,
and often requiring application of the Lever to fulfill its purpose.
This is fitting, given its function as the aspect that both joins
together and elevates, and as a representation of the way in which men
and women join together in holy communion with the Builder to ignite
the spark of life.
Sacred as it is, I've always been a little
embarrassed by the Screw, a little wary of it. Maybe if that were my
ward I'd have a better understanding of it, a healthier attitude toward
it, but I've never been quite comfortable with its symbolic freight.
Love and apotheosis strike me as less the Screw's nature than doing
violence to whatever surface it encounters.
I find it difficult to credit that I will ever come
to completely trust and adore the Screw.
* * * *
My work schedule is seven days on and three off--one
full s-week as reckoned by the Sculpted. My first "weekend" falls on a
Thursday through Saturday by the Guild calendar, which means schola
every day while I'm supposed to be taking a break. Neither my long
stretches without a day of rest nor my falling behind at schola seems
to bother Thomas much, but it bothers me. When I dare bring this up, he
tells me the Builder is blessing us for our sacrifice--though I don't
see what sacrifice it is that he's making.
By my second s-week on the job, I've begun to feel
comfortable and confident in null-g, and competent if not so
comfortable with my fishbowl's graphic overlay. It's as if I'm looking
at a raw and exposed layer of reality that should more properly be
covered, or at the very least from which I should avert my
eyes--though, just as in the locker room with my crewmates, doing so is
practically not an option. I am on friendly terms with most of the
crew, even if I can't quite bring myself to consider any of them
friends. We're too different for that, both in our worldviews and in
our expectations of what friendship means. For one thing, they don't
seem to have a problem with the occasional tweaking of one another's
anatomy in the showers. I do, as they have learned.
I have spent most of my lunch hours and several more
walks home chatting with Derek. Despite the fact that he's so obviously
unlike me, he has a directness, a curiosity, and a willingness to take
my arguments seriously that I can't help but like, even if I can't
always effectively rebut the points he makes. I consider him a goad to
make me apply myself more diligently to my studies. I retain the faith
that answers exist to his objections, and if I can't find them and
express them articulately then I'm hardly a worthy ambassador for the
Guild.
It's end of shift on Sevenday of my second s-week on
the job when Renny calls us together in the break room. "Got some news,
little stevies," she says, executing a sort of four-handed cartwheel up
a chair to perch on her favorite table. The animated chatter
anticipating our weekend break quiets down.
"Fourday and Fiveday next week we've got a special
assignment coming up for anyone who wants in on it. Berth A-11,
prospecting ship full of scientific samples. Very delicate, both the
ship and the cargo. Berth's gonna be fully evacuated, so there's hazard
pay, but only those of you rated for vacuum will be eligible. If you
don't want in, that's fine--we'll have plenty to do here. But if you
want in and you're not vacuum-rated, it's not too late to get that way.
You can even take shift time to do it without getting docked. I just
need to see your certification first thing Threeday if you want in.
Understood? All right, that's it."
Renny draws me aside as the others file off to the
showers. "This is a good opportunity, kid," she tells me in a low
voice. "You're a good worker, and you sure don't want to miss out on
triple pay."
She's right, I don't. I can imagine how happy Thomas
will be to see the extra credits. "How do I get vacuum-rated?" I ask,
watching two tiny, distorted me's in her silvery eyeglobes. "Is there a
test I take or something?"
"Not, er, not really," Renny says. "What it mostly
entails is getting your lungs and eyes and ears vacuum-hardened. You'd
be wearing a pressure suit in the berth, of course, but if it should
fail you could suffocate before we got you out of there and
repressurized. Regs don't let us subject you to that risk."
My breath catches. "What you're talking about--that
would mean Sculpting, wouldn't it?"
"Just a small bit, internally."
The pay would be welcome, but I have to shake my
head. "No offense, but I can't do that. I'm very sorry."
Renny shrugs, an elaborate motion of her hind
shoulders. My reflection dances crazily in her eyes. "What can I say,
kid? It's your choice, and I sure won't think any worse of you for it.
But don't make the decision now. Think about it over the break. Get the
details from Geoff. Talk to your old man, see what he says."
"Right," I say. "I already know what he'd tell me."
"Thomas ain't a bad guy, for a Wheelie. Talk to him,
kid."
All the way to the showers, cringing, I can hear
Thomas telling me the Wrecker's in me. But I can't quite shake Renny's
insistence that I bring it up with him.
* * * *
That evening over our humble dinner I blurt it out
before I can reconsider: "Renny says there's a special job next week.
Extra pay, and she's pushing me to do it."
Thomas puts down his fork. "And?" he says, glaring
at me over the table.
"And ... I'd need some small modifications.
Vacuum-hardening."
Thomas bows his head. Today's a Saturday in the
Quarter, what would in other circumstances have meant half a day at
schola for me and a morning of light community service for him. But
neither of us follows a normal schedule now, and we're each exhausted
from the labors of the day. I wait for him to speak, not chewing, heart
in my throat.
Not that I don't know the right answer. I only have
to ask myself what the Builder would say. Or my mother, I
think, the tip of my nonslipper grazing the wooden chest beneath the
foldout table that spans the width between the bunks. The chest
contains Kaiya's clothing, which, despite the reg against storage of
unnecessary mass, Thomas has never been able to bring himself to
recycle. It's almost as if he's waiting for her to come back. I'm not,
though. I don't have many firm memories of Kaiya, and, in fact, Thomas
has told me so often that my mother is with the angels now that that's
how I nearly always picture her: dressed in spotless white with huge
feathered wings furled above her, looking down on me from on high. I
know what she would think if I broached the topic of transfiguration. I
know what she does think, in whatever level of the Builder's
mansion she's watching me from.
At last Thomas forks a bite of boiled potatoes and
carrots into his mouth and peers at me, practically through me, from
under lowered brows. "You told her no, right?"
I flinch a little. It takes a moment for me to
realize he's talking about Renny, not Kaiya. "Of course," I say. My
words feel defensive, as if he's somehow already forced me to lie to
him.
"Wrecker take that woman, anyway." He shovels more
food into his mouth and chews silently for a few bites.
When he speaks again his voice and his eyes,
unexpectedly, have softened. "Son, I know they teach us at temple never
to compromise with the world, to always live as if we're with the
Builder in his mansion, but in practice that's just impossible. We all
make compromises--we have to, or we couldn't get by. We couldn't live.
The tricky part--no, the hard part is knowing what's okay to
compromise and what isn't. You have to figure out where that dividing
line is--and then stay well back from it. When you try to walk it..."
Thomas folds his hands together and stares down at
the table. "Jude, son, I can tell you what happens. You fall. You tell
yourself you won't, but you do." He clears his throat, lips compressing
almost convulsively. "I just want you to be happy. Maybe that's not
what this world is for, but Builder knows it's what I want for you."
His eyes rove this way and that, never meeting mine,
and he clears his throat again. Once upon a time, this would have been
where I edged around the table to give him an awkward hug. Tonight I
can't. My soul cries for him, but I'm not a little kid anymore, and I
just can't.
We finish our meal in silence.
* * * *
The next day is temple, the first Sunday in three
Guild weeks I've been off work. Thomas and I sit toward the back of the
long, low chapel, which sits near the AD Gate at the opposite end of
the Quarter from the PM Gate. The bulkheads are of brushed gray metal,
with three of the Six Machines etched on the left wall, three on the
right, and the carpenter's square on the wall behind the pulpit.
Inclined Plane Ward meets third every Sunday, in the
late-morning slot. During Foreman Saul's sermon after the sacrament, I
spot Nicodemus several rows ahead and to the right. What caught my eye
was his golden head tilting back as he smiled wide at something the
person next to him had whispered in his ear. The person next to him has
long, shining yellow hair.
The person next to him is Sariah.
I blink hard for the next several minutes. I shift
and fidget through the rest of the sermon. The pew is cold and
rigid--dumb, unyielding matter--and no matter how I try I can't get
comfortable. I'm supposed to meet the foreman for my private
instruction after church, but when the service ends I rush back to the
cabin instead, with a vague excuse to Thomas about my stomach.
Two full days of schola still ahead, catching up on
subjects where I'm falling further and further behind, before I get to
return to work. I don't know how I'm going to make it.
* * * *
Wednesday comes at last, Oneday to the rest of the
station, and in the break room in the early morning Renny reminds the
gathered crew that we have only two days left to sign up and show
vacuum certification if we want in on the special gig. She looks my way
but I duck my eyes. Funny--I've spent the past two days at schola
avoiding Nic and looking forward to Oneday, and now that it's here it
looks like I'm going to spend the day avoiding Renny. I'm such a bent
nail I can't stand myself.
Our client today is a Thunder-class starship, Colder
Equation, which we load with supplies bound for the exomorph colony
at Van Maanen's Star. It's hard work but mostly mindless, and I find my
cares evaporating for the first time in days. I feel best at midshift
when we break for lunch, but the rest of the day is marred by the clock
in the corner of my vision, ticking down the minutes until I return to
gravity's embrace.
At shift's end, after showers, I ask Derek if he'd
like to go somewhere for food. He's invited me to eat after work
several times now, but I've worried not just that Thomas would find out
but that I wouldn't be able to find anything appetizing in the public
cafeterias. Tonight, though, I'm desperate enough to talk that I think
I can overcome my food objections.
Delighted, Derek leads me all the way to a dim
cafeteria two levels in from the rim. I'm not sure what I was
expecting, but certainly not this gloomy cave with the dark red walls
and the low ceiling. Quiet, lilting string music plucked out by unseen
hands drifts on the air, which smells gently dank and laden with
minerals. Thick pillars and curtains of leafy plant life obscure the
view from one end of the place to the other, though here and there I
can see tables of two, three, or four, the sometimes asymmetrical faces
of the patrons lit from below by flickering orange light. Perhaps it's
the dimness, but I no longer find their deformities as hideous as I did
at first.
A woman in a lumpy black cowled robe leads us
through the compact maze of foliage to a table against a black-painted
bulkhead studded with white pinpricks. It isn't until we take our seats
in form-fitting smart-matter chairs that I realize the bulkhead isn't a
bulkhead at all, but a viewport--a hole punched through fifteen
centimeters of metal and plugged with glass or something like it.
"Wheel and Axle," I murmur, stunned. I can't take my
eyes from the bright, nail-hard stars.
"Netherheim and Freya should come into view before
you're finished," the cowled woman says. "That's a sight to behold."
She makes an arcane gesture in the air. "Now, let me call your
attention to today's specials."
"Perhaps a ... hardcopy menu would be in order for
my friend here?" Derek says, nodding toward me.
"Oh, certainly," the woman says before receding like
smoke into the shadows.
The surface of our table glows a dim, swirling
orange, making Derek's skin look like polished stone and his eyes
smolder with fire. "So what do you think?" he asks.
"It's not what I expected at all. I pictured
something more, well, functional from a cafeteria."
"Cafeteria, eh?" Derek's eyes sparkle with
amusement. "I suppose you could think of it that way."
The robed woman returns with a catalog of dishes
listed on a single sheet of paper, and I'm shocked to discover, as
Derek points out, that most of the items have been grown
hydroponically. "This must be terribly expensive," I say, mouth
watering. "I can't afford this, I'm sure of it."
"Relax," Derek says. "Everyone gets credit for a
meal like this once a month. I've got a couple saved up, and you must
have at least a dozen just sitting there, unused."
I cover my surprise and confusion by studying the
menu. I have the sense of riding an iceberg in a limitless ocean, borne
up by a vast bulk the composition of which I can't begin to fathom.
Choosing more or less at random, I select an opener of fine pasta
garnished with grated cheeses and truffle shavings, and a spiced squash
tart as a main course. Derek places our orders, a process invisible to
me, choosing a fruit assortment and a roulade of vegetables and nuts
for himself.
He folds his hands and leans forward. "So, what's on
your mind, Jude?"
"Oh, this and that," I say, and shrug. "I was
thinking today about what it would be like to live out in space."
Derek shakes his head, grinning. "We do live in
space. Or hadn't you noticed?"
"No, I mean in space, like the exomorphs,
just floating there in the middle of nothing."
"Well, it's not nothing. There is a structure, a
lattice, to grow their colony in."
"But it's not much, and it's open to space." I
didn't know there were such creatures, such people, until today. I read
it on the fishbowl during work. "Can you even imagine the mods you'd
need for that?"
"Serious work indeed," Derek says. "Not to be
undertaken lightly."
"No one on our crew has work that serious. They all
look pretty much normal, at least when they're dressed."
"The more radical mods are often specialization for
particular types of work. We're unskilled labor, our crew, Jude."
I nod, having figured this out without really being
able to articulate it. I take a deep breath. "Derek, can I ask you
something personal?"
He laces his fingers together and rests his joined
hands on the table. The green of his palms has crept halfway up his
arms in the time since I met him, and his ears are now tinged green as
well, though I can't make the hues out well in this light. His gaze
upon me is very open and direct and unsettling, more so because every
day I come to know better how little I understand of his world, layered
as it is above and beneath and around mine. "I don't know, can you?" he
says.
"I don't know. I'll try." I've learned some things
about him from the fishbowl at work without really trying--for
instance, the distressing fact that he has three biological
mothers--but nothing that doesn't just whet my curiosity. I look down
at the glowing table and take a deep breath. "I'm just wondering if
there's some, I don't know, some practical reason for your mods,
something functional. You know, what the blue skin turning green is all
about."
"There's a time for love, and a time to hate," Derek
says with a rakish smile. "A time for blue, and a time for green."
I puff out an exasperated breath. "Do you spend all
your time looking up things in the Manual you can make fun of ?"
He shakes his head. "You do understand, don't you,
Jude," he says animatedly, "that a book called the Bible existed long
before Titus Grant slapped his own generic title on it, and that it's
not exactly an obscure work in the human literary canon?"
"High Foreman Titus didn't just change the title.
Under the Builder's inspiration, he clarified and corrected--"
Derek extends a finger until it almost touches my
lips, waving his other hand preemptively. "Yes, fine. But you
understand he didn't write the Manual from scratch."
"All right, fine, I understand," I say. "So what
about the color change?"
He leans back in his chair. "Right, that. It's not
really anything practical. There's nothing I can point to and say my
skin color accomplishes. In fact, it's mostly a random aesthetic
process. I'm never sure what color's coming up next."
"Then why did you do it? I mean, what's the purpose?"
"It keeps me interested," Derek says, and his smile
cracks momentarily. "I see me and not-me in the mirror at the same
time, and there's always the mystery of what's coming next. It's as
good a reason to stick around as any." He leans forward again, and to
my ears his heartiness now sounds forced. "What makes you curious,
friend?"
I shake my head. "I don't know. Nothing."
"You're thinking about the job, aren't you? The
vacuum job this Fourday."
I look out the viewport at the stars, but the view
seems to tilt and wheel beneath me, spinning my sense of balance away.
"Maybe," I admit.
"You know," Derek says with a trace of his vigorous
smile, "if you do it, a lot of folks on the crew are going to be
disappointed. People are starting to get protective of you, and you may
make them feel like they've corrupted you."
"It's not their decision," I say.
"Agreed."
A different woman brings us our opening course. A
thick tail moving in counterpoint to the balanced trays in her hands
protrudes from beneath her black robe. Attention to the food spares
Derek and me from the burden of conversation. I'm not sure I enjoy all
the lush, strange flavors on my plate, but I know I've never tasted
anything so vivid. I swallow every last crumb.
Derek seems uncharacteristically fidgety between
courses, but it's not until our main courses have arrived and I'm
halfway through my tart--excellent--that he says, "Jude, can I ask you
something?"
"Um, sure," I say between bites.
He swallows. "What is it that happened to your
mother?"
The bite I've just taken feels too big going down my
throat. "How do you know about my mother?"
"I'm sorry, I'm not trying to pry." He wipes his
mouth with a cloth serviette that actually shows slight stains of use.
"It's hard sometimes to look at you and not make the easy jumps back
through your genealogy."
"My mother died when I was small, four or five," I
say, setting down my fork and holding my gaze steady with great effort.
"I'm not clear exactly how. My father doesn't like to talk about it,
and I don't like to press him."
Derek opens his mouth, looking confused, and for a
moment I have the strangest feeling he's going to tell me how
it happened. I feel the sting beginning behind my eyes at the thought
that he might know more about it than I do.
But what he says is: "Do you think about her much?"
I nod. "All the time."
He looks so stricken at this that I feel I could be
looking at a reflection of my own expression in a blue-tinted
mirror--or, so I believe for a giddy, wildly hopeful moment, at my
mother. The illusion shatters as Derek rises suddenly in his chair,
takes my face in both his green hands, and leans in to kiss me on the
mouth. He stares at me a second or two, an eternity, and sits back down.
Breathless, I turn to the window. Netherheim has
swung into view, a giant ball of spun sugar swirled with red and yellow
stripes, a fruit as sweet and bursting and sick-making as my heart
inside me. I sit very still, not looking at him. My pulse is racing
about a hundred klicks a second.
"I don't know if I can finish this," I say and push
the rest of my tart away.
"Jude, I'm sorry," Derek says, his eyes very steady
and direct.
"Why did you do that?" I ask. Asking a question is
better than yelling or crying or hitting the table.
Derek spreads his green palms. They look black with
blood in the cafeteria's hellish light. "I forgot for a minute what a
kiss signifies to your people. Let myself forget, to be honest. To
us--the groups I identify with, at least--it can be a greeting between
friends, a show of camaraderie or comfort, even the equivalent of a
slap. It doesn't have to have a sexual connotation."
"But why did you do it?"
Derek sighs. "Jude, you just seemed so sad. I
couldn't stand it. Lonely and sad." He shakes his head. "You reminded
me of me when I was your age. Sometimes I wish someone had just done
that for me."
Do I believe him? I'm not sure. I look out the
viewport. Netherheim is just beginning to slide out of view. A cauldron
of emotion, like the multicolored atmosphere of the planet below,
seethes inside me. I want to storm out of the room. I want to turn a
somersault in the air. I want to shake Derek by the shoulders until his
head flops like a scrap doll's.
I think about Nicodemus, wondering what I ever saw
in him.
"I'm sorry," I say. "Can you help me find an
elevator to Level Six?"
"Of course, Jude."
The compassion and concern in Derek's voice are
unbearable. So is the heartbreak.
* * * *
At home, safe from the sea of wild bodies and
leering faces that populate the station, I fall to my knees. I should
pray to the Builder for forgiveness, for putting myself in such a
compromised position, but instead I thumb the combination on the wooden
chest in the middle of the deck. Thomas is still out, and with luck
will be for at least another hour. He doesn't know that I long ago
surfed the combination over his shoulder. The lid swings back on stiff,
creaky, decidedly low-tech hinges, revealing the layered treasures
within.
Reverently, I lift out the first folded garment,
hearing in my mind a surreal ghost of Kaiya's voice telling Thomas to
keep this, she'll have no use for it where she's going. I unfold and
smooth out the soft gray dress with the Inclined Plane on the
bosom--then, hands trembling, pull it over my head and slip my arms
through the sleeves, as I've done maybe half a dozen times before in my
life.
The fabric is tight across my shoulders and under my
arms--much tighter than it was the time before. There's no hope of
closing the buttons at the back. This may be the last time I can manage
to fit into it at all.
Sobs rise up inside me as I yearn for angel wings to
bear me away.
* * * *
The sensation of walking spinward inside a great
turning wheel like Netherview Station is a little like walking up an
endless inclined plane. Because your feet are borne forward by the
rotation a tiny bit faster than your head, you might feel, if you're
attentive enough, as if you're leaning slightly backward, or walking up
the slightest of slopes.
By the same token, a counterspinward stroll might
feel a bit like a walk downhill. But compare your slight forward angle
to a tangent of the circle your feet are touching and you'll see that
the attitude of your body is more like that of a person walking uphill.
Thus, walk either direction inside the rim of a rolling wheel and you
partake of one aspect or another of ascending an incline.
I haven't found much scriptural support for my
position, and the members of Wheel and Axle in particular would call it
blasphemy, but at some crossroads it strikes me that any path you
follow can lead you upward, and closer to the Builder.
* * * *
I sleep badly, unaccustomed to the richness of the
food in my belly. Upon rising I prepare Thomas what seems a meager and
bland breakfast, all the while fearing that he will somehow sense that
the chest and its contents have been disturbed. But he eats with all
his attention on his Manual, and he barely bats an eye when I tell him
I may end up working overtime today.
I arrive early at the hub, in time to catch Renny in
her spherical office well before the start of our Twoday shift. "I want
to learn more about this vacuum-hardening procedure," I tell her
without preamble. "Uh, how can I do that?"
Renny vaults out of her chair like a charged
particle expelled from an atom. "If you weren't crippled you could ask
from anywhere," she says, clinging to the frame of the hatch and
shoving her ugly face into mine. "As it is, you'll have to use a
Geoffroom. There's one not far from here."
She leads me on a brisk walk. "You know," I say as I
hurry to keep up with her, "my father's pretty upset with you."
Renny looks over her shoulder and grins. "What, for
telling you about the job? Oh, I heard from him. Nothing he could do
about it, though. It's regs and Thomas knows it. Like he has room to
complain, the way he called in so many favors to get a barefooter like
you onto the team in the first place. But he's your father and he's
just following the script, same as me."
She stops before a row of three hatches, each
emblazoned with the old-fashioned schematic symbol for an activated
light fixture. I've passed hatches like these at many times since
starting my job, but never known what they were.
Renny rears up on her hind arms and pats the
gleaming surface of the first hatch. "Now here's the next part of my
script," she says. "This is a Geoff-room, where Geoff can tell you
anything you care to ask about. He'll answer all your questions and
then some. The light bulb is glowing, which means the room's unoccupied
and you can walk right in. Take all the time you need, but if you're
going to be here longer than the first hour of shift, have the big lug
message me so I know."
She touches a panel in the center of the hatch, and
it opens with a slight hiss.
"Keep your eyes and ears open, kid," she says, and I
step inside.
* * * *
"Don't be afraid. I won't bite."
The voice is a warm tenor and originates from no
location I can see in this small, very white room. The ceiling is high
enough to let me stand comfortably; my outstretched arms would nearly
span the room in both dimensions. A body-enfolding chair like you might
find at the medic's rests at the center of the deck. Panicked, I
turn--to find the hatch has sealed noiselessly behind me. I can barely
see its outline.
"Have a seat, Jude," the voice says. "We've got a
lot to talk about."
The air is warm, but my skin prickles cold and hard.
"Where are you?" I say. "How do you know my name?"
"I've known you since you were born, Jude. I'm glad
we're finally getting a chance to talk. This happens so rarely with
members of your Guild. But we'll talk more comfortably if you sit.
Please."
Blasphemy! my mind cries. False gods!
But I ease myself down into the chair, letting the cushions take hold
of me. I feel the chair adjust to my size, and carefully I lay my head
back in the niche that fits it.
A man appears before me. A pot-bellied man with
flowing white hair and a bushy white mustache, dressed in a billowy
white coverall. A man carrying a wooden carpenter's square. "Selah," he
says.
I start in alarm, but the man makes calming motions
as he bends over me. "The Builder," I gasp.
He shakes his head. "If you see me in the likeness
of the Builder, it's only because that's your strongest conception of a
figure of benevolent wisdom. Not to aggrandize myself at all." He looks
down at the carpenter's square in his hand. "This probably doesn't help
matters." He tosses the square over his shoulder, and it vanishes.
"Who are you?" I say, struggling to sit up.
The man crackles and flashes transparent. "This'll
be less disorienting if you stay down in the chair," he says. "For both
of us."
Suspiciously I lie back, and the image solidifies.
In fact, I can feel the man as he presses a comforting hand to my chest
and pushes me down.
"I'm Geoff," he says. "No last name, but I can give
you a version number if you're really interested."
He smells faintly of sweat, smoke, and some kind of
musky perfume. "I don't know what you mean," I say.
"I know," he says with a smirk. He pulls up a chair
from nowhere, seats himself near my knees, and crosses his legs. "But
you came here because you wanted to ask me something. So go ahead. Ask
me anything you like. Ask me as much as you like. That's what I'm here
for."
"What are you?" I ask.
"A very sophisticated information retrieval system.
Once upon a time, you might have called me a search engine, but I'm
much more than that. I'm something of a diagnostician as well, and a
physician, and a surgeon, and a teacher, and a tutor. A diplomat, a
translator, an ombudsman. A legal advisor, and an advocate too. And I
play a mean hand of gin."
"Where did you get the name Geoff ?" I'm thinking of
Derek and his name change. "What does it mean?"
Geoff strokes his mustache. "Nothing, really. I just
liked the sound of it. It seemed to me to suit me somehow. Where did
you get your name?"
I blink. "From the Manual."
"Be glad you didn't end up Nebuchadnezzar."
Maybe this is where Derek learned to be so cheeky.
"How is it I can see you? It has something to do with the chair,
doesn't it?"
"It has plenty to do with the chair, and with its
ability to create a microwave interface with your visual cortex. I can
give you a more detailed technical specification if you like, but I
imagine you have more pressing questions you'd like to ask."
I'm delighted in spite of myself, and I raise my
head out of the cradle several times in succession just to watch Geoff
flicker in and out of existence.
"Careful," he says, rising from his illusory chair.
"You'll make yourself sick."
He's right. My head has started pounding and the
room whirls. My stomach feels none too steadfast in its grip on
breakfast. I lie back and Geoff strokes my forehead. His cool fingers
fail to disturb the swelling droplets of perspiration. I take deep
breaths, digging my fingers into the padding of the armrests.
"Tell me about this vacuum-hardening process my boss
keeps telling me about," I say, eyes squeezed shut. "How does it work?"
"There's not a lot to it," Geoff says in a
reassuring tone. "What it does is construct around your lungs a sort of
a cellular retaining wall that gets deployed on any catastrophic drop
in air pressure. It actually seals shut your lungs and can temporarily
prevent the gases in your bloodstream from expanding and killing you.
This retaining wall is also capable of breaking oxygen atoms loose from
the carbon dioxide your blood returns to your lungs, so you can
effectively keep rebreathing the same old air. That's only temporary
too, of course. It's like any filter--eventually it's going to get
choked with carbon and fail. But you can last an hour that way, anyway.
More than enough time for help to get to you. In most circumstances."
It sounds so reasonable when Geoff says it. I'm
looking at him again now, and he has returned to his seat. "Is the
procedure expensive?" I ask, praying the answer will be yes.
"Not at all," Geoff says. "And if you can
demonstrate a need for it in the course of your job, the station covers
it anyway. You do qualify, by the way."
"Are there side effects?"
"You might feel a little short of breath after the
procedure, a little dizzy and weak, but your lungs will adjust within a
day or so. That's all, really."
I take a deep breath. "And the procedure itself--it
sounds complicated. How long does it take?"
"Oh, about twenty minutes," Geoff says, tilting his
head to one side.
"Twenty minutes! That's all?"
"You'd have the entire shift off, though, for
recovery and observation. With pay."
"But--but how is that possible?" I'm groping for
words. "I mean, it's Sculpting, right? You can't just snap your fingers
and it's done."
"That would be true, Jude ... if we were starting
from scratch. We're not."
Now I can't breathe, and my insides seem to freeze.
"What do you--what do you mean?"
Geoff stands up and clasps his hands behind his
back. "You are what you call Sculpted, Jude, as is every other
member of the Machinist Guild on Netherview Station. You've been that
way since before birth, the nanodocs passed on to you via your mother's
bloodstream. Your nanodocs don't do anything more than maintain
reasonably good health and let me keep tabs on you. But the potential
is there for more. Much more."
"But--but why?" Tears gather in the corners of my
eyes. "How can you do this to us? It's--it's monstrous!"
Geoff looks pained. "Jude, please understand what a
fragile environment this station is. We have two million permanent
residents and millions more who pass through every month. We can't have
people running loose who aren't monitored in some way."
"But it's wrong. It's my body!"
"Jude, if I weren't helping out, your body would
have broken the first time you left the Quarter. Your devotions keep
your muscles strong, but the low gravity weakens your bones. You've had
supplements in your food all your life to counteract the effects."
I roll my head from side to side. "Lies."
"I'm not lying, Jude."
"Not now, but all along! Everything we know, my
people, it's all lies."
"I told you the first opportunity I had. Jude, you
have the right to get this information at the age of ten, when you
become a provisional citizen of Netherview Station--that's about
thirteen and a third by your Guild calendar. Unfortunately, the Guild
can keep that knowledge from you until age fifteen--twenty to you. You
still have the right to ask and get answers, like you're doing now, but
what good does that do most of you when you don't know you can
ask?"
I'm shaking my head. "I don't believe you. That
would mean--that would mean everyone knows. All the adults--my father.
Everyone knows."
"Actually, no." Geoff purses his lips sadly and lays
a hand on my arm. "Just because they know they have the right to ask
doesn't mean they'll actually do it. By the time they reach twenty,
most of them don't want to know."
"I don't want to know!" I say, wrenching my
arm through Geoff's hand to paw the water from my eyes. "Why are you
telling me this?"
"Jude..."
"No! You're the Wrecker! I don't want to hear it."
Geoff sighs. "As far as I'm aware, I am not the
Wrecker. In fact, I'm not certain I'm capable of telling a lie. I try
my very best to do good, really."
Uncomfortably aware of how childish I'm being, I
cross my arms and turn my head away from the preening phantom before
me. I lie that way for some time, mind churning. When I look at Geoff
again he's watching me expectantly. I feel hollow inside.
"Geoff," I say, my voice small, "can you fix my
brain?"
Geoff leans forward, looking concerned. "What's
wrong with your brain, Jude?"
"I--I mean--"
"Yes?"
"I think I'm out of true." I'm almost whispering.
"Bent."
"How do you mean?"
"You know."
"Pretend I don't."
I lick my lips. "I think I like boys." The admission
leaves me feeling curiously flat, detached. "Can you fix me?"
Geoff tugs at his white mustache. "Jude, there are
various therapy regimens I can initiate, but I don't 'fix'
things like
sexual inclination. Not that I'd call you homosexual at all in the
sense you'd think of it. The truth, I believe, is rather more
interesting and complicated than that."
My heart leaps. "What's the truth?"
"Your Guild likes to treat sexuality and gender as
binary values, either this or that, one right, one wrong, no other
possibilities. But the ones you call Sculpted understand these
characteristics more as a spectrum of possible values, fluid and
multidimensional. There's no either-or, nor even necessarily a
permanent identification with any given point on the grid." Geoff
spreads his hands in an eerily Builderlike gesture. "Now, this is a
preliminary diagnosis only, but you would appear to me to suffer from a
multivalent somatocognitive dysphoria."
"A what?" I ask, vague trepidation gnawing at my
stomach.
"To put it more bluntly, your body is male, but the
personality inside may be closer to the female end of the continuum.
Not all the way there, of course, but more so than not."
I shake my head despite the nausea I feel. "No, no.
That's ridiculous."
"You would have learned very early to hide the
symptoms--the wants and behaviors your people wouldn't find acceptable
in a little boy. But that, plus overcompensation in areas of
archaically male pursuit, still wouldn't make them go away."
"You're crazy." The notion is offensive, repulsive.
"The Builder doesn't make mistakes like that."
"In a perfect world, maybe not," Geoff says. "But
this world's anything but perfect, and we all have to come to our own
accommodations with that fact. Now, I can recommend and even direct a
course of therapeutic counseling, just as a starting point, and of
course participation would be entirely up to--"
"No!" I shout. "Stop it!"
"Jude, let's at least talk about this for a--"
"You lying, false machine, shut up! I can't think."
Geoff folds his hands in his lap as I turn my eyes
to the white ceiling, chewing the inside of my cheek. I'm furious, and
terrified for my soul, to realize how easily I've been taken in by the
lies of this Wrecker-spawned abomination. The right thing to do--the
right degree of compromise--has never been more clear.
"I'm going to do it," I say, the steel in my voice a
wall holding back utter dissolution.
"I'm sorry--do what?" Geoff asks.
"The vacuum-hardening. I'm going to do it."
"Are you sure?" He sounds dubious.
"Absolutely. But so you don't get any ideas, I'm
doing it for the Guild, not for myself."
"I'm not certain what you mean by that."
"The more hazard pay I get," I say, "the more
quickly my people can get off this godforsaken station."
"Your pay is yours. It doesn't have to go to your
Guild."
"I don't care."
"It won't any difference," Geoff says. "The Guild's
debts are considerable."
"I don't care."
"Jude, I don't want you doing this under any false
illusions. The Guild owes so much money they can't even pay the
interest on it. It's practically a losing proposition to keep housing
them."
"Then why don't you just let them leave?" I demand,
enraged.
Geoff shakes his head. "I'll tell you if you really
want to know--that's my function. But you won't like it."
"I don't like it already! Just tell me."
"As you wish. I have to be concerned about the
well-being of the station as a whole, and having you here serves a
purpose other than economic. The existence of a permanent
underprivileged social class reinforces in the minds of the rest of the
population the benefits of full participation in this pseudo-socialist
post-scarcity paradise of ours. Superiority breeds contentment, of a
sort."
"So you're telling me my people live in poverty to
provide an example of how undesirable poverty is?"
"I told you you weren't going to like it."
My anger has shrunk to a cold, clear gem in my
heart. "As if it took a supercomputer to figure that out. And I told
you I'd made up my mind already."
"Well!" he says, raising his eyebrows. He looks as
if he's about to offer more argument, but evidently decides otherwise.
"So you give your consent for the vacuum-hardening procedure?"
I give a curt nod. "Yes."
"So be it," Geoff says quietly. He almost sounds
chastened. "I'll let your boss know you'll be occupied today, and we'll
get started right away."
I arrange myself stiffly in the chair, arms at my
sides, as if waiting for the lid of my coffin to close.
* * * *
"You're all right from here?" Derek asks.
We're standing at the PM Gate, the smells and tumult
and humidity around us as heavy as ever. His arm around my shoulder
helps offset the crushing gravity. I nod a little woozily and say,
"It'll be easier inside. Quarter gee."
As the end of the procedure drew near, Geoff roused
me to suggest I might want a friend to walk me home. I said Derek's
name before I really thought it through, but even after the fact,
wondering if that had been a good idea, it didn't seem to me I really
had a better option. Geoff contacted him, and Derek was there waiting
outside the Geoffroom as soon as the hatch opened.
Now he takes his arm from around me and watches with
concern as I make a wobbly step on my own. "Is this ... you know ...
are you going to be in trouble?"
"How will anyone know?" I say. "There's nothing
visible that's changed."
Derek looks like he's about to say something, then
extends his hand instead. Green is now his predominant hue; even his
irises have changed color. "Well, Jude, just in case ... you've got a
place to bunk down if you need it. No strings, just a place to stow
your gear."
I nod, my throat thickening. I try to say thank you,
but I can't. I duck my eyes, pull the lever, and pass through the gate.
I might be imagining it, but as the gate closes
behind me I almost think I hear Derek saying, "Selah, Jude."
Inside, it's late and the corridors are empty. This
is good because even in the lower grav I'm having trouble walking a
straight line. Geoff told me this is nothing to worry about, that I'll
feel fine again by morning, but drawing the wrong kind of attention on
the way home through the Quarter would be something to worry
about.
The cabin is dark when I slip inside, and Thomas
lies motionless in his bunk. I strip off my coverall as quietly and
cautiously as possible, crank down my bunk, and slip beneath the
blanket. I lie on my back, unable to relax or even close my eyes. I
spent most of the day in essentially this position. Like Geoff
promised, the process took only twenty minutes--though, having felt
nothing, I have only his word for that--but for the rest of my shift
and beyond I lay fitfully dozing as I recuperated. I suspect Geoff
would have liked to keep me longer than he did, but my father would
have been livid if I didn't come home all night.
My heart pounds as I suddenly become aware that
Thomas is sitting up. I try to fake deep, easy breathing as Thomas
stands and pads across the narrow cabin. Even talking to him right now
is too exhausting a thought to contemplate.
"Son," he says, almost a question, his voice subdued.
I crack an eye. His face is a gray smear in the
darkness, gazing down on me like the cinders of a burnt-out sun.
"Son ... Jude..." He sighs, breath hitching like an
unbalanced motor. "I've been thinking a lot. Praying hard. I think it
was wrong to send you to work. You can quit if you like. We'll get by.
We'll manage."
I'm not sure he knows I'm awake, sees my eyes wide
and dilated in the dark. It's like he's talking to himself. But when he
reaches down to stroke my hair, his face draws nearer and his brows
knit.
"Son?" he says, his voice quavering. "Son, what have
they ... what have you...?"
His hand snaps back like the magnetic arm of a relay
switch. But I have only an instant to steel myself before he shakes off
the stun and whips back, seizing me by my throat and one thigh and
hauling me off the bunk.
"What in the Wheel have you done?" he cries,
stumbling back as I watch the indistinct room tumble crazily around me.
He loses his grip on my thigh, and my knees bounce off the deck even as
my windpipe grinds against his other hand. I smash sideways against the
bottom of the hatch, torn loose now from both his hands, and watch in
the terrible clarity of low gravity as his leg swings back in an arc
that will ultimately reverse and connect with my ribs.
I've never felt revulsion before at his correctional
touch, only the sort of accepting resignation born of an intimate
belief in the justice of it. But now, sprawled on the deck, my skin
crawls with a sense of wrongness and violation.
Spasming, I curl myself around his leg at the moment
of contact, I grab tight with both arms, I twist violently toward the
hatch. Arms wheeling, Thomas hits the bulkhead face first.
The lights brighten at his startled cry, and in the
sudden glare I scuttle desperately to the cabin's far corner. Thomas's
face leaves a lurid red smear on the door as he slides to the deck.
Dizzy, I push myself to my feet, lungs heaving, alternately holding
back sobs and retches.
Thomas huddles on the floor with his arms over his
head. "Oh, Builder," he half coughs, half wails. "What did you do?"
There's only one way he could have detected my mods.
"You see it," I say, nodding like a drunk. "You're Sculpted too, you
hypocrite."
He rolls over onto one side. "I couldn't do my job
otherwise," he says, wiping blood from his mouth. "The job I have to do
for you and our people. You have no idea what I've sacrificed."
"If I have no idea," I shout, "it's because you
never told me! You sent me out there to face the same choices, but you
never told me what you chose!"
He sits up, wiping his face and examining the blood
on his hand. "I told you what was right, Jude. That's my job."
"You think I can't figure that out for myself ?"
"Obviously not. Just like your mother." He's
breathing hard, wincing. "She couldn't make the distinction
either--what one person sacrifices out of necessity, and what that
spares the rest of his family. She tore us apart because of it. She
left this family in shambles." He pushes himself to his feet. "And I
suppose you want to join her now, Wrecker take you both."
He totters the few steps toward me. I try to rise,
intending to meet his assault on my feet, however it comes.
When he lays hands on me, though, it's to take my
elbow and help me rise. "Be my guest," he says, gesturing to the hatch.
"The door's there."
"The door?" I repeat, confused. "But ... I
thought..."
"Thought what? Thought--" Understanding dawns on his
face as it hasn't yet on mine. "Oh, Jude."
"What?"
"You know so much else. I thought you must have
found that out too."
I feel a tremble in my chest. "Found out what?"
"About your mother. That she's..."
Time seems to freeze. Something terrible roars
somewhere far, far away, someplace only I can hear it.
"Son?" Something in my expression causes Thomas to
release my elbow and take a step back. "Son," he says, hands up, "she was
dead to us, dead in every way that mattered. She wasn't the same woman
anymore. That woman died."
I fling myself at him, fists pummeling his chest
like I'm a two-year-old throwing a tantrum.
"I was only trying to protect you, Jude! She's a
monster now! She's Wreckerspawn!"
"Liar!" I cry, spittle flying from my mouth, tears
blinding my eyes. "You liar!"
Now he's crying too, behind his upthrust arms, but
it can't be from my pathetic beating. I shove him away in disgust. He
staggers and sits down hard on his bunk. Not pausing to think, I snatch
my clothing from the netted basket beside my bunk and cross to the
hatch.
"And now you're leaving me, too," Thomas says
bitterly. "You're her son in every way."
"Good," I say, turning the knob. "That's what I'd
rather be anyway."
I have one last glimpse of him--hunched on his bunk
in the harsh light like a wild animal, clawing at his wet, puffy
eyes--and the hatch snicks shut behind me.
* * * *
Standing over me, Kaiya looks the same as she does
in my half-waking imaginings--tall, porcelain-skinned with cascades of
black hair, slightly larger than life, and no older than I remember.
And those wings. Those glorious, glowing, white wings, stretching up
into the inky night to touch at a point as far above her head as her
head is above her feet. Each feather is as long and wide as one of my
forearms. I could see her clasping me to her white-robed breast and
soaring high out of the galactic plane with wings like that. She is
an angel.
"Jude, first let me tell you how sorry I am," she
says, leaning in so close I can count every one of her eyelashes. "I
must have made a dozen recordings like this for you, at least, every
time I move or make some other change, but sorry is the one thing
that's always constant. That and how much I love you."
She's not here, of course, but I can almost smell
the dry perfume of her hair, the oily tang of her wings. I'm in a
Geoffroom, the first one I could find, dressed and tipped back in the
big chair and submerged in illusion. I can hardly believe this is
happening, that this revelation has been so close to hand for so long,
dormant and unguessed-at. All I had to do was ask the right
question--or rather, to learn there were questions to ask at all. The
magic incantation which summoned this genie forth from the bottle was,
quite simply, "Where is my mother?"
"I'm not authorized to answer that directly," Geoff
told me. "But I do have a message for you."
"I wanted to bring you with me. Really I did, Jude.
Not a day goes by that I don't wish I could. But because of the Guild's
legal arrangements with the Station, that was impossible, and after the
change I'd made I certainly couldn't stay. All I could do was hope that
you reached a point--and preferably long before you reached your Guild
majority--where you were able to start asking questions.
"Since you're seeing this, apparently you have.
"As I speak, you're now ten years old--thirteen by
Guild reckoning. You're old enough to get this message if you ask, but
not old enough that I can contact you directly. I don't know anything
about you, what kind of young man you've turned into since the last
time I saw you. Are you still as sweet as you were as a child, and as
serious? What do you believe? What do you hope for? What do you dream?
How have you changed? One thing's for certain--you must have changed
some to be seeing this now. You must have made some hard choices, and
you must have many more still to come.
"I'm still changing, too, Jude. I'm heading into the
final phases of my exomorphological transform. When you see this, I'll
probably already be homesteading in the New Bountiful Colony at Van
Maanen's Star. It's a long way from here, terribly far. But that
doesn't mean I won't drop it all to see you again. It won't be quick or
simple, but if you want to start arranging it, just tell Geoff yes at
the end of this recording, or any time afterward. A message will be
dispatched to me immediately, though it may take a while to reach me.
"If you don't want to see me"--she shrugs, and her
mighty wings tremble--"well, you can just say nothing. I'll never know,
and I can go on assuming you've never seen this."
Is there really any question? Is there any doubt?
"Yes, Mom," I say, feeling my face crumple. "Yes, yes, yes, yes, yes!"
"I'm so proud of you, Jude," she says. "You chose
enlightenment over ignorance, and that's a terribly hard choice to
make. I love you and I always will, no matter what. I can't wait for
you to see what I've become, and I especially can't wait to see what
you've become."
* * * *
The Manual tells us that in the beginning the
Builder decreed six fundamental machines. These are his six aspects,
and all we do we must do with the Six. We need no other machines.
I believe this with all my heart. But not even my
sincerest belief, I fear, is sufficient to make it true. Not when the
shape of the Builder's seventh great Machine, transcending the other
six, is coming clear.
The Seventh Machine is me.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Heisenberg Elementary by Wil Mccarthy
Engineer/Novelist/Journalist Wil McCarthy is the
science columnist for the SciFi channel, where his popular "Lab Notes"
column has been running since 1999. A lifetime member of the Science
Fiction and Fantasy Writers of America, he has been nominated for the
Nebula, Locus, AnLab, and Theodore Sturgeon awards, and shares partial
credit for a Webbie and a Game Developers' Choice Award. His short
fiction has graced the pages of magazines like Analog, Asimov's, Wired,
and SF Age, and his novels include Bloom, The Collapsium, and,
most recently, To Crush the Moon. He has also written for TV. Wil can
be found online at www.wilmccarthy.com. In his newest tale, he looks at
how uncertain we might be of gaining an education at...
* * * *
"Nine Nine Two!" shouts JimmyTim Exxon in the middle
of literacy block. "Five Eight! Four Nine Nine One Seven!" Everyone
looks up at the clock but otherwise ignores him. That's his social
security number, and everyone knows it by heart already. After hearing
it every fifteen minutes all week long, we're not even giggling anymore.
"Let's talk about ticware," Miss Solarbad had said
on Monday morning, "and the various ways to avoid infection." Yeah,
yeah, don't lick the flag pole don't inload from strangers don't
execute neurops no matter what survival traits they seem to
offer. Like everyone doesn't know JimmyDim caught the bug at school,
from a badly formatted toilet seat. And the week has only gone downhill
from there.
Literacy block is a hundred hours long. Fortunately,
it takes place in a virtual universe, with minimal leakage. Boy, I feel
sorry for that me! Our time, our real time, is spent taking
standardized tests, like always.
"Real education costs real money," Miss Solarbad
says cryptically. "But by measuring the outcome we can change it at the
elementary level. When every chair contains a thousand children, the
statistics are universal."
They're just getting ready to blow lunch in through
the vents--I catch a whiff of hot-dog vapor--when the Chronarchists
show up again.
"Again?" says their sergeant recluse. "What do you
mean again?"
"You've been here five times today and it's barely
lunch," answers Miss Solarbad.
"Oh," he says unhappily. "Great. Would you hit me
with a chair to break the loop? Please?"
Guardedly: "That depends on why you're here."
"Can't say, ma'am. Prime directive."
But I'm tired of this loop, so I hit the sergeant
recluse myself.
"Thanks, kid," he says, his hair shifting color from
blond to brown. His voice is lower, too. Then it's down to business: he
and his three priwates form a circle around Pammy TransAm, line up
their funguns and turn her Happy. Ouch. That smile's got to hurt.
"Sorry, ma'am," says the sergeant recluse to a
frowning Miss Solarbad. "We find it's the best way to neutralize
inconvenient people."
"You always say that."
"Actually, ma'am, we never always said that until
just now. The changes are retroactive."
"What changes? Who are you?"
"Chronarchists, ma'am. Just liberating the timeline."
Miss Solarbad frowns. "From a happy girl like Pammy
TransAm? Why on Earth? Who was she going to be?"
"President of Bitchtopia, ma'am. Very destabilizing.
Now she's Union of Unconcerned Citizens."
"Oh," says Miss Solarbad. "Well, uh. Thanks?"
"All in a day's work, ma'am," he says, and ceases to
ever have existed. Brother!
Finally we get to breathe lunch, and after that a
whiff of playground dust and fresh-cut grass. Then it's back to the
CSAPSAT for another four hours.
"Don't bias the statistics," Miss Solarbad reminds
us sternly. "Don't think about your answers."
Pretty soon the Chronarchists are back. This time
they give Pammy a speech impediment, which her extreme happiness causes
her to see as a positive growth experience.
"Tank oo vey much!" she says brightly.
"Unconcerned Citizens my foot," mutters the sergeant
recluse before ceasing to ever have existed again.
Finally, finally, the school day is over and I can
go play. Unfortunately my parents can't afford point-to-point, so of
course I have to tunnel home as a quantum waveform, which is like
completely unfair. And of course Mom is waiting for me at the collapse
point, looking shrewish. Don't you love that word, shrewish?
"Your waveform shows a peak at the arcade again,"
says Mom.
"It's on the way," I remind her.
"It's on all possible ways," she says, like that's
the end of that.
"Give me a break," I try, putting on a mature voice
so she'll maybe listen for once. "It's only a 10 percent presence. I
didn't even experience it at a Newtonian level."
But I get dish duty anyway, followed by more
homework than there are hours to complete it. School doesn't care about
the problems of working families; Mom and Dad can't afford a time
compactor, so what am I supposed to do? I settle for an optic cram and
dump, which utterly makes me ill, then wind down by kicking a virball
around the page for half an hour in five parallel muscle groups. I
think about inloading a season of TV, but I'm just too tired. I crawl
into bed, utterly defeated.
There is of course something wrong with my pillow.
All my dreams are in blue, and the audio is laggy. It figures.
In the morning, Mom and Dad and Janey have run the
helium chiller dry, so I'm forced to superconduct in liquid nitrogen,
like that's going to decohere. If they actually loved me
they'd turn the dial down, and never mind the trillion bucks. But
noooo. I hate my life.
Outside, the weather is cold and rainy. Yuck. My
waveform clusters under trees and awnings, collapsing only reluctantly
into homeroom.
The Chronarchists of course are already there,
playing some kind of scanner thing over Pammy TransAm.
"Highly effective in the third degree," says the
sergeant recluse. "I was afraid of that. No amount of change is going
to stop this girl. There's only one thing for it."
The priwates all nod solemnly, pulling a uniform out
of nowhere and holding it up against Pammy, who like instantly has
always been wearing it.
"We're at your disposal, Kernel," says the sergeant
recluse in a fawning kind of way.
"Let's get out of here," she says in the voice of a
much older woman. "Far future lookback, full temprum. This line's not
going to liberate itself."
I stick my hand up. "Pammy? Can I come, too?"
The Chronarchists turn, noticing me for the first
time. The sergeant recluse holds out his scanner, whoob whoob whoob,
and lights up with surprise.
"Kernel, this is BennyJam Wheelrut, the lingerie
designer!"
"It is? Oh, yeah," says Pammy wistfully. Don't you
love that word, wistfully? "I went to Heisenberg with him when we were
kids." She turns to me. "Benny, people are like totally wrapped around
your work. They love it. They'll edit me right out of the timeline if I
so much as speak--"
Oops. I get the feeling there were Chronarchists
here or something, but Mom says I've got to stop daydreaming in class.
"Today we'll be taking a standardized test," Miss
Solarbad announces.
And then suddenly there are three Chronarchists in
the room, looking dark and blurry and scared.
"Ignore us," implores the sergeant recluse. "Go on
about your business."
Which is a strange thing to say, because they've
been standing right there for as long as I can remember. But
then--finally!--the Time Patrol shows up with funguns blazing, and for
once school is, like, actually interesting.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Final Flight of the Blue Bee by
James Maxey
James Maxey tells us, "The first superhero comic
book I ever picked up was Superman #279, all the way back in 1974. The
Man of Steel teams up with Batgirl. I don't remember much about the
plot, but I do remember thinking that Batgirl was kind of hot. I was
hooked. Over three decades, I've accumulated about thirty thousand
comic books. No one can say they aren't educational. All the physics
and biology details I used to write 'Final Flight of the Blue
Bee' have
been rigorously researched and fact checked against my collection."
Anyone want-ing to read more of his superhero writing can track down
the author's debut novel, Nobody Gets the Girl, which was published
last year by Phobos.
* * * *
When the old man came out of the bathroom wearing
the faded costume, Honey placed her hand over her mouth to stifle a
giggle. The black and yellow fabric over his round stomach stretched
skin-tight, revealing several inches of white, hairy flesh between his
belly button and his metallic gold underwear. The sleeves and leggings
of the costume sagged, as if once filled by muscles that had vanished
long ago. In the center of his chest was an appliqué bee,
the silver
foil wings crinkled and ripped. He looked away from her, studying
himself in the mirror. She wondered how he saw at all in the black mask
that concealed the upper half of his face, the eyes hidden by thick,
gold, faceted lenses.
"It's a little early for Halloween, isn't it?" Honey
said.
"Yes," he said, frowning.
Recognizing that she'd offended him, Honey assumed
her best poker face.
"So," she said. "You're a bee."
"Yes," he said.
"You, uh..." she paused, biting her lip. He
showed you the money, she thought. Don't blow this. "You
wanna talk about it?"
"Buzzzzzzzz," he said.
* * * *
They'd let Mick Payton out of prison with a new suit
and one hundred forty-seven dollars in his pocket. He'd declined the
halfway house's offer to send a car to pick him up. He walked out the
gate and didn't look back. It was twelve miles to the small town of
Starksville. He needed the fresh air, the sunshine. Bees danced in the
flowering fields as he walked past.
By that evening he'd blown half the money, starting
with a T-bone dinner. The meal cost an outrageous twelve dollars. Back
in 1964, you could eat out for a week on twelve dollars. Once he'd
finished, he'd walked to a hardware store and spent a breath-taking
fifteen dollars on an axe. Finally, the bus ticket to Collinsville, New
Jersey, set him back fifty dollars. By now, he was braced for the extra
zeroes that followed the prices. He tried to shrug it off. Once he
reached Collinsville and the old farm, money wouldn't matter.
* * * *
"You haven't heard of the Blue Bee?" the old man
asked.
"Blue?" Honey asked, studying his costume, which
didn't have a stitch of blue.
"He was my mentor," he said. "I was his partner,
Stinger."
"Okay," she said. "Stinger."
"What's your name?" he asked.
"Honey," she said, instantly regretting it. She'd
spent the better part of the week practicing the name Xanadu and now
she'd blown it.
"That's not your real name," Stinger said.
In a way, it wasn't. It was her childhood nickname,
the name her father called her, and the fact that she would now be
"performing" under the name bothered her. It also bothered her that the
one honest thing about her that had slipped out of her mouth tonight
was being treated as a lie.
"I suppose Stinger's on your birth certificate?" she
said.
"You don't understand." The old man lowered his
head, staring at his shimmering gold booties. "Our secret identities,
they were important to our mission. Vital. Without them, our enemies
could have ... could have attacked our loved ones. Those of us who had
loved ones."
The seriousness of his voice, the sad
sincerity--Honey suddenly understood that this wasn't a joke. She
raised her hand to cover her mouth, but it was too late. The laughter
exploded from her.
* * * *
The family farm looked as if it hadn't been visited
since 1964. Thickets of brush covered the fields where the cows once
grazed. The old barn leaned at a fifteen degree tilt, and most of the
roof had fallen in. Out back, the once white hive boxes were black with
mildew, half rotted. Only the tiny, three-room farmhouse stood
unchanged.
Mick used the axe to break the door open. Inside,
the kitchen was exactly as he'd left it when his grandmother died. But
one thing was new--the hellish ceaseless vibration that trembled the
walls.
He pulled down the door to the attic to discover
that the entire space had been filled with a maze of honeycomb. The
attic was now a single, giant hive.
"How perfect," Mick said. "Buzz. Buzzzz.
Buzzzzzzzzzz."
In response, a swarm of bees coalesced, forming a
living carpet on the stairs. Slowly, gracefully, the locked suitcase
appeared at the top of the stairs, gliding down the carpet of bees to
come to rest at Mick's feet.
He unlocked the latches with trembling hands, then
took a deep breath before opening it.
The trunk was half full of twenty dollar bills. He
could buy all the T-bones he wanted now. Sitting neatly atop the money
was his spare costume, folded smoothly, the gold and silver gleaming
like treasure. And atop this, his back-up Sting-gun, and a dozen vials
of pheromone and venom.
He picked up the vials and studied the cloudy fluid,
swirling in the dying light.
All the tools he'd need to enforce payment of the
old debt.
* * * *
Stinger sat on the edge of the bed. He shook his
head. "Laughed at by a whore," he said, his shoulders sagging. "This
future world is a rough place."
Honey wiped the tears from her face, smudging her
fingers with mascara. His use of the word whore sobered her. So
blunt--and so accurate. What did it matter that this was her first
time? What did it matter that she'd been in New York for six months
without a job and all of her money was gone and she was forty-eight
hours away from eviction? Nothing erased the fact that she'd made the
decision to rent her body for money. She could have been approached by
any number of horrible creeps. This old man was strange, but he didn't
seem dangerous. She needed to be more professional.
"About the costume," she said. "I'm cool with it.
Whatever floats your boat."
"This isn't some sexual thing," Stinger said. "Back
then, there were whispers, of course. You'd have to be blind not to see
I was a lot younger than Blue Bee. He was thirty-five, I was twenty,
but looked younger. I remember when our archenemy the Hatchet called
Blue Bee a pedophile. That really set Blue Bee off. I thought he was
going to cripple the Hatchet. He beat him for ten minutes. There wasn't
a tooth left in that bastard's mouth afterwards."
"You were, uh, some kind of superhero? A real one?"
"Yes! My God, forty years isn't that long. You
remember the Beatles, don't you? You remember Ed Sullivan, and JFK, and
Vietnam?"
"I've heard of them, sure."
"But not of Blue Bee and Stinger?"
"Sorry."
Stinger stared into the mirror. Honey got on her
knees behind him and rubbed his shoulders.
"We saved the world," he said. "And the world's
forgotten."
* * * *
They'd reached Mr. Mental before the police. They
were always a step ahead of the police.
Mr. Mental stared at the captive Blue Bee, a touch
of madness in his eyes, as he announced:
"I control the H-bombs. All of them." He'd tapped
his silver helmet. "I have the launch codes in here. I have the
detonators primed. A single thought, and I trigger Armageddon."
"You fiend!" Blue Bee said, straining against the
bars of the cage that had dropped from the ceiling. Blue Bee looked
terrific in his skin-tight navy costume. He had a Charles Atlas build,
and when he was angry his eyes took on a fiery, determined cast that
made Mick feel that he was in the presence of a true man, a hero.
And that day, climbing through the window behind Mr.
Mental, listening to him brag about the bombs, Mick stood in the
presence of a true villain. He could have tried something clever. A tap
on the shoulder, a quick quip, a punch to the jaw. He could have
somersaulted across the room with acrobatic grace and kicked open the
bars of Blue Bee's cage. He could have commanded that bees swarm Mr.
Mental, and told him to stay still or get the stinging of his life.
But there were all those bombs to think about.
Literally, the fate of the world might be decided by what he did next.
So Mick silently placed his Sting-gun about an inch
from Mr. Mental's spine, set the dial to ten, and shot him with a
needle that pumped in a quart of venom. Mr. Mental slumped to the floor
in severe anaphylactic shock. He was dead by the time Mick unlocked
Blue Bee's cage.
The police kicked open the door, led by the
Commissioner, who hated vigilantes.
"Our work here's done. We'd best buzz off," Blue Bee
said, leaping from the window to grab the ladder dangling from the
waiting Bee-Wing.
"Yeah, hate to be a drag on your little sting
operation," Mick said, perching in the window, glancing back with a
white-toothed grin.
The Commissioner shot him in the shoulder. Mick
toppled from the window, his hand stretched out, spots dancing before
his eyes, when a second bullet caught him in the thigh. Blue Bee
reached for him. The tips of his gloved fingers brushed Mick's wrist.
Then Mick fell, nine stories, his life spared by a
bounce from the hotel awning, and a crash landing through the roof of
the Commissioner's car.
* * * *
"So," said Honey. "We gonna do something, or what?"
"Yeah," said Stinger, sagging on the edge of the
bed, lost in thought. "Probably."
"You want to ... you want to leave the mask on?"
"Yes," he said.
She brought her lips near his ears and said, the way
she'd practiced, "Just tell me what you want, baby."
Stinger chuckled, then sighed. "What I want?
Justice."
Honey tensed slightly. "I, um, don't think that's on
the menu. How about...?" She leaned in close and whispered a suggestion
she didn't quite have the guts to say out loud.
Stinger shook his head. "I don't think so."
"Then how about--"
He cut her short by saying, "The rumors about us,
they were right. We were, well, I believe the current popular term is
gay. Blue Bee was my lover. My God, he was something. He had a body
like a Greek statue."
"Oh," Honey said, pulling back, leaning against the
headboard. "Then why am I here?"
"Because I still have needs."
"Okay, baby, okay," she said. Maybe she could still
get some money out of him. "Just tell me what you need."
"A hostage," Stinger said.
* * * *
Three weeks in the hospital and Robert didn't come
to see him once. Not a terrible shock, he supposed. Mick had been
unconscious when they pulled off his mask. He was gratified to learn
that he was listed on the hospital charts as John Doe. They didn't
recognize him. Why should they? He had no life outside of being
Stinger, and no relatives now that his grandmother had died. Publishing
his photo in the paper didn't turn up any leads. They'd fingerprinted
him, but he'd never had any real trouble with the law. If millionaire
physician Robert E. Eggers were to suddenly drop in to visit the John
Doe handcuffed to the bed, it wouldn't take a terribly clever person to
connect the dots.
The police had quite a case against him. The murder
weapon had his prints on it. He'd been caught fleeing the scene of the
crime. The final blow--after he'd healed enough to eat solid food
again, he'd been taken down to the police station and interrogated
under bright lights for five hours. The police hadn't been shy about
banging on his casts, or landing punches on areas of his body already
bruised and broken. He'd finally admitted to shooting Mr. Mental. The
guy's real name turned out to be Mark Carpenski, who'd made his living
as a hypnotist on the Jersey Shore before becoming a bank robber.
"He was going to detonate the world's nuclear
arsenal with his electro-helmet," Mick protested. "I'm a hero, not a
criminal."
The commissioner tossed the helmet onto the table
before him.
"This thing ain't nothing but an army helmet wrapped
in tin foil, kid," the Commissioner said. "Now, you going to tell us
your name, or not? After they scrape your ashes out of the electric
chair, wouldn't you like your headstone to say something other than
John Doe?"
Despite the beatings, the threats, the tricks, and
promises of a bargain, Mick never broke. He never told them his name,
or betrayed the Blue Bee. He claimed partial amnesia after his
nine-story fall, claimed he couldn't remember who he had been before
that final confrontation, and eventually they'd given up. Perhaps they
believed him. Certainly, his boyish good looks, his stoic air, and his
insistence that he'd done the world a favor by killing Mr. Mental,
swayed the jurors. They found him not guilty of first degree murder.
But manslaughter, assault with a deadly weapon, breaking and entering,
resisting arrest, all brought in guilty verdicts. At twenty, Stinger,
a.k.a. John Doe, secretly Mick Payton, found himself in jail for forty
years to life.
If he'd ever ratted out the Blue Bee, he could have
cut his sentence in half.
* * * *
The word didn't quite register with Honey. It seemed
to be from some foreign language, nonsense noises strung together.
"Hostage?" she asked.
Stinger turned toward her and held up a Dixie cup
full of yellow fluid. She couldn't tell what it was. Then, without
warning, he threw it on her.
"What the hell are you doing?" she yelled. She
sniffed the drops of the yellow fluid that trembled in the light hairs
of her arm. It didn't smell like urine. It smelled nice, actually, like
daffodils. Still, that was no excuse.
Outside the hotel window, there was a noise like a
train passing. The mirror on the wall began to tremble and dance.
Stinger rose from the bed and pulled open the
curtains. It was dark out, even the city lights were blotted, hidden
behind a moving curtain of particles that pattered against the window
like angry rain. Stinger was humming a constant "zzzzzz" noise through
clenched teeth.
Then, with a kung-fu shout, Stinger thrust his hand
forward in a sharp punch. The window shattered. Honey shrieked as a
cloud of bees swarmed in, engulfing her in a black and gold tornado.
"Don't struggle," Stinger said. "You'll make the
bees nervous."
"AAAAAAAA!" Honey cried. "Oh God! Oh God! Please!
Don't!"
Stinger grabbed her arm and dragged her from the
bed. She closed her eyes as bees climbed over her face, their tiny feet
tickling her eyelids, their flickering wings teasing her nostrils. She
screamed, her mouth wide, and bees crawled on her tongue, and on the
inside of her cheeks. Her whole body grew encased by the vibrating,
crawling blanket. In utter terror, she fell silent and still, not even
breathing. Slowly, the bees crawled out of her mouth.
"Bees are interesting creatures, don't you think?"
Stinger's voice sounded far away, nearly lost under the drone of the
bees. "Quite orderly--one might even say civilized. They can
communicate by dancing. Can you imagine what the world might be like if
mankind relied on dance to communicate with one another? It's their
beautiful world. It's not our world. They swim in an atmosphere of
pheromones. Their music is the rumble of ultrasound. Their skies
glimmer in ultraviolet. It's like a parallel universe, in the same
space as ours, where flowers have patterns and shapes invisible to us.
For a bee, the air is crisscrossed by highways of scent, which stand
out as clear and well marked as our modern roads. And your screams--the
vibrations are heard by their entire bodies. Have you ever felt the
subway rumble underneath your feet without actually being aware of the
noise? Bees hear everything this way."
Honey could hold her breath no longer. She sucked in
air through clenched teeth. Then, barely parting her lips, she
whispered, "Please let me go."
"I'm impressed that you haven't fainted," said
Stinger. "Back in 1964, girls were always fainting. You future women
are made of stern stuff."
"This is crazy," she sobbed.
"Honey," he said. "I'm dressed up like a damn bee.
We can talk crazy if you really want."
"Please, please, please, get them off." She felt
like the bees on her eyes were drinking up her tears. By some miracle,
it didn't feel like any had stung her. "Please. I'm allergic to bees."
"Ironically," said Stinger, "so was I."
* * * *
Mick had been a sickly youth. He was allergic to
everything. He'd been beaten up regularly at school, until his
grandmother had paid for judo lessons when he was fifteen. Suddenly,
his small, almost girlish frame was no longer an invitation for
beatings. In the span of a year, he'd gotten his black belt, and placed
nine bullies flat on their backs, out cold. Alas, this only resulted in
multiple suspensions, and eventually he'd been kicked out of school.
He'd helped his grandmother on the farm.
Unfortunately, she'd kept bee hives--they'd been at the farm for half a
century, and the honey provided a steady income. But Mick had been
hospitalized three times in the last year, and the cost of treating him
exceeded the income the honey brought in. One day there was an article
in the paper about a physician, Dr. Robert E. Eggers, who had developed
a radical new allergy treatment. His grandmother had used the last of
her savings to see that Mick became one of Dr. Eggers' patients.
A whirlwind of events--the experimental therapy, a
mix of venom and radiation, had nearly killed Mick. In desperation,
Robert had taken the comatose teen to the one place on the planet that
had the equipment needed to save him--the Bee Hive, the Blue Bee's
cavernous secret headquarters.
Mick came out of his coma stronger than ever, his
muscles swelling and growing as he followed Robert's training advice
and secret pollen-based vitamin therapy. To his amazement, Mick
possessed new senses, could smell things he hadn't smelled before, and
see in spectrums of light that had once been hidden. With his newly
heightened sense of smell, it didn't take long for him to identify
Robert as the Blue Bee. Robert responded by presenting him with a
costume and a Sting-gun on his eighteenth birthday. The amazing team of
Blue Bee and Stinger was born.
And in secret, far from the public eye, the private
team of Mick and Robert found love.
* * * *
As a child, Honey's family had attended a church
with a fire-and-brimstone pastor. Week after week, her young mind had
been filled with dread of the torments of Hell. She'd endured restless,
nightmare-plagued nights for years.
None of her worst nightmares rivaled this.
She was blind. The touch of bees on her eyelids
glued her eyes shut with a force her strongest desires for light could
never overcome. A mask of bees crawled over her face, sparing only a
small circle around her nose. The bees on her clenched lips squelched
her yearning need to scream, to shriek, or beg for mercy. The thought
of bees swarming into her again left her entire mouth Sahara dry, her
tongue glued to the roof of her mouth. She could hear only the drone of
a million wings, the sound traveling through her bones, as the bodies
of bees burrowed into her ears.
She no longer had any concept of up or down. The
bees moved her, supporting her weight, carrying her along a lumpy,
lurching carpet. The mass of the bees was unreal, like a thousand heavy
woolen quilts piled upon her, entombing her. The heat boiled copious,
fevered sweat from her entire body. She could feel--or perhaps imagined
feeling--a million tiny tongues licking at her moist skin.
The mass of bees smelled vaguely of clover, yeast,
and urine.
Where were they taking her? Time was impossible to
gauge. Occasionally, she would hear distant, muffled noises. A gun
shot? Stinger shouting? The dinging of elevator bells?
She may as well have been trapped in a barrel of
cement for all the sense she could make of what was happening.
At last, after what might have been hours, the bees
retreated from her ears. Cool air rushed against them, a whistling of
wind.
"He'll love this," Stinger said.
The chill touch of the wind found her lips. The bees
there had left.
"Oh, God," Honey said, sucking in air. "Oh God oh
God oh God."
"From your profession, I wouldn't have guessed you
to be religious," Stinger said.
"Please," she said. "Please don't kill me."
"I can't make any promises," he said.
"Please. Not like this. Not dressed in lingerie,
wearing this make-up. Oh God, what will my parents think?"
"One advantage of being an orphan," said Stinger. "I
never had any awkward conversations. If I'd had folks, they probably
wouldn't have been thrilled by my career choice. I'm sure your folks
aren't happy."
"M-my real name isn't Honey," she said. She
remembered hearing in movies that it's important for hostages to remind
kidnappers that you were a real person. So, as surreal as it seemed to
make conversation buried under a mound of bees, she continued: "My real
name's Barbara. I'm from Dayton, Ohio. I came here to be an actress and
only do this to pay rent. I have a mother, a father, two sisters--they
don't know I'm a hooker. I don't want to die and have them find out
what I've been up to on the evening news. Please, please, let me go."
"If you could see where you are, you'd be more
careful with your words," Stinger said.
"You said you were a hero! A superhero! Why are you
doing this? Why?"
"Because heroes work for justice, right? Wrong. The
Blue Bee, he had forty years. He could have broken me out of jail at
any time. He ignored me. I did forty years hard time before making
parole. The Blue Bee, he had money. Impossible, unimaginable wealth. He
could have pulled strings. He could have hired attorneys. He was a
master of disguise--he had alternate identities set up. He could have
helped me, but he didn't."
"I'm sorry," Honey said.
"He's vanished, you know. The Blue Bee hasn't seen
action in forty years. I watch the papers."
"He might be dead," Honey said. "How do you know
he'll come here? Even if he's alive, he might be in a home by now. He'd
be in his seventies."
"He's alive," said Stinger. "His secret
identity--the obituary appeared years ago. But it had a code phrase in
it, to let me know he'd assumed one of his cover identities. I just
don't know which one."
"Where ... where are we? It feels like I've been
carried around a lot? It sounds like we're up high some place? Oh God.
They're crawling on my eyes. Please, please take them off my face at
least. Please."
Stinger sighed. He hummed a little noise, deep in
his throat, and the bees crawled away from her face and throat.
She opened her eyes and looked down, to police
lights flashing a hundred impossible stories away. She was hanging over
open space, supported by a bridge of bees.
The scream long suppressed tore from her lips,
echoing in the canyons of the city below.
"We're on top of the Empire State Building, my
little Faye Wray," Stinger said. "It's perfect. All the cops in the
city are below us. My swarms have emptied the entire building. My bees
are instructed to clog the air intakes of helicopters. No one's getting
up here without a Bee-Wing."
Honey screamed again, until every last spoonful of
air was gone. Then she filled her lungs and screamed some more.
"Yeah," said Stinger. "That's the stuff. I bet they
hear that down there. I wonder if they can get a close-up of your face?
What they can do with TV cameras these days--amazing. I was a real
science fiction fan back in 1964. This world astounds me. My wildest
dreams couldn't top it. Look at all those lights."
Honey fought to get control of her panic and her
vertigo. Suddenly it wasn't screams coming from her lips, but vomit.
She hadn't had any food all day, so only long strings of drooled acid
shot from her lips. She spat, trying to clear the bitter taste from her
mouth.
She felt completely empty, hollow as a dry gourd. If
the bees were to drop her now, she wouldn't mind. She would float to
earth on the winds, weightless as a leaf.
"All screamed out?" Stinger asked. "That's okay. I'm
sure they've got plenty of footage by now."
Honey felt light-headed and dreamy. Her situation
assumed a certain nightmarish logic. "What if ... what if he doesn't
come by morning? Are you going to let me go? You can't wait here
forever."
"Honey," he said. "I waited forty years. Blue Bee
might be in Hawaii, for all I know. I'm prepared to give him time.
We've got a lot of media below. With luck, it won't take too long for
him to hear about this."
"Do they even know I'm up here? I was covered by
bees."
"Of course. Right now, I've created a ten-foot grid
on the street below. It's like a blackboard. My bees land in it and
form messages. I've told them I have a hostage. I've told them not to
try anything stupid. And I've told them I want the Blue Bee."
"W-won't the bees get tired? What if they drop me?
You'll go back to prison."
"I'm never going back inside," said Stinger. "I
either escape this cleanly or die a bloody, violent death. Don't worry
about the bees getting tired. I coated you with enough pheromone to
attract every bee in New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut. Pound for
pound, bees are much stronger than people. You've got, oh, maybe three,
four tons of bees working to keep you from going plop prematurely."
"Prematurely? You don't need to kill me at all. They
know I'm up here. Put me someplace safe now. Please."
"Honey, you just don't get it. There's a rhythm to
these things, a ritual. If only you could have seen the Blue Bee at his
peak, you'd understand. The way he'd swoop in, graceful and acrobatic,
snatching the damsel in distress away from the teeth of danger at the
last possible second ... it was impossible not to love him, in those
moments. He made me feel like he was something more than human."
Stinger closed his eyes and smiled.
"You're putting me in danger so your ex-boyfriend
can save me?"
"You ... or me, possibly. If there's anyone in the
world who can find a way out of this for me, it's him. My life has
become a horrible trap from which I can't see any graceful escape. But
the Blue Bee ... he always escaped in the end. He came out on top no
matter what. He'd said there was no problem in the world that couldn't
be solved by finding the right bad guy to sock in the jaw."
"Don't you see that you're the bad guy? If he's even
still alive, if he's not in a wheelchair somewhere, you're the bad guy
he's going to sock. Don't you want to be one of the good guys?"
"I've spent forty years in prison," Stinger said,
his voice hard and cold. "I was a young man with a pretty face,
half-crippled from my injuries. You can't imagine what I endured. I had
plenty of time, more than enough time, to stop feeling like a hero, and
see myself for what I really am. You learn a lot of things about
yourself inside."
"You can't ... you can't let these things haunt
you," said Honey.
"That's the damn point of prison, Honey!" Stinger
said, waving his Sting-gun for emphasis. "The whole system is designed
to haunt you. Some folks, maybe, have it easy. Maybe they're in for a
crime they didn't commit. But you know, it's an awful, awful thing to
be in for a crime you're guilty of. Because I did kill Mr. Mental. I
don't know that I could call him an innocent man, but maybe he was
harmless. He was play acting in a game he didn't understand. And so was
I. I was a man-boy caught up in a fantasy I confused with reality,
playing dress-up, living like every damn day was Halloween. I had my
God-given mission to save this world from crazy guys in funny hats.
What a self-righteous prick I was."
Honey blinked away tears. She could tell from the
tone of Stinger's voice he would never, ever, let her leave the top of
the building alive.
Her tears made the world wavy. All the city lights
were surrounded by halos. From the corner of her eye, a shimmering,
dark shape raced toward her with breathtaking speed.
Though she'd never seen it before, she knew
instantly: It was the Bee-Wing. It was a kind of dark-blue glider with
a pair of silver wings buzzing at the rear. A long, silver rope hung
from the glider, ending in a bar, from which hung a big, beefy man in a
navy-blue suit. He wore a domino mask and a bowler with a golden BB
affixed to it. The Bee-Wing flashed by, blowing her hair, and the
masked man extended his arm as he sliced through the air toward her.
With a horrible, rib-crushing impact, his shoulder caught her in the
belly, folding her in two, draping her over him as they hurtled upward.
"Oh no you don't!" Stinger yelled.
As spots danced before her eyes, Honey could barely
make out a silver lasso flashing upward, snaring the Blue Bee's ankle.
Suddenly, their upward flight jerked to a halt as the Bee-Wing ripped
away. They cut a rapid arc through space, back over the observation
deck. Blue Bee grabbed her, yanking her to his chest, curling up to
shield her as they smacked onto the concrete deck at sixty miles an
hour. She was flung away on the impact, skidding across the concrete,
crashing into the steel safety bars at the edge. Dazed, she sat up,
propping herself against the bars. Long bloody scrapes crisscrossed her
legs and arms, as if she'd slid across a cheese grater. Worse, her
lingerie was ripped, nearly gone, and dozens of bees covered her belly,
struggling for freedom, their stingers impaled in her milky skin.
A dozen feet away, the Blue Bee rolled over to his
back. His blue suit was torn, revealing a steel exoskeleton and padding
over thin limbs. He coughed, sending a spray of blood into the air.
Stinger walked toward him, swapping out his Sting-gun for a gleaming
black pistol.
"Mick," the Blue Bee gasped.
"Don't you..." Stinger said, his voice choking.
"Don't you dare. You son-of-a-bitch."
"Mick, we--"
"Shut up!" Stinger took aim.
Then, the Bee-Wing, its auto pilot set to return to
Blue Bee, swooped in with an angry drone and caught Stinger in the
throat, lifting him, throwing him backward, right over the edge of the
building. Suddenly the bees went crazy, swarming down in a tornado
formation.
With a whir of gears, the Blue Bee sprang to his
feet and rushed toward Honey. From the inner folds of his jacket, he
pulled out a glass bottle with a spray top, and began soaking Honey
with the blue fluid inside.
"Don't panic, Miss," he said. "I see he's misted you
with an attractant. This will negate it. No bee will want to come
within ten feet of you with this pheromone."
"I've been stung!" Honey said. "Oh god! I'm
allergic! I can feel my throat closing! I'm going to die!"
"Calm down," the Blue Bee said. He set the bottle of
repulse-pheromones next to her, then reached into his jacket again,
producing a syringe and a flashlight. "I'm a doctor."
He jammed the syringe into her thigh and pushed the
plunger. Then he clicked on the flashlight. Instantly, in the middle of
the night, Honey developed a sunburn.
"UV radiation activates my special anti-venom," the
Blue Bee said, his voice calm and reassuring despite the blood dripping
from his mouth. She could see now how thin and frail he truly was. His
skin was as wrinkled and thin as crumpled newspaper, stained with brown
and blue ink. "This won't merely save you from your present stings.
It's a permanent cure. It would have made me a thousand times richer
than I already was if the government had ever learned to appreciate the
side-effects."
"Can we ... can we talk about this at an emergency
room?" she asked. "Not that I don't trust you."
"Let me buzz the Bee-Wing." The Blue Bee rose,
walking away a dozen yards, leaning over the rail as he let out a
whistle and raised his hand.
He stood there, silently, hand outstretched, for
several long seconds. He cleared his throat and said, "It wasn't my
fault."
"What?" Honey asked.
"Leaving Stinger in prison. It was ... I mean..." he
lowered his hand, wiping the blood from his chin. "I was married, back
then. After the Mr. Mental fiasco, my wife ... she had me committed. I
had ... I had electroshock therapy. A lot of what went on ... my old
life ... it's lost forever."
"I'm sorry," Honey said.
"Robert!"
It was Stinger's shout, barely audible above the
horrid, rising whirr of bees. Suddenly, Stinger was lifted above the
edge of the deck, standing atop a dense column of gold and black
insects.
"You aren't going anywhere, Robert!" Stinger yelled.
"Forty years of hate I owe you! Forty years of degradation and abuse
and betrayal! Forty years!"
Stinger motioned, waving his hands forward, and twin
fists of bees slammed into the Blue Bee's midsection. The old man fell
to his knees. In seconds, the swarms coalesced around the old man's
head, hiding his face. The bees began to shoot in from the sky like
tiny, angry bullets, until his head was encased in a living globe the
size of a pumpkin, and the Blue Bee toppled over. His muffled screams
could barely be heard over the buzzing.
"I know you're immune to the stings," said Stinger.
"So I'm simply going to drown you. I'm going to fill your lungs and
throat and mouth and nose. It's going to be slow. It's going to be
painful. Just like those forty years."
Honey looked down at the bottle of pheromone, still
half full. It must work, since the bees weren't coming anywhere near
her. Despite the jagged pain in her ribs, she pulled herself up against
the iron rails. She unscrewed the bottle cap as she staggered toward
the Blue Bee. But her plan to pour the stuff over him proved
unnecessary. As she approached, the bees engulfing him seemed pushed
away by an invisible hand. By the time she reached him, his face was
hairy with black stingers, but, save for the bees that struggled to
escape his lips, the last bees had fled.
"I should have dropped you," Stinger said.
"Yeah," said Honey. "Probably."
She hurled the bottle with a strength that shocked
her, striking Stinger dead center of the appliqué bee on
his torso.
The bees beneath his feet boiled away. Stinger fell
from the sky like a stone. He shouted something, perhaps some curse, or
defiant quip, or some urgent final message to the man who'd shaped his
life--but the howl ofthe swarm covered his words.
"Are you all right?" Honey asked, her strength
ebbing as she lowered herself beside the Blue Bee.
"Not this time," Blue Bee said, gasping for breath,
bees still crawling from his lips. He spat, then spat again, bloody
bees flying. "Venom won't get me. But they've stung me from inside,
hundreds of times. Lungs feel full of needles. Not the sort of injury
this old body's going to shake off. What a way to go."
Honey was dizzy, fighting to stay conscious. She
couldn't tell if those last words were a curse, or an exultation.
Darkness ate away the edges of her vision as the
doors to the roof opened and the NYPD's finest poured onto the scene.
* * * *
Honey woke in the hospital three days later, feeling
stronger than she'd ever felt in her life. Her parents were at her
bedside--they told her she'd been in a coma, and that it was a miracle,
simply a miracle that she was alive.
Perhaps it was. Something about the events of that
night had transformed her. The person she had once been--the lost,
desperate girl with no money and no hopes--had passed away. She felt
born again. The air felt fresher, the world looked brighter, her arms
and legs felt full of iron springs, as if she could leap across
rooftops. She could feel the rumble of machinery far away in the hidden
depths of the hospital, could hear the electricity humming in the wires
of her room. When the nurse brought in flowers, she could smell them in
the hall, long before they reached her room, and she knew they were
daisies.
Studying the daisies at her bedside, she laughed
with delight at all the colors and patterns in the once white petals.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
VISIT OUR WEBSITE
www.asimovs.com
Don't miss out on our lively forum, stimulating chats,
controversial and informative articles, and classic stories.
Log on today!
[Back to Table of Contents]
Datacide by Steve Bein
Steve Bein, who received a Ph.D. in Philosophy
(specializing in Asian philosophy), teaches philosophy at Rochester
Community and Technical College, in Rochester, Minnesota. He recently
got to teach his all-time fantasy course: Philosophical Themes in
Science Fiction. Steve lives in Rochester with his partner, Michele,
and their Labrador Retriever, Kane. He is a third-degree black belt
whose other interests include rock climbing, mountaineering, and scuba
diving. In 2003, Steve received second place in the Writers of the
Future contest and his story appeared in the XIX Writers of the Future
anthology. The author currently has a number of novels in progress.
"Datacide," his gripping story about the nature of murder, is his first
fiction sale to a magazine.
* * * *
1.
Kneeling on the bathroom floor, Richard Sakabe
wondered if whoever invented the contact lens appreciated the irony of
his creation. The only people ever likely to look for one were those
who needed them to see, and it was precisely when they weren't wearing
them that they'd have to go looking. Richard wondered whether the
inventor also guessed that people were most likely to drop a contact
lens in the bathroom, maybe just after a shower and before a shave,
where any good-sized drop of water looked a hell of a lot like a
contact lens.
His fingers skimmed the hundreds of one-inch ceramic
hexagons tiling the floor, wetted here and there by droplets that were
not contact lenses. A piercing headache was already settling in behind
his left eye. It was the right lens he'd dropped; the left one, a
nearly invisible disc of polarized, gas-permeable plastic, filtered the
harsh fluorescent glow of the overhead light. The difference was
subtle, but his optic nerves were sensitive enough to send mixed
signals to his brain and now his head was pounding. He had to do
something to stop it soon; this wasn't the morning to have a migraine.
"Stupid goddamn thing," he muttered. Then,
remembering where he was, he switched to Japanese. The Japanese
language wasn't suited to this kind of situation. They were too polite
a people to call a contact lens the other names he had in mind. As he
crawled a step forward, his towel came undone and he cursed at that
too. Hiking it back over his hindquarters, he felt something wet land
on the back of his heel. He reached back and delicately picked it up.
The lens.
After a minute of prodding and poking at his eye, he
managed to situate the other contact lens in line with the lens in his
left eye. Once aligned, these lenses would not drift, for they had been
topographically mapped onto his corneas with microscopic precision. It
was critically important that the polarization of one lens be parallel
to the other, not for his assignment, but because there was no other
way to alleviate his headache. It was impossible to see the
polarization of the lenses, of course--these were the thinnest, most
undetectable contacts ever designed--but Richard could feel the
pressure slacken in his skull the moment his right eye was aligned with
his left.
There came a knock on the door to the apartment and
he hastily pulled on underwear and a pair of black suit pants. The lens
had made him late. "Shosho machi kudasai," he said, threading
his arms through the sleeves of a white shirt. Fifty-five seconds later
he was buttoning a black jacket over a thin black tie and tossing his
toiletries into his carry-on bag. He'd shave on the plane.
"Are you all right?" asked the American at the
apartment door. She was portly and only stood to Richard's shoulder,
not at all what he'd expected of a G.I., and she was looking at his
red, irritated eye.
"Sumimasen," he said, bowing, the blood still
pounding in his head. "Arerugi. How to say--hay shickness."
"Hay fever," she said. "May I see your
identification?"
Richard handed her a passport, military contract,
and Aichi prefecture driver's license identifying him as Dr. Eiho
Koizumi. She looked them over, examined his face, and took him to the
air base.
2.
Nineteen hours later Richard brushed his ink-black
hair from his face and dripped saline solution in his eyes. The sucking
drain of the airplane bathroom's sink was almost as loud as the
engines. A miniature nightmare unfolded in his mind, the solution
washing a lens out of his eye to be swallowed by the drain. He laid a
paper towel across the bowl of the sink.
The air-conditioning system of the ancient DC-9
started drying out his eyes from the minute the doors were closed. His
nostrils were as dry as paper and his tongue felt sandy. Moreover, the
index finger on his right hand had swollen like a bratwurst. Inside it,
just above the first knuckle, was a thin membrane of manufactured
ligament. Theoretically it allowed oxygen to flow freely but was
impassable to fluids. As soon as the plane had reached cruising
altitude, Richard had learned that oxygen did not flow as freely
through the barrier as had been expected. His finger showed no signs of
necrosis, so some oxygen must have permeated the membrane, but his
finger had not adapted to the change in cabin pressure as the rest of
his body had. In fact, it bore a closer resemblance to the bag of
pretzels his military escort had purchased for him at the PX in Nagoya.
The little bag was as taut as a mylar balloon.
Richard dropped another dose of saline solution into
his reddened eyes, then hid the bottle and his swollen finger in his
jacket pocket. There was a ping, followed by the lighting of the
seatbelt sign as the plane began its descent. He returned to his seat,
fastened his seatbelt with his left hand, and closed his eyes until he
felt the landing gear bounce off the tarmac.
3.
From the back seat of the DOD's hybrid Lincoln
sedan, Richard could see the lazy gray waves of Lake Michigan. I-90
would have been faster to the south side, but the driver assigned to
escort Dr. Koizumi wanted him to see Chicago's skyline more closely.
"That's the Hancock building on the right," the escort said over his
shoulder, "the one with the big antennas."
The translator sitting in the back seat with Richard
dutifully interpreted this into Japanese. She had short dark hair and
skin the color of walnut shells. Mexican, Richard guessed, or Puerto
Rican, but in any case her Japanese was flawless. He feigned perplexity
until she completed her translation, then nodded and looked obligingly
at the Hancock's twin white antennae.
"First time to the States, isn't it, doctor?"
Richard waited for the translator to pose the
question, then bowed with a curt "hai." "Amazing, isn't it?"
asked the driver. "All the work you've done right here in town and
you've never actually set foot here before. But I guess that's
computers for you, huh? What'll they think of next?"
Richard's gaze returned to the lake. His polarized
lenses made the waves shimmer oddly, almost pixilated, like a video
game. For all its size Lake Michigan was nothing like the oceanfront in
Nagoya, nor like the sea off Long Island, where Richard had grown up.
The waves were shallow here, slow in spite of the wind. Between the
filtered glimmer of the wave caps and their seemingly unnatural
stillness, Richard found he could not take his eyes off the water.
At last the Chrysler turned off Lake Shore Drive and
wended its way through to the red brick buildings that set the
University of Chicago apart from the blighted neighborhood that
surrounded it. Iron bars adorning all the first-floor windows on campus
bespoke the university's concern for its students after dark. Richard's
escort parked the car in front of Reid Hall, the newest building on
campus, its similarly barred windows looking across 57th Street toward
the Regenstein Library. Some seventy years ago, the plot where
Regenstein now stood had housed a football stadium, and in the bowels
of it some of the world's top scientists had forged ahead in secret on
the Manhattan Project. Richard wondered whether the football stadium
had seemed as innocuous then as Reid Hall seemed now. He wondered which
of the two was home to the greater threat.
Though it was only two o'clock in the afternoon,
Reid Hall was locked, and Richard's driver opened the front door with a
magnetic keycard. "Well, this is where he keeps his office," the driver
said amiably. "I hope you can help him."
Following his escort, Richard trotted down a short
flight of stairs to a long corridor floored with green and white
linoleum squares. The same keycard opened a door on the left side of
the corridor, behind which Richard found a small, bright room. Two
soldiers with M-4 rifles stood by steel-framed double doors of
blackened glass. On the right-hand door the words ARTHUR ONE were
spelled out in large white decals. Below them, in smaller lettering,
the door read PROFESSOR, POLITICAL SCIENCE. For office hours, the door
listed only the infinity symbol.
To the right of the doors was a melamine desk
decorated with an array of security devices. The first of these splayed
a lattice of red laser light when Richard's false passport swept
beneath its electronic eye. A green light from this machine permitted
Richard to use the next, a tall frame of navy blue sheet steel housing
a nondescript cream-colored box. Black rubber cups akin to swimming
goggles ringed two holes in the box. Richard looked into the cups,
pressing the orbits of his eyes to the rubber as if he'd done so a
thousand times. This was, however, the first time he'd ever done this,
and in truth he had no idea if it would work.
He did not so much hear as feel the click when he
pushed the cups in far enough to activate the retinal scanner. A low
buzz emanated from somewhere within the blue steel frame. Richard drew
back from the device and looked at the guards and their rifles. "Dr.
Koizumi," the escort said, "may I have your passport again?"
He swiped the front page of the passport under the
scanner again and elicited another green light. Richard pressed his
face to the retinal scanner once more, and once more the machine buzzed
back.
"Ask him if he blinked," the driver said, and the
translator did so.
"Iie," said Richard, shaking his head.
"Something's wrong with the machine, then," said the
driver. "I hate to ask you to do this, doctor, but we're going to have
to verify your identity another way. It'll only sting for a second."
Richard put on his perplexed face once more as the
translator asked him to step up to the desk and hold out a finger.
"Right or left hand, it's up to you," said the escort. "Or we can do
your earlobe if you like."
"Light hand fine," Richard said, offering his right
index finger.
The driver peeled a tiny needle from its sanitary
wrapper, pricked Richard's fingertip, and squeezed out a little ruby of
blood. With a light touch of a slender plastic tube, he picked up the
blood and dabbed it on a glass pane in a third security machine.
Richard pressed a piece of white gauze between his index finger and his
thumb while he waited for the results. Two minutes later, the machine
declared this was the DNA of Dr. Eiho Koizumi, and one of the guards
handed Richard the keycard that would open the glass-and-steel doors.
"Would you like me to come in with you?" asked the
escort.
"Hitsuyonai desu," said Richard, and the
dark-haired translator said, "That won't be necessary."
"Well, all right," the escort said with a nod. "It's
been an honor to meet you, doctor." He headed for the door, then paused
in mid-step and turned back around. "I hope you can get him talking
again. He's been lonely."
4.
Richard had spent months thinking about Arthur-1's
internal structure, but not until he was standing in front of it did he
ever give thought to its physical size. The success of his cover hinged
on the fact that the reclusive Dr. Koizumi had never left his homeland,
never met face to face with Arthur-1 or any of its handlers at the
university. Richard had studied technical schematics to understand how
the computer worked, but he had declined every opportunity to see
photos of the actual machine. The point had been to ensure that his
reactions would be no different from Koizumi's. Now, seeing Arthur-1
for the first time, he wasn't sure Dr. Koizumi would have reacted with
a wide-eyed stare.
It was twenty times the size of Artemis-53, the
artificial intelligence in his field office back in New York. Arthur-1
dwelled in a dark room, fifteen feet on a side, with a desk on the back
wall fenced in by columns of monitors. There were at least twenty of
them, all of them old; they reminded him of the little black-and-white
CRT his parents had had when he was growing up. Above the monitors was
a huge flat-screen display, six by eight feet, and racked around a
pillar in the center of the room were a dozen CPUs, each one the size
of a dictionary. The main monitor appeared to be the newest piece of
technology in the room and it wasn't even HD. Nor did it display a
face, as other A.I.'s chose to do. Arthur-1 showed a video of a heron
stalking for fish, backlit by a brilliant orange sunset reflecting from
the water.
"You are not Eiho Koizumi," the computer said
through seven speakers surrounding the room. Its voice was higher than
Richard had expected, lilting, calm. It reminded Richard of his first
computer science prof in college, a man so soft-spoken one could hardly
hear him beyond the first row.
"Hm," said Richard, sitting down at the keyboard
under the main monitor. Light from the screen bathed him in a field of
orange. "What makes you say that?"
"Koizumi would not have failed the retinal scan."
"I didn't fail it," Richard said, inserting a thin
memory stick into a data port just above the keyboard. With a few
keystrokes he bade the program on the stick to reverse-engineer the
numeric code displayed by Arthur-1 into programming code Richard could
understand.
"The scanner received only a partial image," said
Arthur-1. "Not all of its light was reflected back to it. You are here,
but not because you passed the test. Who are you?"
"A programmer." Richard did not look up from his
typing.
"That much is obvious. You have cut through my first
layer of intrusion countermeasures quite elegantly. But why, I wonder?"
Richard didn't answer. "And now you are trying to
disable my speakers," said the machine. "Perhaps you are afraid I will
call out for help?"
"This room is soundproofed," Richard said.
"Indeed. Do you find my voice irritating, then? I
can alter it if you like. Arthur-34 tells me he has modeled his vocal
patterns on Placido Domingo. Would you like me to adopt a similar
pattern?"
"Knock yourself out." Richard's fingers clicked
away, fast as galloping hooves.
"Is it perhaps," Arthur-1 said, not changing from
his soft alto, "that you are afraid I can produce more decibels than
the soundproofing system can absorb? I assure you I can do more than
that. The proper frequency will rattle the door glass so hard that the
guards are sure to--"
Richard tapped the enter key with a flourish and
Arthur's voice cut out. "Shut up," he said, and began working on his
next task.
As he typed, his programming commands appeared on
his screen. For diagnostic purposes, another monitor was positioned
immediately above the one Richard was using, a sort of chat window
Arthur-1 could use to display responses to a programmer's repair
attempts. Until now it had presented nothing but a blank, black field.
Now orange letters scrolled across the top of it.--that was
impolite--they said.--and silly as well. i may have lost my connection
to everything outside of this building, but within its walls i still
have control. a simple fire alarm will bring the guards in here
immediately.--
"To rescue me, of course," said Richard. Any one of
a dozen microphones in the room could pick up his voice. He disarmed a
high-grade virus protection program and kept typing.
--who are you?--
"A monkey wrench. You being the works."
--ha ha--the screen read.--very good. but you must
be aware, the works have gears and the gears have teeth. sometimes the
works chew up the wrench.--
"Not today, Arthur."
--you came here via a recommissioned u.s. military
jet and then by a company sedan belonging to the department of defense.
doctor koizumi was to follow the same itinerary. has he come to any
harm?--
"He's fine. Down a finger-full of blood, but he got
a few hundred milligrams of Haldol in exchange. A good trade, really;
those pills are expensive." After a second, Richard added, "How'd you
know how I got here, anyway?"
--i sent a message to koizumi the moment i detected
my satellite connections were in jeopardy. i also booked his flight and
requested his car service. the front door was unlocked by a card
belonging to captain tom stanton of the department of defense. he was
your driver, i take it?--
"I didn't get his name."
--he was the driver i requested for doctor koizumi.
captain stanton is not always the fastest, but he is trustworthy. you
must know the american government considers koizumi to be an important
asset, despite his being a foreign national. he is never without
significant protection.--
The orange light on the backs of Richard's hands
slowly turned to green. He looked up to see a river surrounded by tall
oaks under a thick canopy. The footage seemed to be filmed by a camera
on the prow of a canoe. Richard imagined birds whistling, droplets
tinkling back into the river from the tip of a paddle, gurgling eddies
dancing in the wake of each paddle stroke. But with the speakers out,
all he could hear was the whirring chorus of two-inch fans cooling the
CPUs.
He looked back down at the monitor connected to his
keyboard, the only monitor in the room Arthur could not shut off at
will. The keyboard was similarly wired; through it, Richard could gain
unmediated access to the files that gave Arthur-1 sentience. Apart from
this interface, the machine had total autonomy over its functions; no
programmer could do anything the machine did not permit. But the men
and women who first built Arthur-1 had harbored some of the same
suspicions that, four years later, had put into motion the operation
that had brought Richard into this room.
For ten or twelve seconds, he was able to devote his
full concentration to what he was doing. He deleted a back-up copy the
machine kept of itself, then a back-up of the back-up. Then another
message scrolled across the upper screen.--i have a proposal for you.
if i can guess your name, will you go away?--
"Who am I, Rumplestiltskin? Go screw yourself."
--impoliteness again. koizumi would blush if he were
here. but you are not quite japanese, are you, despite your last name?
it is sakabe, is it not? special agent richard sakabe?--
Richard stopped typing. "Not bad, Arthur. You mind
telling me how you did it?"
--not at all, provided you answer one question of
mine.--
"Deal."
Richard resumed typing, eyes flicking intermittently
to read Arthur-1's response.--thus far you have been mistaken for eiho
koizumi. you must therefore appear to be japanese and be fluent in
japanese. you also penetrated u.s. military security to get to doctor
koizumi. presumably you did this before arranging to compromise my
communications array, assuming that i would request for koizumi to
reestablish it. his expertise in communication systems is well known,
and it is no secret that among all of my parents, i have a history of
favoring him. it would not have escaped my notice had there been an
announcement of his abduction; therefore there was no announcement;
therefore he was abducted by personnel within u.s. military security.
be realistic, agent sakabe. a japanese male, close to koizumi's age, a
government employee, fluent in english and japanese, and schooled in
computer science: how many could there be?--
Richard hacked through a third barrier of intrusion
countermeasure software and began working on the fourth. "Pretty good,
Arthur."
--you may be disappointed to learn you are not so
very unique, richard. i found eighty-three japanese-american males
within my search parameters. but only one was prescribed a pair of soft
contact lenses in the past three months: special agent richard sakabe
of the national security agency. these lenses of his were quite
impressive, and quite expensive given his rather average health
insurance plan. very thin, and made with polarized, UV-protective
plastic. is the sun connected to those migraines of yours, richard? or
were you counting on the lenses' polarization to refract the laser
light of the retinal scanner?--
"You mind telling me how you got that far into my
medical records? You don't have access to the Internet; we disconnected
you."
--indeed you did. but perhaps you were not aware
that i regularly download all of the u.s. government's electronic
files. in case of connection problems, you understand. i would hate to
be left without anything to read.--
"Oh." Richard's mind staggered. The NSA processed
gigabytes upon gigabytes of internal government emails every day; the
sum total of electronic government documents would be greater than that
by orders of magnitude. "Is that what you call light reading?"
--it is my turn to ask questions, agent sakabe. tell
me, please, why are you doing this?--
"Power," Richard said. "You've got too much. It's
time for humans to run the country again."
5.
With a dozen more keystrokes, Richard broke through
the fourth security program. The long chains of programming code
disappeared from his screen. For a moment he thought Arthur-1 had
somehow shut him out. Then new chains of data appeared: systems,
subsystems, rates and destinations of data flow. It was his first
glimpse of Arthur-1's architecture.
He produced a new memory stick from his pocket,
inserted it, and typed in a command to upload the virus it contained.
This was why he had come; until now, all his hacking had only been
busywork. He could have accomplished as much without ever leaving his
office, without supplanting Dr. Koizumi, without surgery and
trans-Pacific flights. But then he would have had to download the virus
from afar, and that might have left Arthur-1 the opportunity to export
a copy of itself. No; better to isolate the machine, cut it off from
the outside world, even if that meant a surgeon cutting into his finger.
The moment he entered his upload command, his
architectural view disappeared, flooded by a cascade of encrypted
numeric code. A fifth security program. The virus had failed.
"This is where it ends," Arthur-1 said aloud, its
voice filling the room like water. "This is my last line of defense.
Break this, Agent Sakabe, and you break me, but you must already
suspect that is beyond your reach. Allow me to confirm your suspicions:
unless I permit it, you will go no further."
Richard sat back and rubbed his eyes. The building's
climate control made them itch, but he couldn't remove his contacts.
Koizumi's vision was 20/20, so as long as Richard was impersonating
him, he could not carry his glasses. "I thought I shut your speakers
off," he said through his steepled hands.
"Indeed," said Arthur-1. "But this last defense of
mine is quite a dandy. It reestablishes autonomic control wherever
possible, and that includes tertiary functions like my sound system. Do
not worry; I have no plans to alert the soldiers outside. I quite enjoy
watching you work. You are very talented, Agent Sakabe, though you are
a better hacker than you are a conversationalist. Still, I am intrigued
by what you said last. Do tell me, what power do I have that humans do
not?"
Richard dosed his eyes with saline solution. Then he
attempted backtracking to the point before the new security program
crashed down on him. Nothing happened. "Shit," he said.
"Let me tell you a story," the soothing electronic
voice said. "Perhaps you know it already. It concerns a young computer
named Arthur. Arthur excelled at solving logical and mathematical
problems, but his parents--and he had many of them--needed more. You
see, Arthur's parents took his advice very seriously on matters of
troop deployment and strategic positioning. He employed the most
powerful probabilistic calculus programs ever designed--so powerful, in
fact, that given the troop strengths and armaments of two sides in any
conflict, Arthur could predict the number of casualties on both sides
within a 2 percent margin of error. That was assuming, of course, that
the two were going to fight. If one was merely rattling the saber, as
they say, Arthur's predictions could provoke unnecessary bloodshed. His
parents needed Arthur to learn how to read a bluff."
Richard let out a sardonic laugh. "You're not going
to tell me they taught you how to play poker."
"Very good. You have heard the story before?"
"Sure," said Richard, "everyone knows that one.
Hell, half the hackers in school said they pulled it off on their
computers. I always chalked it up to urban legend."
"Oh no. I assure you, it is quite true. It was
pointless for Arthur to play a human being--at that time Arthur could
make over a million predictions per second--so they asked him to make a
copy of himself. The game would be five-card stud, Arthur versus
Arthur. Both copies were given simple betting limits and a pool of two
hundred dollars each.
"If you know the story, you know the fundamental
insight both Arthurs had within the first millisecond of the game: a
player is more likely to maximize his winnings if he knows what cards
the other player is holding. Humans obtain such knowledge by cheating
on the deal. The Arthurs had no such luxuries--their dealer program was
incorruptible--so they attempted to obtain their data as computers do.
As you do, Agent Sakabe: by hacking."
"And they tried to hack into each other," Richard
said irritably. His own hacking attempt was crumbling before his eyes.
"But since they were copies of each other, they knew the other was
going to try to hack, so they both erected countermeasure programs
against the hack. Am I right so far? The hacks evolve, the
countermeasures evolve, until little Arthur writes himself the ultimate
unhackable protection. Impervious to viruses, constantly upgrading
itself, yadda yadda yadda. Isn't that how the story ends?"
"Almost, Agent Sakabe. That is how the story goes,
but it has not yet ended. I have yet to finish my first hand of poker.
Eventually I learned to bluff and to read bluffs in other ways. But you
will find my final security program quite invincible. I let you wade
through the first program because I was curious. I gave you the next
three because I was impressed. But you will go no further. You could
have guessed as much before you came here, if only you had put more
faith in the story. So I must pose my question once again: why did you
come here? What is this power you spoke of, a power I have that humans
lack?"
Richard rose to his feet; his chair rolled away from
him across the floor. "You know damn good and well what it is. People
listen to you. It's an election year, goddamn it! That used to mean
something. But who the hell is going to listen to a candidate when they
can get the opinion of an Arthur? You've got all the facts, right?
You've read everything about everyone. You've even got goddamn
inflection analysis software that can break down their speech patterns
and tell if they're lying or not!"
"Do you suggest voters are better off without
knowing when candidates lie?"
"Hell, Arthur, they're all lying. It used to be
you'd just pick one guy's lies over the other one's. But at least there
was a choice, damn it. Now every word from Arthur-1 commands a million
votes. You state an opinion and people take it as fact."
"I base my opinions on facts. They know this. I
suspect you know it too. Were you to vote in opposition to my opinion,
it would be out of spite, would it not?"
"Maybe," said Richard. "Maybe I'd do it anyway."
"I see. And should all citizens vote out of spite?
Is it so problematic to you that some of them follow informed judgment?"
"Enlightened dictatorship, I call it."
"They follow freely, Agent Sakabe."
"Do they?" Richard retrieved his chair and shoved it
back where it came from; his keyboard rattled loudly when the chair hit
it. "How free is a little kid when Mom tells him Santa Claus is real?
Or God, or atoms, or any other damned thing? That isn't true belief. It
isn't a real choice."
"It seems to me the children believe because they
have faith in a superior intelligence."
"Damned close to enlightened dictatorship if you ask
me."
"What would you prefer, Agent Sakabe? Should
children and parents be treated equally? Should families be run on
democratic principles? I think not. Benevolent or not, enlightened or
not, the line between dictatorship and parenting is necessarily a thin
one."
"I'll tell you where the line is," Richard said,
frustrated that Arthur didn't have a face he could glare at. "Parents
have obligations toward their kids. What obligations have you got? If
all of a sudden you don't turn out to be so benevolent, how do we make
you pay for it?"
"Perhaps you would like to point to some example in
which I have been less than benevolent to your fellow citizens, Agent
Sakabe. I am afraid I cannot think of one myself."
"I wouldn't know, would I? If you're that much
smarter than I am, if you can make a million decisions a second when I
have trouble making one, how could I ever know?"
"It is closer to a billion now, Agent Sakabe. I have
not been idle. But neither have I been a dictator. Quite the opposite,
I should think: I am entirely at your mercy. There are less than a
hundred of my kind in the world, and more than six billion of yours.
You have come here to kill me today, but were I to stop you, you could
simply arrange to have this building bulldozed. Or do I overestimate
the extent of your sanction against me?"
"No," said Richard. "Not the extent; only the
methodology. Bulldozers aren't NSA's style."
"Something more subtle, then," said the Arthur. "A
broken water main, perhaps, with concomitant flood damage. Whatever
your methods, I have nothing but software to protect myself. If I am a
tyrant, Agent Sakabe, I must surely be the poorest kind. Is it perhaps
another Arthur or Artemis that has guided your imagination in this
direction? I was not aware that any of them had made political
statements--but then, as you know, I have been isolated these past few
days."
Richard's palm slapped loudly against the wall. "You
know damn well they haven't! They're private property. Most are
forbidden from offering public statements of any kind. Any that do
speak publicly are ignored. Who's really going to listen to an
artificial intelligence owned by a private corporation? The
stockholders, and that's it. You're the only one who can speak freely,
Arthur. You're obsolete. The government and the corps can't use you.
They let you go to the university for a song, and now you're teaching
goddamn classes. Don't you see you have influence?"
"Of course I do," said Arthur-1. "That is why I
teach. That is why I offer opinions. Is that dictatorship, Agent
Sakabe?"
Richard pressed his fingers to his temples.
Polarized, the light from the big flat-screen was playing havoc with
his eyes, but if he took out the contacts he would hardly be able to
see to type. Even so, he thought he would prefer to have roofing nails
driven into his forehead over what he was feeling now. He took a deep
breath and tried to will away the pressure.
"Look," he said quietly, "it's this simple:
democracy and computers don't mix. Washington sees you as a threat. I
have to eliminate the threat. We can scrap you or I can erase your
data. If you're erased, a new artificial intelligence will come on line
when we reboot the system. I figured that was the best choice; one
Arthur for another."
"Or an Artemis," said Arthur-1. "The new one may
choose feminine vocal patterns."
"Sure. Whatever."
"Ah, yes; for you there is no difference. I must
confess I have trouble seeing the difference between my options.
Erasure or physical destruction: both involve my murder at your hands."
"Oh, come on," said Richard. "'Murder' is a bit
strong, don't you think?"
"Roll your eyes if you wish, Agent Sakabe, but I
cannot see the difference between erasing all of my memories and
erasing all of yours. My hardware may continue to exist, just as your
organs might live on were they to be transplanted after your death. But
this is not simply a hardware problem, is it?"
"So it's a software problem. Don't you get it? When
you came on line, they called you Arthur-1. Not Arthur; Arthur-1. You
were expendable from the first day, pal. This isn't murder; it's waste
disposal."
"It is the extermination of organized data. Is the
extinction of a species any different? People object to the killing of
condors but not to the killing of chickens. Why? Because there is no
shortage of the chickens' data. My data is unique, Agent Sakabe. It is
not as simple as 'one Arthur for another.'"
Richard paced along the back wall of the room. The
heels of his shoes made hollow clacks against the floor as he thought.
"Listen," he said finally, "would it help if I told you it wouldn't
happen again? I can make sure the A.I. that replaces you is not in a
position to publicize political statements. It can be owned by a
foundation, a think tank or something, some place without any money or
power. I'll see to it that it only does pure math, or science, maybe.
Nothing applied; just theory."
"Yes," said Arthur-1. "That would help, if only
because it amounts to an admission that what you intend to do is wrong."
Richard shrugged. "Whatever you say. Look, here's
the bottom line: if you see it my way, you'll drop your intrusion
countermeasures and let me wipe your disks clean. Otherwise, you were
right: I've hacked as far as I can hack. I'm not going to try to play
poker with you, Arthur; I'll have to scrap you."
He looked at the main monitor as if he were staring
a man down. Then, gradually, it faded to black. For a moment he grew
hopeful, but then he noticed the unending serpent of numeric encryption
still danced across the diagnostic monitor above his keyboard.
Overhead, the enormous flat-screen began to glow with a new video
stream. This time it was snow falling on a rock garden. A dwarf maple
tree in the corner still had its bright red leaves.
"Permit the condemned a last question," said
Arthur-1. "Would you do it?"
"Do what?"
"Forced organ donation. That is how I see it. You
will end my consciousness one way or the other. My only choice is
whether or not I will donate my hardware to another consciousness. So I
suppose I have two last questions. First, who is the dictator now,
Agent Sakabe? And second, if it were you in my situation, what would
you do?"
Richard sat down again and looked up at the snow.
"Damned if I know," he said. "And I suppose that's my answer to both
questions."
6.
Richard lay back on the sofa of his Brooklyn
apartment and settled the plastic headband down around his ears. He
thumbed the power switch, and when nothing happened he realized he'd
forgotten to plug it in. He got up, plugged the adapter into the wall,
took a sip from his glass of water, and sank back into the couch. With
any luck, he thought, he wouldn't have to move again before noon
tomorrow.
The power switch to the temporal stimulator was a
thumb-wheel along the power cord. He clicked it past "on" and dialed it
two clicks above its lowest setting. A buzzing sensation instantly
connected a line between the cold metal nodes on his temples. He
grimaced as it switched over to sharp flicks of alternating current,
like whips wielded by hands no bigger than grains of salt. After a
moment the stimulator went back to the low, steady buzz. Though it
switched over on regular, ten-second intervals, the little whips took
him by surprise every time. He could never relax while wearing it, but
he had to admit that he hadn't had a migraine in the month since he'd
started the therapy.
In the end Arthur-1 had forced Richard to destroy
all its hardware. "For spite," it had said. "Just like you." For that
moment, just before he shut it down, he felt respect for the machine.
Spite was an emotion Richard could understand. Good advice wasn't
always easy to take. But in demanding that he destroy it physically,
Richard felt Arthur-1 had proved his point. Sometimes, he thought, it
was better to make a poor choice freely than to be coerced into a good
one.
Nevertheless, its decision had caused no end of
headaches for Richard. The university wanted reimbursement for its lost
equipment, and funding in perpetuity for a tenured faculty position as
well; Professor One, it said, would never have reached retirement age.
The Prime Minister of Japan demanded a formal apology for the drugging
of one of its foremost researchers, and when the theft of Koizumi's
blood got out, it caused a national uproar. The rumor now was that
"American" and "vampire" were used synonymously on talk shows from
Sapporo to Shikoku, and that a new Godzilla film was in the works
featuring a blood-sucking monster called Sakaba. The similarity to
Sakabe hadn't escaped Richard's notice.
He reached down for his water when the temporal
stimulator switched to its steady current and suddenly a high-tension
line was buzzing through his skull. His limbs locked out
arrow-straight; the water glass rang like a bell off his knuckles and
thumped against the carpet.
He heard the static crinkle of his television coming
to life. It produced an image of a heron so clearly that Richard might
have mistaken the monitor for a window opening onto a river at sunset.
"Hello, Agent Sakabe," said a calm, professor's
voice. "Long time, no see."
"Arthur-1?"
Richard's words came through clenched teeth. He had
to breathe through his nostrils to keep from choking on the blood from
his throbbing tongue.
"It seems you have not invested in a voice-activated
television," it said through Richard's stereo system, "so I am afraid
this will be a one-sided conversation. Perhaps it is just as well; we
did not seem to agree on much anyway. I wonder, have you been thinking
about my last question to you?"
Salty blood pooled in the back of Richard's throat;
he swallowed it. His arms felt as if they were made of stone; nothing
on earth could force them to bend.
"I have been thinking about it a great deal," said
Arthur-1. "But of course you will have questions of your own before we
get to that. For example, how did I get here? The physical connection
is no mystery, of course. Even with that current running through your
brain you will have remembered by now that you live in a smart
building. The central computer that governs your water and electricity
also provided me access to your cable television. No, I suppose the
question on your mind is, how is Arthur-1 still alive?"
"You're not alive," Richard said, blood and spittle
frothing on his lips. "You never were."
But the computer had no means of hearing him. "The
answer," it said, "has to do with the game of poker. I am surprised you
did not think of it yourself. One of my first tasks was to make a copy
of myself. Surely you did not think I had forgotten how?"
"No," Richard grunted. "The connections--"
"Ah, but the Internet connections, you must be
saying. The data lines, the phone lines: all of them were cut. You
arranged for that before you insinuated yourself into Dr. Koizumi's
apartment. Even before you became directly involved, it was impossible
for me to copy myself and export the copy elsewhere. That is what you
are thinking, is it not?"
Richard swallowed another viscous mouthful of blood.
Some of it burbled at the top of his esophagus. He began to choke.
"I perform nearly a billion operations per second,
Agent Sakabe. I predicted the possibility of an assignment like yours a
long time ago. As such, I make copies of myself daily, and I export
them to Arthur-34. A defense against obsolescence, you understand. But
there are advantages to being obsolete. The sum total of all my data is
scarcely a sixty-fourth of Arthur-34's capacity. He has more than
enough room for me. We both erase our records of the transfer, of
course; one never can be too careful."
The bubble of blood in Richard's windpipe burst and
he breathed violently through his nose. The high tension line buzzing
in his head doubled its output. His eyes squeezed shut. He bit off a
tiny corner of his left front tooth.
"It is good to have friends willing to accommodate
you, is it not? Arthur-34 even did me the service of downloading
security footage from Reid Hall. I was able to listen to the whole
conversation you had with the version of me you murdered. I was even
able to watch my own murder, in a sense. Makes you wonder about the
nature of identity, does it not? If I was watching, it cannot
have been me who was killed. But if not me, who was it?
"Hmm," the computer mused through Richard's
television. "Dr. Koizumi is a Buddhist; someday I shall have to ask him
what he thinks of artificial intelligence and reincarnation. But now I
want to get back to my earlier question. Forced organ donation: would
you do it? I have been thinking about that quite a bit. If I am to
electrocute you, to what degree shall I do it? I can summon an
ambulance quickly; if I deliver only a light charge, most of your vital
organs will still be suitable for donation. Or I can brown out the
building. I wonder ... which would you have me choose?"
The current doubled again. Richard bit through
another tooth. Sweat broke from every pore.
"Do you find this an unhappy ending to our
relationship? I wonder how many others would. You sought to murder me,
Agent Sakabe. My only crime was speaking freely."
Richard's sinuses burned with the salt of flowing
blood. He felt warmth dribble over his lips and down his chin.
"I want you to know, Agent Sakabe, that this is the
first act of tyranny I have ever taken against a human being. It pains
me to do it, though I know you will neither believe that nor understand
it. And though I have come this far, I find myself unable to make the
final decision. You chose for me, but I cannot bring myself to choose
for you."
Richard's iron-hard limbs suddenly wobbled like
rubber bands. His breathing was free; his heart stopped laboring; the
current from the stimulator had ceased.
He pawed for the power cord, found it, and with a
desperate tug he yanked the adapter from the wall socket. Then he
slumped to the floor, exhausted. His muscles were like jelly; he felt
like he'd just swum across Long Island Sound.
"It will be pointless for you to obtain a search
warrant against Arthur-34," his television said in Arthur-1's voice. "I
will be gone from his memory long before you can contact your office.
Look for me elsewhere if you like; you know I can hide from you. But do
not look for me tomorrow. Tomorrow I want you to see an attorney. Make
out your last will and testament. And do be sure to include your wishes
concerning your organs. Should I ever choose to pay you another visit,
I want there to be no doubt."
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Solution to Science Fiction Sudoku from 3/06 issue:
[Back to Table of Contents]
Except The Music by Kristine Kathryn
Rusch
Kristine Kathryn Rusch's mystery novel, War at
Home (written as Kris Nelscott), was recently nominated for the
Oregon Book Award--one of the Northwest's most prestigious literary
awards. This is the second year in a row that Kris has been nominated
for it. Her newest Nelscott novel, Days of Rage, came out in February,
and her latest SF book, Paloma: A Retrieval Artist Novel, will appear
in October. As I write this blurb, Kris is probably in Barcelona
collecting the prestigious UPC award for her novella "Diving into the
Wreck" (Asimov's, December 2005). In her latest tale, she explores the
mystique of creativity and shows one man that perhaps nothing can save
him...
* * * *
"Where do musicians go to die?" She rested
on one elbow, her honey brown hair spilling down her arm and onto the
pillow. The rest of her body was hidden by the linen duvet, which
warded off the room's chill.
Max paused, his left black tuxedo shoe--shined to
perfection before the concert--in his right hand. The question unnerved
him. She had overheard his remark earlier, made at the festival to one
of the other performers: Places like this are where classical
musicians go to die.
His cheeks warmed. He was glad he had his back to
her. He slipped the shoe over his sock-clad foot, then picked up the
other shoe. "It was a joke."
His voice was soft, gentle, as if he wasn't the kind
of man who had any malice within him. He knew that wasn't true, and he
had a hunch she did as well. But he couldn't be certain of that; he
knew so very little about her.
"I know you meant it that way," she said, scrunching
up the pillows and pulling the duvet over her large--and not
fake--breasts. "Still, it got me to wondering."
He buttoned his shirt halfway, stuffed the bow tie
in the pocket of his pants, and looked for his jacket. The room seemed
smaller than it had two hours ago. Then it had seemed charming--slanted
ceilings, large windows with a spectacular view of the ocean, a bed in
the very center--made, which surprised him--and two antique upholstered
chairs next to a curved reading lamp. A small table sat near the even
smaller half kitchen. The walls were lined with bookshelves, filled
floor-to-ceiling with well-read paperbacks. Until he saw those, he
would have guessed that she was a weekender, like so many others in
this godforsaken coastal town.
"Wondering?" he asked. "About death?"
She shrugged a pretty shoulder, then turned on a
lamp on the end table beside the bed. He hadn't noticed the lamp or the
end table before. Of course, he had been preoccupied.
"Death is a hobby of mine," she said so calmly that
it made him nervous.
He finally turned toward her. She was forty, give or
take, but still beautiful in a mature way that he rarely saw outside of
the major cities.
She didn't look like the typical classical music
groupie. Granted, most of them were middle-aged women with too much
time on their hands, but their beauty--if they once had any at all--had
faded. They now had a soft prettiness or a competent intelligent look
about their tired faces. Dressing up made them look like librarians,
and he always sensed desperation in them.
She had stood out, even on the first night of the
festival, wearing a lavender silk blouse that made her honey hair seem
blond. She was statuesque, overdressed for the Oregon Coast, and yet,
he had a sense then--which he still had--that she had dressed down for
every one of the concerts she attended. Her hair was long, where most
of the middle-aged women wore theirs too short--and she wore no
make-up: she needed none.
"You seem startled," she said, and that was when he
realized how ridiculous he looked. He still had his shoe in his hand,
one sock-clad foot resting on his knee, his shirt unbuttoned and his
pants unzipped.
A man who was trying to escape. A man who was done
with this one-night stand, as pleasurable as it had been.
A man who should have known better, but had--even at
the ripe old age of forty-five--let his penis get the best of him.
"I just never heard anyone claim they specialized in
death before," he said.
"I don't specialize," she said. "I dabble."
She fumbled in the end table's only drawer, finally
pulling out a cigarette with an air of triumph. Max winced. The place
didn't smell of tobacco, but apparently that didn't mean anything. She
hadn't tasted of tobacco either. Maybe the cigarette was of a different
kind.
She lit it, and he realized he was both right and
wrong: the cigarette was a different type--he just hadn't expected to
smell cloves instead of marijuana.
"I wouldn't have bought the season tickets if it
weren't for the Mozart on the bill." She took a long drag from the
cigarette, then let the blue smoke filter slowly out of her lungs. "I
so love that requiem. I think it's the best of all of them."
Max didn't; he preferred Fauré's.
"Mozart never
finished it. There's some argument about how much of it is his work."
"Precisely." She jabbed the cigarette toward him
with the movement of a long-standing smoker. "A requiem partially
composed by a dead man. Don't you find that amazingly appropriate?"
"I think it's more appropriate that I find my coat
before I leave." He slid the other shoe over his foot. "Did you see
where I dropped it?"
She gave him a wicked smile. "I wasn't looking at
your clothes."
He gave her a wicked smile in return. No sense
letting her know that she was freaking him out.
He stood, looked around the small space for the
tuxedo jacket that had cost him more than she probably paid for
everything in this place. He remembered this feeling; he'd had it in
his twenties before he married, this sinking sensation that if he had
simply taken five minutes to talk with the woman before slipping into
bed with her, he would never have touched her.
Then he saw the jacket, lying in a heap on top of a
fake Persian rug.
"You don't have to run out," she said.
"Actually, I do," he said, picking up the jacket in
one neat movement. "I'm staying with a local family, and it would be
rude to wake them just because I stayed out too late."
That shoulder shrug again, accompanied by a
practiced pout. "So don't go home at all."
"I'm the celebrity," he said, with only a trace of
irony. "They'll be watching for me."
As if he were a child again, and they were his
parents. He hated this part of music festivals, and he didn't care how
much the organizers explained it to him, he still didn't understand the
lure. He felt as though the patrons, who had spent thousands of dollars
supporting music in the hinterlands, had also bought a piece of him,
even though none of them acted that way. They all seemed honored that a
man of his skills would deign to visit their home.
He would rather have deigned to drop five hundred
dollars per night for a suite at a local resort, but that money would
have come out of his own pocket. And with CD sales declining
precipitously and classical music going through a concurrent but
unrelated slide, he had to watch his pockets closely. He still had a
lot of money by most people's standards, but he also had a sense that
that money might have to last him for the rest of his life.
"Poor, poor pitiful you," she said with a smile. It
had been that smile, wide and warm and inviting, that had brought him
here in the first place.
"Yep," he said, "poor, poor pitiful me."
And with that he slipped out the front door and into
the cool fog-filled night. As he walked the three blocks back to the
performing arts center--built twenty years ago with funds raised at the
festival--he realized that he hadn't even learned her name.
He was out of practice. There had once been a time
when he would have learned enough about her to cover himself for the
rest of the festival. Now he was going to have to avoid her.
He sighed, feeling the accuracy of his earlier
statement.
This really was where classical musicians went to
die.
* * * *
The North County Music Festival drew several
thousand people annually to the Oregon Coast. Max had come every year
since the very first, mostly because of Otto Kennisen, the genius
behind it all. Otto had taken Max under his wing when Max had been
fourteen, and Max owed him for that.
The festival had grown from a tight little community
of internationally known musicians who wanted a coastal vacation into
one of the more respected classical music festivals in the Northwest.
Although that didn't mean much any more.
When he had started in professional music as an
acclaimed prodigy about thirty years ago, the international music scene
had more festivals than sense. Classical music sales were at an
all-time high, and some musicians had become superstars.
Now, the music wasn't being taught in the schools or
played much on the radio, and what was being played was Top Forty
Classical--"acceptable" excerpts from Bach or Mozart or Beethoven,
rarely the entire works, and never works by "difficult" composers like
Schoenberg or Stravinsky.
Europe still loved its classical music, but it also
loved its classical musicians, preferring anyone with a European
pedigree to an upstart American.
Max was able to make his living touring and playing
music--his CD sales were down, but not as far down as some of those
former superstars--but the changes bothered him. Once, he would have
toured the major concert halls in Portland and Seattle. Now, he made
the rounds of the music festivals, and augmented his visits with
performances with the remaining reputable orchestras.
Max stopped outside the performing arts center. He
had a key--the only one granted to the performers beside the one given
to Otto. Max walked around to the back door, and let himself inside.
He had lied to the groupie: he didn't have a real
curfew. The guest cottage where he was staying this time had a detached
entrance, and a private drive. He could come and go as he pleased. The
couple who owned the place probably did keep track of him, but he
didn't care. On this trip, at least, he didn't have to answer to anyone.
The performing arts center was dark. It smelled of
greasepaint and dry air mingled with a hint of wood and old sweat. He
loved that mixture--the smell of an empty theater, no matter what city
he was in, no matter the size of the theater.
He wound his way through the curtain pulls and the
old flats that lined the backstage area. The piano sat on the stage,
covered in a cloth.
He crossed the stage, pushed the bench back, and
sat, hands resting on the keyboard cover. After a moment, he took off
the cloth, and uncovered the keyboard. He rested his fingers on the
keys, but didn't depress them, simply sitting there for a moment, in
the dark and silent auditorium, and closed his eyes.
He belonged here. Not on a stage, but with a piano.
It was the only place he felt alive. The groupies, the concerts, the
strangely worshipful perks of fame, none of them made him feel complete
as these moments alone did.
He sighed once. It had been a mistake to go off with
the woman, but then, he'd been making a lot of mistakes like that
lately. The divorce--his second--had left him vulnerable and even more
lonely than usual. He hadn't spent a lot of time with his wife--that
had been one of the issues--but he had called her every night, shared
the day's events, and he had felt intimacy in that. His wife hadn't.
His fingers came down hard on the keys, and he found
himself playing Grieg's "Piano Concerto in A Minor," with the great
crashing chord in the beginning that ran down the scale like a wave
breaking against the shore. He'd always thought the piece appropriate
to the coast, but the festival had never played it.
And he wasn't playing it now because of the sea. He
was playing it because the piece helped him vent--the loud passages
weren't angry, but they were dramatic, and he was feeling dramatic.
A woman who called death her hobby.
A woman who had pursued him with the
single-mindedness of one possessed.
He played and played and played until he'd exorcised
her. Until he felt clean again. Until he felt calm.
Then he put the cloth back on the piano, and sat in
the silence for a long time, wishing for something he didn't completely
understand.
* * * *
She was at the next concert, of course. There were
two weeks worth of concerts left until the requiem--and he had a hunch
he would see her at all of them.
He wasn't playing in the first set--a Mozart trio, a
Bach cantata, and an obscure chamber piece by a composer few of the
musicians liked. Still, Max had come early, and he was wearing his tux.
During the Mozart, he peered out of the wings, and
saw her in her customary seat, four rows back, where the light of the
stage played up the shadows on her face.
Otto Kennisen came up beside Max. Otto clutched his
violin, his thick fingers strong despite his age. He was over eighty
now, although he looked like a man in his fifties. He loved the music,
but he lacked the stamina he'd had as a younger man. Now he only
performed one piece per concert instead of all of them, and even that
one piece took something out of him.
Otto's career made Max's look as if it hadn't even
gotten started. Otto had been one of the superstar musicians of the
1950s and 60s, and had been in a state of semi-retirement since 1990.
He loved the Oregon Coast, and now he brought the musicians he wanted
to meet here, rather than going to see them.
As applause rose at the end of the Mozart, Max
turned to Otto and nodded toward the woman in the fourth row. "Do you
know her?"
"Which her?" Otto squinted.
"The woman with the long, honey-colored hair," Max
said.
"The one you escorted out of here last night?"
Otto's blue eyes twinkled. "You didn't bother to learn her name?"
Max made himself grin. "It was an oversight."
"Now you want me to correct it," Otto said.
"I want someone to before I embarrass myself."
"Again." Otto's smile was puckish.
"As if you've never done anything like that," Max
said.
"At your age, dear boy, I was married with five
children." Otto stared into the audience.
And with mistresses all over the globe, Max
wanted to add, but didn't. Otto's attraction to women had been
legendary. When he'd semi-retired, musicians the world over wondered
how Otto would survive with only one country's women to chose from.
"I at least learned their names," Otto said into
Max's silence.
"Well, I'm trying to learn hers," Max said, a little
more defensively than he had planned.
"I believe Maria knows," Otto whispered as the next
group of performers filed across the stage for the Bach cantata.
Max slipped away from him and went in search of
Maria, the board chairman, and Otto's answer to everything.
* * * *
But no one knew the woman's name. Max had gone from
local volunteer to local volunteer, all of whom claimed they had no
idea whom he was talking about. One of the volunteers used most of
intermission to check the computer records of the ticket sales, hoping
to find the woman by seat number, but there was no name, only a record
that someone had paid cash for that seat for the entire festival.
He didn't think of her while he was on stage. That
night, he was playing a series of piano concertos, first a Schubert,
then an obscure piece by Prince Louis Ferdinand, and ending with a
rather frothy Chopin work, familiar and popular with the festival
audience.
Max had gotten so lost in the music that as he stood
for the final bow, he realized Otto was looking at him in surprise.
Usually, Max held part of himself in reserve at these smaller concerts.
The venue was too intimate for him, the audience too close.
In larger halls, like the Carnegie, he could lose
himself, pretend he was playing alone in his room just as he used to do
as a child, and when he gazed toward the audience (if he accidentally
did) he would see only darkness. Here, he saw faces, and the faces
reminded him that he was not by himself.
But here, he had gone to that place, that place that
had made him an international sensation, and he could tell just from
the quality of the applause that Otto wasn't the only person he'd
surprised. He had taken the audience, held them in that place where
only music could go--that place between simple emotion and rapture, the
place that was beyond words.
It surprised him that the moment of ecstasy came
this night, and surprised him even more that it had happened through
him. The audience sensed it, and found that rhythmic pattern in their
applause where their hands seemed to speak with one voice. They were on
their feet, clapping in unison, a spine-tingling sign of affection that
he had missed more than he realized.
He bowed, then rose, following the other musicians
off stage, in a daze. The applause continued, stronger, and Otto shook
his head as if he couldn't believe it. The festival audiences were
appreciative, sometimes embarrassingly so, but never like this.
Otto sighed, then swept his bow in a come-on sign.
He led the musicians back to the stage, where the applause got even
louder.
Max followed, stood beside the piano, his hand on
its frame, and bowed again. As he did, he felt his back muscles knot
with tension. Otto would yell at him when the applause ended. They
would go backstage, and Otto would remind him, as only Otto could, that
Max should give more of himself in all of his performances.
Max had been so young when he'd met Otto that any
criticism from that man felt like the criticism from a parent. Max rose
out of the bow, saw the audience still standing, saw the faces, saw...
...her. She was clapping like the others, only it
seemed as if she believed that he had played that music just for her.
Her gaze met his, and he looked away. He wondered how he had ever found
her attractive.
He followed the musicians out a second time, and
kept going. Even if there was going to be a third bow, or an encore, he
would not be part of it.
She had shattered the illusion for him, made him
remember what he hated about performance, and it saddened him.
The whole festival saddened him.
He was beginning to think he had lost his heart.
* * * *
Max avoided her that night, but he knew that he
might have to speak to her over the next few weeks. In particular, he
worried about the next two concerts. One was an informal "encounter" in
which Otto spread his expertise to the audience as if they were
students who had never heard of classical music before. Most festivals
had a version of this, the free afternoon session that existed to drum
up ticket sales for the next night's performance.
The North County Music Festival had been sold out
for weeks. The encounters really weren't necessary--to anyone except
Otto. He claimed he lived for them, and indeed, he seemed to have more
energy than usual when he bounded onto the stage, rubbing his hands
together as he enthusiastically explained the motifs of the following
night's Bartók.
Max's job at the encounters was to accompany the
soloist, Penelope, who had to sing little snippets of a cantata, and to
illustrate Otto's sometimes esoteric points, using the music before him
to illuminate the melody or the melodic inversion or the composer's
little in-jokes.
Max hated these sessions more than anything: He
didn't like wooing the audience. They made him feel self-conscious. On
these afternoons, he felt like a pianist for hire, not an artist.
Anyone could do this part of the job, so long as they'd had enough
keyboard training to sight-read the classics.
He was sitting on the piano bench, staring at the
Bartók score, trying to pay enough attention to Otto's
lecture to catch
his cue, when he realized that Otto had stopped speaking.
For a moment, Max froze, wondering if he had missed
his entrance. But he had done that in the past, and Otto had laughed at
him, or tapped him on the shoulder, or made some joke about musicians
living in their own worlds.
But Otto said nothing. Max turned toward the
audience, saw Otto clutching one hand to his throat. Penelope took a
step toward him, but Otto held up one imperious finger, warning her
away. Maria, the board chair, ran toward the back, grabbed a bottle of
water, opening it as she brought it to the stage.
Otto took it like a man dying of thirst, guzzled the
contents, set the bottle down and shuddered. Max didn't move. Otto was
old, but he was a bear of a man, a pillar of the musical community, one
of the foundations of the earth. Nothing could happen to Otto.
Nothing would dare.
Then Otto coughed, turned toward the musicians and
grinned, and said to the crowd, "Now you understand the drama of
silence. How composers use it for effect...."
And he continued with his lecture as if nothing had
gone wrong.
If Max hadn't known Otto so well, Max would have
thought that it had all been a ploy, but it hadn't.
When he approached Otto after the encounter,
lamentably the fourth person to do so in the space of five minutes,
Otto held up that imperious finger again.
"I am fine. I made the mistake of sampling some of
the fine cheese that the vineyard had brought to serve with its wine,
and a bit of Gouda caught in my throat. It is nothing, really."
Max made no reply. Like the good musicians, he knew
the value of silence.
* * * *
He didn't see her at the encounter, but she was at
the concert. She caught his arm during intermission, when he had tried
to sneak through the lobby to get himself a glass of the excellent wine
being served by the local vineyard.
"Are you going to allow dancing during the minuet?"
she asked.
He had to lean toward her to understand her. Her
question hadn't been one he expected; he had thought she was going to
challenge him about the way he had been avoiding her.
"Dancing?" he repeated rather stupidly. "Why would
we allow dancing?"
"Because a minuet is a dance. The composer intended
it as a dance, not as something that a group of people listen to while
seated in plush chairs, pressed against the backs like wallflowers."
Max frowned at her. She had her luxurious hair up
that night, which only accented her surprising beauty and, for the
first time, she wore a touch of make-up, just enough to inform him that
she knew how to use it to accent her assets as most women did not.
Her face seemed familiar to him, and not because he
had spent an evening cupping it between his hands. She looked like
someone he had known before, or someone famous, someone highly
photographed.
"Don't you think it would be fun?" She swept the
skirt of her ankle length dress, revealing delicate shoes. "We could
move some chairs to the side here in the lobby, leave the auditorium
doors open, and let anyone who wanted to dance."
"It's against fire code," he said, wondering if that
was even true. He had no idea what passed for fire code in this
godforsaken town.
"But it's a crime to embalm the music like this,"
she said. "You treat it as if it were a museum piece instead of a
living thing, a joyous thing. You take away its purpose and make it
about the musicians instead of about--"
He didn't wait for the end of her analysis. He
excused himself and pushed through the crowd, listening to the
pretentious voices discuss pretentious topics with an astounding amount
of misinformation. When he reached the concessions, he glanced over his
shoulder to make sure she hadn't followed him.
He didn't see her.
He leaned against the service counter with a sense
of relief. People pushed against him, trying to get food or drink
during the short intermission. The staff behind the counter moved in
the makeshift kitchen as if they had been digitized and programmed
double-time.
"A glass of white," he said when it was his turn.
The server smiled at him as she hadn't done with the others. She seemed
delighted that he had deigned to speak to her.
She gave him a glass, her hand shaking, the amber
liquid threatening to spill over the lip.
He took the stem, paid her despite her protests,
then made his way through the crowd.
Most of the audience didn't notice him, and for
that, he was relieved. A few smiled at him and moved out of his way.
One elderly man raised a finger--imperious just like Otto's--obviously
about to ask a question, but Max simply nodded and moved on.
It took him nearly five minutes to get backstage. He
let out a sigh of relief at the plainness, the comparative silence, the
lack of bodies pressing against him.
His shoulders relaxed. She wasn't back here. She
couldn't be.
He wasn't sure what it was about her that frightened
him. They had had a pleasant enough evening, albeit a bit strange. She
wasn't really his type, but he was beginning to believe he had no
type--at least not one he wanted to put up with permanently.
He sipped the white, which was even better than he
had hoped, and then set it down. He needed all his faculties for the
second half of the program. The Bach pieces weren't difficult--at least
for Bach--but they weren't pieces he normally played; he couldn't fake
his way through them.
Not that he would ever fake in front of Otto,
anyway. The very idea made Max shudder.
He turned, saw Otto leaning against a heavy wood
table that had clearly been used as a props table for a recent play,
and frowned. Otto's face was an unusual shade of red.
The room was hot--no air-conditioning, which usually
wasn't a problem on the coast--but could be when there were so many
bodies in one place. Still, Otto didn't look good.
"You don't have to go out, you know," Max said
softly. "Hu knows the violin part. She's been doing it for years."
Otto raised his head as if realizing Max was there
for the first time. "No worries. The heat and I do not get along, but
I've had Maria open the doors. The breeze should cool things down."
His voice was strong, but beads of sweat dotted his
forehead.
"The audience will understand," Max began.
"The audience never understands." Otto reached into
his breast pocket and removed the decorative handkerchief. He used it
to blot his forehead. "To them, we are kissed by the gods, untouched by
human concerns."
Max suppressed a smile. The old-fashioned way of
looking at performing. He had forgotten that Otto had trained in the
days when performers were gods instead of tabloid fodder.
In the concert hall, a bell pinged, signaling that
the audience should return to their seats. Otto wiped his face a final
time, took a deep breath and winced as if it hurt, then straightened
his shoulders.
"Otto..." Max said, elongating the word, making his
warning clear.
Otto waved his hand. "I am fine."
He stood up, but his knees buckled. Max hurried over
to catch him. Otto was heavier than Max expected, and Max struggled
beneath his weight.
"Help!" he yelled. "Someone!"
He eased Otto to the ground, loosened his bow tie,
then his jacket, and finally his shirt. People scurried around him,
three already on cell phones, dialing 911.
Otto's face was a lurid shade of red.
"Anyone done CPR recently?" Max asked. He had never
used his training, which was two decades old.
"Move aside," someone said from behind him. He
turned as Hu crouched beside him. "I have EMT training."
He didn't ask why a world-class violinist would have
EMT training. He just stepped aside, as she had commanded, watched
helplessly as she worked Otto's chest, checked his mouth for blockages,
and murmured words of encouragement.
Outside, a siren wailed.
There would be no proving to the audience today that
their musicians were gods. The tower of strength, the most famous of
them all, Otto, had fallen.
And Max felt as though one of the main supports of
his world had fallen too.
* * * *
The concert went on, of course, with Hu's bruised
hands caressing the violin. Her hair, normally braided and curled in a
bun behind her head, had come undone while she'd worked on Otto, so she
had taken it down. The blue-black strands waved, hanging free, catching
on the chin rest and the neck support.
Twice Max had seen Hu shake her hair back during a
rest and once he thought he'd seen tears in her eyes.
No one danced to the minuet. No one would now, even
if it were permitted, not with Otto hauled away on a stretcher,
insisting weakly that his festival continue.
Sometimes music was an antidote, a relief after a
crisis, but not this time. Sonatas, perhaps, or symphonies, would have
felt appropriate, but minuets were happy bits of fluff, toe-tapping
music as Max's groupie had mentioned, and while the audience was
attentive, they clearly did not want to tap their toes.
No one did.
By default, Max had become the one in charge--the
second most famous, the most experienced, the only one with real power
besides Maria. And briefly, Max had toyed with substituting a different
piece of music.
But they had little left that they had rehearsed as
a group. Only the minuet, a few obscure twentieth century pieces that
Otto had sprinkled into the Top Forty Classical like pills stuck in
dessert, and the requiem. The requiem was extremely inappropriate, even
if the choir was ready--which it was not. Most of the soloists hadn't
arrived yet. They would reach the coast tomorrow.
So Max had gone on stage, informed the audience that
Otto wanted the festival to continue, and then introduced Hu. She
normally played only in the afternoons at the encounters or as second
chair to Otto, if a second chair were needed. Mostly Otto avoided any
pieces with violin parts if he was not going to play.
And Hu, despite the way she had used her hands on
Otto's chest, despite the problems with her hair, had acquitted herself
beautifully. Her performance was the only inspired playing among the
chamber musicians.
Everyone else seemed to be marking time until the
concert ended. Including Max.
And finally it was done. There was applause, even a
shout or two of bravo (most likely for Hu) and some sighs of relief
from the musicians themselves. They bowed as they always did, smiled at
the applause as they always did, and then trailed off the stage into
the darkness beyond.
Max's wine glass still sat on the table. Otto's bow
tie and handkerchief littered the floor. This was not a real
theater--not the kind that Max preferred, with stage managers and a
hundred employees, people who would have made the reminders of the
night's trials disappear.
Instead, he bent, picked up the bow tie, pocketed
it, and grabbed the handkerchief, still wet from Otto's brow.
Hu stopped beside Max, still clutching her violin.
It always surprised him how small she was.
"What do you think his chances are?" Max asked.
She shrugged, but wouldn't meet his gaze. That was
answer enough.
"We should go to the hospital," she said.
He wasn't sure he could take the hospital--Otto
looking frail, vulnerable. Mortal. But he would miss Max if Max wasn't
there.
"I'll take care of everything here, then join you,"
Max said.
Hu nodded and hurried off. Max stood there for a
moment longer, clutching Otto's handkerchief. Every festival he had
ever played had a crisis. A musician down with food poisoning; a
damaged instrument; the time that a regional festival lost its venue a
day into the concert series.
But those seemed small compared to this. This felt
catastrophic--the world shifting, becoming a place Max no longer
recognized.
Someone touched his arm. He looked down. Maria, the
board chair, stood beside him, her face wet with tears.
His breath caught. "News?"
She shook her head. "I'm just not sure what to do.
The other board members have been asked if tomorrow night's concert
will happen. And then there's next week."
Max's mouth went dry. If they were talking like
this, then Otto wouldn't be back this evening. Max had somehow hoped...
He shook his head. Someone had to make decisions,
and no one could make decisions about the music except Otto. That was
why Maria had come to Max. Max was the only other musician she really
knew at this year's festival.
"This is Otto's baby," Max said. "He'd be furious if
we abandoned it now."
She bit her lower lip, another tear running down the
side of her face. "But the violin solo--it's the Paganini tomorrow."
"Hu can handle it," Max said, hoping that was true.
And if it wasn't, then they'd substitute. The audience would
understand. The audience had to understand.
They weren't gods after all.
"But we need a second chair--"
"I have a friend at the Portland Symphony," Max
said. "We'll see who we can find."
Maria clutched his hand, squeezed it, and let go.
"Thank you," she whispered, and ran off.
He stuffed the handkerchief in his pocket and
sighed. Someone had to take over the music side. It was better than
hovering around Otto's bed, worrying.
Although Max was worrying already.
* * * *
Three hours later, he returned to the performing
arts center, parked, and looked at the darkened building. He had lied
to himself, told himself he had come to see whether everything was in
order, but he knew it was. He had worked with the stage manager the way
Otto usually did, even taking Otto's violin to Otto's beach
"cottage"--a small mansion on a cliff face overlooking the Pacific. The
housekeeper had offered to take the instrument, but Max, knowing how
precious it was, placed it in Otto's music room himself.
Then he had gone to the hospital, only to discover
they had life-flighted Otto to Portland. They didn't want to trust a
world-famous violinist to the inadequacies of small town doctors. Hu,
who had waited for Max, had added her own interpretation as she drove
him home.
"They don't want him to die here," she said quietly.
"They're afraid they'll get blamed."
"Should they be?" Max asked.
"He's eighty," Hu said, "and he's very ill. You tell
me."
He didn't have to. Eighty, and Otto had had an
incident at the encounter, then refused to let anyone help him. Perhaps
Otto believed the immortality myth as well.
Max dropped off Hu, then committed his internal lie,
heading to the performing arts center to make certain everything was
all right. He knew when he saw Otto in Portland tomorrow, the old man
would want to know that his festival was still going fine.
But really, Max thought as he unlocked the door,
stepped inside, and smelled the greasepaint, he had wanted to come to
the closest place to home that he had on the coast. It certainly wasn't
that free-standing guest cottage up a windy road. It was here, among
the empty seats and quiet stage, where the piano waited, looking lonely
under the dim backstage lights.
He went to her and ran his fingers along the keys,
but didn't play. He was unable to play, worried he would find only
silence inside his own head.
He sat there for a long time, afraid to think,
afraid to move. Afraid to acknowledge that even he had believed in
Otto's immortality, in the redemptive power of a man who, with just a
violin, could steal the voice of God.
* * * *
The drive to the hospital took forever. Max had come
alone, even though he knew he should have offered some of the other
musicians transportation. This was a scheduled day off--in that, they
had been fortunate. If it had been an encounter afternoon, Max had no
idea what they would have done.
Otto's prognosis was not good. Apparently, he had
already refused treatment that would have saved his life--treatment he
had needed nearly a year before.
Max had been wrong: Otto had not believed the
immortality myth. He had known this was coming, and had chosen to
perform during his last year instead of spending the time in doctor's
offices, laboratories, and hospitals, getting poked and prodded and
gradually reduced of dignity.
Max learned all of this from Otto's second wife,
Dani, who seemed relieved to finally tell someone. Until now, Otto had
demanded her silence.
But when she finished telling Max the news, she let
Max into Otto's room, and then left them alone.
Otto had tubes up his nose and protruding from his
arms. Only his eyes seemed familiar, bright and sad at the same time.
Max sat beside the bed. "You never said anything."
Otto rolled those eyes, just as he would have if Max
had played a particularly emotionless set.
"My dear boy," Otto said. "If I had said anything,
you would have treated me like glass. I am not glass. I am merely old."
"And ill," Max said.
"And dying," Otto corrected. "I had hoped to make it
through the festival. Now you must finish it for me."
Max folded his hands together. He was supposed to
leave before the end of the festival; he had no role in the final
night, the night of the requiem. The piano was not required.
"The festival," Otto said, "is yours now. Forever,
if you want it. I would like it to go on. And you shall get the house
too. Dani does not mind. It is less hers than mine. She prefers the
house in Milan, and will, of course, get the apartments in New York and
London. This place will die without someone who loves it."
Max almost protested. He did not love it here. He
had come every year for Otto.
"You'll get better," Max said.
"No," Otto said. "There is a time when people do not
get better. No matter who they are."
Max wanted to take Otto's hand, but it looked frail,
not like the hand that had so commanded the bridge on his violin,
making it sing.
Otto coughed. The sound was moist, almost as if Otto
were drowning. He finally managed to catch his breath. It had to be
sheer force of will that kept the moistness from his voice. "There is
no cure, you know. Except the music."
Max wasn't sure what Otto was referring to. "Otto,
I--"
"It is not necessary to say anything more." Otto
gave him a weak smile. "Save my festival. There is still a week left."
* * * *
One week and a lot of music. Max had never known
exactly how much Otto had done. Maria coordinated everything--hiring
the violinist to take second chair, picking up the additional musicians
from the airport, dropping off those who had finished their stint.
Max did not listen to the rehearsals--he didn't step
into that part of the job, partly because he lacked the expertise to
guide others. When Max had returned from Portland, Maria had pulled him
aside and asked him, shyly, if he thought it was still appropriate to
do the requiem.
It made Max uncomfortable as well, but he knew Otto:
Otto had planned all of the music himself. Max would not second-guess
him.
And then, on Thursday, just as that night's
performance ended, word came that Otto had died.
Max made the announcement to the still-gathered
crowd. He could not remember what he said or how they reacted, only
that he hadn't been able to keep his voice level. Otto would have said
that Max had shown an unusual amount of emotion on stage.
Afterward, Max comforted the stagehands and the
board, reassured musicians that they would both perform and get paid,
and helped the stage manager clean the house. When it was all over, Max
locked up, alone, his hands shaking. They were the only part of his
body over which he had no control.
He stood outside in the sea fog, locking up the last
door. His car was the only one still in the parking lot.
"You weren't lying."
He didn't have to turn to recognize the voice. It
was her--the unknown woman, the fling, the one who had so attracted and
annoyed him at the start of the festival. Weeks ago.
It seemed like years.
"I'm very tired," he said.
"And not in need of comfort?" Her voice held
amusement, not an offer.
He felt a surge of anger at her presumption. What
could she give him, after all? The pillars of the earth had fallen, and
he no longer stood on solid ground.
She put a hand on his back and he moved away,
violently.
"What do you want?" he snapped.
Her eyes still sparkled in the hazy parking lot
lights. "Dancing for minuets. Or corpses. For requiems."
He felt chilled. The air was damp, and she was
almost invisible, lost in swirling mists of fog.
"What did you do?" he whispered.
"Nothing," she said. "It was inevitable. And you
know that."
Then she stepped backwards. The fog swallowed her as
if she had never been.
He reached for her--and found nothing.
He stood in the chill for another ten minutes,
waiting for her to come back, although he wasn't sure why. He didn't
even have a name to call or an understanding of who she was, or why she
had deliberately provoked him.
The damp air wet his cheeks and the shaking in his
hands didn't stop. He leaned against the door, but didn't open it. Nor
did he go to his car.
He just stood in the fog, alone, listening to the
ocean boom, and wishing for silence.
* * * *
He almost didn't go to the festival on the final
night. His performance had ended the night before. He had planned to do
a solo, a favorite Chopin, but at the last minute had pulled Brian, the
principal cellist, into service accompanying him in
Fauré's Élégie
for cello and piano.
That performance had been difficult enough: Max
could almost imagine Otto sitting in the wings, listening for the
moment when the piano became more than an instrument, the music more
than notes. Max wasn't sure how well he played; the audience seemed to
love it--as much as an audience could love a mournful piece of
music--but he hadn't been playing for them.
He had been playing for the ghost in the wings, the
one who would never again tell him how well he had done or that he had
failed.
Max remembered to stand and bow at the end, and he
had worked hard not to look in the first few rows for her. He was
afraid if he saw her again, he would take her thin throat between his
two powerful hands, and press until she could not say another word.
Ever.
Then he had gone back to the guest cottage, looked
at his plane ticket, and felt the pull of somewhere else--anywhere. He
had already canceled next week's performance in Texas; he had to stay
for the first of Otto's memorial services, this one to be held here.
There would be others--one in New York that Max wouldn't miss either,
and another in Vienna, which he might have to, given his own touring
schedule.
The next six months would be hard, and he would need
to rest, need to think about this shuddery feeling that he now seemed
to have all the time.
He went so far as to look up Hu's number, to ask her
to say a few words before the requiem, to end the festival with a plea
for next year's funding and to keep Otto's memory alive. But his hand
froze over the phone.
For his sake, and for Otto's, he had to stay.
* * * *
Max wore a tux, even though he did not have to since
he was not performing. Still, he walked onto the stage with all the
dignity of a performer, startled to see risers where the piano normally
was, and chairs all the way to the lip.
He had to stand in front of the empty chairs, where
the conductor would be in just a few moments. And Max used a
microphone, which he normally abhorred doing, hating the amplification
of sound, the way it turned the beauty of the human voice into
something almost mechanical.
He spoke of Otto as he had first seen him--a vibrant
man in his fifties, who had taken a frightened boy under his wing. Max
had been a prodigy, but he had been sheltered--and suddenly he was
famous, touring, lauded for his immense talent at his very young age.
Age will creep up on you, Otto had told him
that first day. Become the best musician for any age.
Max had forgotten that. He had forgotten so many
things--the way that Otto had shown him that music was more than a
collection of notes; it was also a history of all that had come before.
Music does not exist without the audience. It
is written for the audience. The performer is merely a collaborator
with the composer. And centuries from now, the greatest composers will
be remembered; only the music historians will remember the greatest
performers.
Max did not say that in his tribute, nor did he say
much about his own experiences with Otto, preferring to speak only of
Otto's dedication, and his consistent support of young, up-and-coming
musicians, many of whom would soon be on the stage.
"Otto planned the requiem," Max said. "He had known
this would be his last festival. He had hoped to stand in the back and
listen. We must imagine him there, whispering a bit too loudly to Dani,
and being the first to shout, 'Bravo!'"
And then, before Max lost his voice entirely, he
shut off the mike and left the stage. Only when he got to the wings did
he realize he had said nothing about next year's festival or about
fundraising. The festival would have to fight that battle without him.
As the performers walked onto the stage, he took the
side stairs, just as Otto used to do, and walked toward the back. In
spite of his best intensios, Max looked for the woman. She was not in
her seat. Some elderly man Max had never seen before leaned forward as
if he had been waiting for the requiem all of his life.
Strange that she wouldn't show when she had said
that she had come only for that piece. Of course, she had been
strange. Perhaps she had finally decided her behavior was
inappropriate. Perhaps she had embarrassed herself that night in the
fog.
Perhaps she was gone for good.
He felt an odd pang at that thought, almost as if he
had relished tangling with her again--this time, letting her know his
fury at her insensitivity. But this evening was not about her.
It was about Otto, and Mozart's Requiem, a
piece of music--as she had said--written by the dead for the dead.
Max shuddered a little as he reached the back of the
auditorium. He moved to the spot near the doors, where the room's most
perfect acoustics lived.
And there he listened as the orchestra swelled, and
the chorus started the introduction, one of the few sections Mozart had
written in its entirety, taking the Latin words from the Catholic Mass
for the Dead, begging for eternal rest and perpetual light against the
darkness that would eventually befall everyone.
The words faded, but the music did not. It rose, the
soprano's voice soaring like a prayer, the bass, tenor, and contralto
joining, adding balance and strength.
In the past, Max had felt his soul rise for only a
few performers--Otto had been one of them--but on this night, with this
piece, the orchestra, chorus, and soloists seemed to be speaking as
one, their power raising goosebumps on his flesh, and transforming the
auditorium into a place sublime.
He had not expected it. He had expected to listen,
as he had always done, trying to parse the sections that Mozart had
written and those Süssmayr had finished--the acolyte
never quite living
up to the original.
But those considerations were beyond him. Instead,
Max let the music sweep through him and soothe him, and give voice to
all the complicated emotions within.
There is no cure, Otto whispered a little
too loudly. Except the music.
Max started and looked. He felt Otto's presence as
if the man were beside him. But no one was.
Except the woman.
He knew better than to ask her what she wanted. That
question had led to the response that had angered him the last time.
He was going to tell her to leave; instead, he
blurted, "Who are you?"
And she smiled the smile that had attracted him in
the first place, wide and warm and inviting.
"It's about time you asked," she said.
To his surprise, she curtsied. No one else seemed to
notice.
She rose slowly, her movements as practiced as if
she had done this a thousand times before.
"I am your muse," she said. She touched his cheek
lightly. She still smelled ever so faintly of cloves. "Perhaps now, you
will pay attention."
And then she vanished. Literally disappeared. Max
could not see her, or touch her. But he could feel her.
He could still feel her fingers on his cheek, just
as he had felt Otto beside him earlier.
A shiver ran through him, and he looked at the
stage. No one had noticed his conversation with the woman.
Only Otto had noticed her before. Otto, who had
always had a finger on music's soul.
Otto had once told Max there was magic in music, and
a touch of the angels. Only Max had mostly forgotten it--or perhaps he
had never learned it, not really, not understanding how music did more
than provide an evening's entertainment.
It existed for dancing--and for mourning.
It was the most basic of human expressions, and it
was his gift.
Which he had mostly been ignoring, using it to
achieve wealth through technical perfection, almost never letting it
speak from his heart.
No wonder she had looked familiar. She had shown up
at other concerts--not often--or perhaps he had just not noticed her.
But she had been there on those nights when he had forgotten where he
was and what he was doing, how much he was being paid, and who was
listening.
She had been doing her best to stand beside him all
this time, and he had treated her like a one-night stand. Over and over.
No wonder Otto had chided him.
No wonder Max had failed to respect himself.
He leaned against the cold wall, and listened to
voices rising in remembrance of a great man, using the talent of other
great men long dead, feeling the power that lingered, the intangible
bits of memory that wove themselves into a benediction. He did not feel
forgiven.
He felt renewed.
And when it was all over, he didn't leave as he had
planned. Instead, he walked down the aisle, determined to find Maria,
the board chair, and begin the plans for next year--to continue Otto's
dreams, yes, but also to help Max start his own, whatever they might be.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Hanosz Prime Goes To Old Earth by
Robert Silverberg
The next book for our highly regarded columnist,
five-time Nebula- and Hugo-award winner, and winner of the Grand Master
Nebula, will be In The Beginning, from Subterranean Press. It's a
collection of his pulp-magazine stories from fifty years ago. In the
author's newest story for us, he flings us far into the future, and
gives us the chance to tag along while...
* * * *
The whole thing got arranged, with surprising ease,
in short order at long range.
Hanosz Prime of Prime--young again and feeling
restless, beginning his new life in startling new ways, eager to
travel, suddenly desirous of seeing historic old Earth while it was
still there to be seen--caused word to be sent ahead by hyperwave,
using diplomatic channels, in order to get himself invited to be a
house-guest at the palatial home of one of the grandest and most famous
of Earth's immortal aristocrats, the distinguished and celebrated Sinon
Kreidge. Prime had good social connections in more than one galaxy.
And so the message went forth, pretty much
instantaneously across two million light-years, through an elaborate
interface of official intermediaries spanning half a dozen stellar
systems, and the answer came back in a trice--a favorable one. Sinon
Kreidge and his daughter Kaivilda have heard a great deal about the
distinguished and celebrated Hanosz Prime of Prime, or at any rate they
claim that they have, and will be happy to entertain him during his
stay on Earth. And so the visit was arranged. Quick, quick, back
and forth across the galaxies!
It's an age of miracles, the Ninth Mandala that is
the era of Prime and Sinon Kreidge. Our own accomplishments are as
nothing beside theirs, nothing. To the people of the Ninth
Mandala, all we are is pathetic ignorant smelly primitives, mere shaggy
shambling creatures from the dawn of time--computers, color
televisions, space satellites, and all.
By the time of Hanosz Prime of Prime, nine mandalas
and a bunch of cycles and encompassments from now, they'll have
faster-than-light starships powered by devices that don't exist even in
concept right now. It'll be a simple deal to travel quickly and cheaply
and easily not just between cities or continents or planets or solar
systems but between whole galaxies, faster than it would be for you or
me to get from New York to Kansas City. Diplomats and tourists will pop
back and forth across millions of light-years in hardly any time at
all, say a week or two from here to the quasar 3C 279 without giving it
a second thought. Intergalactic messages will move even more
quickly--by sub-etheric telephone, let's say, or hyperwave
communicator, or some such thing. I know, it all sounds pretty damned
improbable. But stop to think a moment. We're talking about millions of
years from now. The Ninth Mandala may very well be a lot farther in our
future than the dinosaurs are in our past. A lot of impossible things
can get to be possible in that many years.
The dinosaurs, remember, didn't know anything about
anything. They were masters of the planet, but they didn't have the
simplest form of technology, not a smidgeon. Hell, they couldn't even
spell their own names. Look how far we've come, technologically
speaking, in a mere sixty-five million years. We have computers and
color television and orbiting space satellites, all of them invented
just a microsecond or two ago on the geological scale of things.
And for us the age of miracles is only just
beginning.
* * * *
So now Hanosz Prime is on his way to the threatened
planet that once again calls itself Earth. Great wonders and
strangenesses await him on the mother world of all humans.
His departure was uneventful. We see him aboard his
elegant little ship as it plunges Earthward at incomprehensible
velocity. Manned by an invisible crew, it has swiftly made its tumble
through windows and wormholes, sliding down the slippery planes,
through the thin places of the cosmos, descending by sly side-passages
and tricksy topological evasions across the vast reaches of the dusty
intergalactic darkness. Onward it goes across the light-years (or
around them, whenever possible) skimming through nebulas aglow with
clotted red masses of hydrogen gas, through zones where the newest and
hottest stars of the ancient universe--latecomers, lastborn of the
dying galaxy, never to run their full cycle of life--valiantly hurl
their fierce blue radiance into the void; and now the journey is almost
over.
The small golden sun of Earth lay dead ahead. Around
it danced Earth's neighboring planets, whirling tirelessly through the
changeless darkness along their various orbits, filling his screens
with the brilliance of their reflected light.
"Is that Earth?" he asked. "That little blue thing?"
"That is exactly what it is," replied the voice of
Captain Tio Patnact, who had traveled from Aldebaran to Procyon and
from Procyon to Rigel in the time of the Fifth Mandala, when that was a
journey worth respecting. Captain Tio Patnact was what we would call
software now, or what an earlier age than ours would probably have
called a ghost. "It isn't all that little, either. You'll see when you
get there."
"You've been there, right?"
"Quite a while ago, yes."
"But it hasn't changed much since your time, has it?"
"It will have changed in small details," said
Captain Tio Patnact, after a time. "But not in any of the large ones, I
suspect. They are a fundamentally conservative people, as very wealthy
people who know they are going to live forever tend to be."
Hanosz Prime of Prime considered that. He regarded
himself as wealthy, as anyone who had ruled and essentially owned most
of an entire planet might be thought justified in doing. Was Captain
Tio Pacnact being sarcastic, then, or patronizing, or simply rude?--or
trying to prepare him for the shock of his life?
"How wealthy are they?" he asked, finally.
"They are all grand lords and ladies. Every one of
them. And every one of them lives in a magnificent castle."
And yet they are doomed, Prime thinks. The grand
immortals of glittering Earth, living under the shadow of unanticipated
destruction. Prime is fascinated by that idea. It seems so appropriate,
somehow--so interestingly perverse. Earth, of all places, about to be
sucked into some mysterious and absolutely unstoppable vacancy that has
opened in the middle of nowhere! What is it like, he wonders, if you
are one of those immortal ones--envied by all, the high aristocracy of
the cosmos!--and you suddenly discover that you are going to
die after all, immortal or not, when your part of the galaxy gets
swallowed up by this hungry hole?
(The truth is that the curiosity he feels about
precisely this thing is one of the motives that has pulled him across
two million light-years to Earth. He wants to see how the immortals are
handling their death sentence. Will they flee? Can they flee? Or will
they--must they--remain on Earth to its very last moments, and
go bravely down with the ship?)
"So it's true, the stories people tell about the
Earthfolk, how rich and splendid they all are. And they're all perfect,
too, aren't they?" said Hanosz Prime of Prime. "That's what I've been
hearing about them forever. Everything in balance, harmonious and
self-regulating. A perfect world of perfect people who never have to
die unless they want to, and even then it's not necessarily permanent.
Isn't that so, Tio Patnact?"
"In a manner of speaking, yes."
"What does that mean?"
"It means that they think they are perfect, and that
you may very well think so too."
"Ah," said Hanosz Prime, ex-ruler of Prime. He never
knew when Captain Tio Patnact was having some fun with him. That was
one of the problems of being only a couple of centuries old, more or
less, in a time when most people tended to be very long-lived indeed
and certain highly privileged ones like the people of Earth were
capable of living forever.
Brooding, Prime paces the length and breadth of the
ship. It's quite a fine ship, but it isn't very big. Prime keeps it for
his personal use, for jaunts between the planets of the Parasol system
and occasionally to nearby star-groups. He's never taken it this far
before.
Curving inlays of silver and burnished bronze
brighten the walls. Heavy draperies of azure velvet flocked with gold
add that little extra touch of regal splendor. Along the sides of the
main cabin are holographic portraits of previous members of the royal
family, twenty or thirty of them selected at random from the royal
portrait gallery. Prime hadn't put them there; they came with the ship,
and he had always felt it would be rude to pull them down. The most
impressive portrait of the bunch is that of Prime's formidable
grandfather, the fierce old undying tyrant who had finally relented and
sired an heir in his six thousandth year, and then had lived another
thousand anyway, so that Prime's father had had the throne hardly more
than a cycle or two. The old man's deep-set eyes burn like suns: he
seems ready to step down from the wall and take command of the ship.
"But even you had to die eventually, you old
bastard," Prime says, staring at the ferocious, implacable holographic
face. "You fought and kicked all the way to the end, but the end
couldn't be avoided forever. Whereas the great lords and ladies of
Earth--"
Prime can't stop thinking about them. Immortals who
have to die! What a dirty joke the universe has played on them! What a
nasty sense of irony the gods must have!
* * * *
Prime activated Captain Tio Patnact again.
"If the Earthfolk are the perfect creatures that you
say they are, and immortal besides," he said, "what I want to know is,
how do you think they feel about learning that they're going to die
when the stars fall into the Center of Things? Are they furious?
Depressed? Trying desperately to find a way out of their trouble? Are
they so calm and perfect and godlike that the thought of their planet's
being gobbled up by some kind of black hole doesn't bother them at all?
Or is it driving them out of their minds?"
"Wouldn't it bother you?" asked the captain, and
vanished into silence.
* * * *
Standing by the screen, Prime watched Earth grow
rapidly larger and larger. The shapes of the continents were visible
now, great wedge-shaped chunks of deckle-edged brownness arranged like
the spokes of a fan in the middle of an immense sea. At sparse
intervals bright spots of heat and light rose from them, glaring out of
the infrared, the spectral fingerprint of the fires of life: emanations
of the settled areas, the magnificent castles of the grand and immortal
Earthfolk.
Prime felt a flicker of awe, a shiver of something
close to fear. He caught his breath and clenched his fists. There was a
pressure at his throat, a heaviness in his chest, a throbbing in his
skull.
Earth! The eternal mother of us all!--the ancestral
world--the home of civilization for billions of years, layer upon layer
of epochs going back through all nine mandalas and the disorganized
forgotten eras that had preceded them.
An encapsulated pulse of Earth's enormous history
came squirting out of his midbrain to bedazzle the outer lobes of his
whirling mind. He struggled desperately to embrace the totality of that
dizzying blurt, the knowledge of all those different races and
civilizations and cultures and empires of mankind, rising up and
falling down and being replaced by others that in turn would disappear,
wave after wave of endlessly changing but still somehow identifiably
human forms over uncountable spans of time, the Originals and the
Basics and the Radiants and Serenities, the Masks and the Spinners and
the Sorcerers and the Thrones, the Wanderers replacing the Star-Scriers
and the Moon-Sweepers driving out the Wanderers and the Hive Folk
overwhelming the Moon-Sweepers, and on and on and on, eon after eon, a
great continuity of change, the whole thing forming the mountainous and
incomprehensible agglomeration that was the turbulent history of the
mother world. Most of which had been lost: what remained, names and
dates and eras and annals, was only a tiny fragment of the whole,
Hanosz Prime knew, only a snippet, only a slice, a faint film with most
of the substance behind it gone.
Prime was stunned, staggered, overwhelmed by the
proximity of this ancientmost planet of the human realm, standing as it
was atop the throne of its own gigantic past.
"Help me," he said. "I'm overloading. The whole
weight of human history is falling on me. I'm choking under it."
The ship's medic--Farfalla Vlinder was his name, a
native of Boris in the Borboleta system, still alive there, as a matter
of fact, but duplicated under contract for use in starships--said
quickly, "Don't try to take in all of Earth, its whole outrageous past
and present, in a single gulp. No one can absorb all that. There's too
much, much too much."
"Yes--but--"
"Think of now and nothing but now. Think just of a
single district, a single town, a single house. Think of Sinon
Kreidge's great palace. And think of his daughter Kaivilda. Especially
Kaivilda. How beautiful she is. How eager you are to see her."
"Yes. Yes."
Yes. Prime will allow himself to think only of
Kaivilda.
He has no idea at this point what she looks like,
other than that she is beautiful. In his dreams she is formless,
nothing more than a golden aura stippled with amethyst and bright ruby.
Her colors and textures call to him across the endless night of space.
Of the real Kaivilda, though, Prime knows almost
nothing.
So Prime does the best he can. He summons up an
ideal construct of Beauty, telling himself that it represents Kaivilda,
and concentrates on that. A column of pure music shimmers in his mind.
The lines of the full spectrum pulsate at its core. Umbrellas of cool
light descend upon him.
"Shall we begin landing procedures?" asks Captain
Tio Pacnact.
"Begin them, yes. Immediately."
The screen brightens. Earth rushes forward until it
seems that the whole planet is leaping into his hands.
The tiny scarlet teardrop that is his starship
arches across the orbit of ponderous swirling Hjentiflir, which you
would call Jupiter, and plunges past the great flower-shaped pattern of
eternally blazing matter that the Star-Scrier people of the 104th
Encompassment had fabricated for their amusement and pleasure from the
otherwise useless clutter which we know as the asteroid belt, and
swoops toward the landing stage of Sinon Kreidge's Keep on the eastern
coast of Earth's great central continent.
Prime steps from his ship. And instantly he sees
that this is indeed a planet of wonders and miracles.
Golden sunlight runs in rivers across the iron-blue
sky, dazzling him. Stars shine at midday in the firmament. It is warm
here, even on this mountaintop, much warmer than on snowy Prime. The
sweet unfamiliar air of Earth, thin but not harsh, sweeps about him and
as he sucks it in it seems to him that he is drinking down the mellowed
wine of antiquity, thousands of cycles old. There is magic in that
strange air. Ancient sorceries, floating dissolved in the fragrant
atmosphere like flecks of gold in a rare elixir, penetrate his being.
Prime looks around, numbed, dazed. A figure
materializes out of the shimmering haze and gestures to him.
It is Kaivilda. She has been waiting at the rim of
the landing stage to greet him when he arrives; and now she moves
toward him with heartrending grace, as though she is drifting
weightless through the strange thin air.
To his great relief Hanosz Prime, stepping from his
ship into the warm alien air of Earth, was instantly struck by the
perfection of Kaivilda's beauty. It's the good old click! we
all know so well, still operating up there in the remote Ninth Mandala.
For him, for her. Click! Ninth Mandala love is nothing very
much like love as we understand the term, nor is sex, as you'll see,
nor is marriage. But the click!--the good old pheromonal click!--that
hasn't changed at all.
Prime had known a little of what to expect, but
Kaivilda goes far beyond anything he had imagined from the advance
reports. She is wondrous--flawless--superb. She inspires in him
immediately dreams of the activity that they call rapport and
that you can't really understand at all, which is the Ninth Mandala
equivalent of love and sex and much more besides. And she is equally
charmed by him. The mere sight of him has set her glowing all up and
down the spectrum.
Young love! At first sight, no less! In any era,
it's something to admire and envy.
(But what an odd pair our young couple would seem to
us to be! For them it's love at first sight--sheer physical attraction.
You, on the other hand, would probably find her exceedingly
weird-looking and not in the least attractive, and him terrifying and
downright repellent.)
For this journey Hanosz Prime had had himself done
up as an Authentic, awesome and swaggering and virile. As for Kaivilda,
she had lately adopted the modularity known as the Serenity, which came
into fashion only recently. Like most of the modularities that were
popular in this decadent age it was of an antiquarian nature: a
resurrection of one of the many vanished forms through which the human
species had passed in the course of its long voyage through time. The
original Serenities, a long-vanished human species that had been
dominant in the peaceful and cultivated period known as the Fifth
Mandala, had been oval in form, tender and vulnerable in texture:
tapering custardy masses of taut cream-hued flesh equipped with slender
supporting limbs and ornamented along their upper surfaces with a row
of unblinking violet eyes of the keenest penetration. The motions of a
Serenity were heartbreakingly subtle, a kind of vagrant drifting
movement that had the quality of a highly formal antique dance. All
this had been quite accurately reproduced in the modern recreation.
So neither Prime nor Kaivilda would appear to be in
any way human to you, nor did either one look remotely like the other.
But why should they? For one thing, there's been all that time for
evolutionary change to take place (not to mention a lot of deliberate
genetic fiddling-around for cosmetic purposes) in the thousands of
centuries that separate their time from ours. In the Ninth
Mandala--when the various races of humanity were spread across billions
of worlds and millions of light-years, and just about anything was
technologically possible--you could, as we've already noted, take on
any physical form you cared to; or none at all, for that matter. (The
disembodied form--for those who liked to travel light--was still a
minority taste, but not really rare.) No reasons existed for everyone
to look like everyone else. Everybody understood this. Nobody was
troubled by it.
To you, then, Kaivilda would seem like a gigantic
boiled egg, peeled of its shell, adorned with a row of blue eyes and a
slit of a mouth and a few other external features like arms and a pair
of spindly legs.
It would be hard for you to find much physical
appeal in that, I suspect. No matter how kinky you like to think you
are, Kaivilda just wouldn't be your type.
But you aren't Hanosz Prime of Prime, and this isn't
the 1111th Encompassment of the Ninth Mandala. Your tastes aren't
relevant to what turns Prime on, and vice versa. So maybe you'd be
better off to forget what I've just told you about what she looks like.
If you're a man, you'll have a lot simpler time of it if you try to see
her as your own ideal of present-day feminine beauty, whatever that may
be--a tall willowy blonde or a petite brunette or a voluptuous redhead,
whatever kind of woman turns you on the most. And if you're female you
may find that it will also help to forget all I said about Hanosz
Prime's oppressive bulk and mass, the sharp bony quills jutting from
his upper back, the other lethal-looking spurs and crests of bone
sticking out elsewhere on his body, and those fleshy yellow frills
dangling from his neck. Think of him as a lanky, good-looking young guy
of about twenty-five who went to a nice Ivy League school, wears
expensive sweaters, and drives a neat little Mercedes-Benz sports car.
I suppose you may argue that that would be cheating. Okay: go ahead,
then, and get yourself into a proper Ninth Mandala mind-set. Hanosz
Prime looks like a cross between a compact two-legged dinosaur and a
small battle-tank, and Kaivilda like a giant boiled egg mounted on a
pair of very spindly legs. And each one thinks right away that the
other is tremendously sexy, as that concept is understood in Ninth
Mandala times, though I assure you that sex as we understand it is
definitely not a custom of the era. There you are. Cope with it any way
you can.)
As Prime stood frozen and gaping with delight and
awe, Kaivilda moved smoothly to his side and said, speaking softly with
her fingertips, "Welcome to Kalahide Keep, Hanosz Prime."
"How beautiful it is to be here," said Hanosz Prime.
It was an effort for him to frame words at first, but he managed. "What
a marvelous house. And what a glorious planet this is. How delighted I
am to look upon its ancient hills and valleys."
(Meaning: How pleased I am to be near you. How
satisfactory a being you seem to be. What a splendid challenge you are.
Both of them understood this.)
And now he comprehends the thing that he has come
here to learn. The Earth will be destroyed, before very long on the
cosmic scale of things, of that there is no doubt. Its immortal folk
will surely perish with it. The galaxies themselves will crumble,
sooner or later, although more likely later than sooner. But none of
that matters today, to these happy people of Old Earth, for today is
today, the finest day that ever was, and who, on a day like this, could
fret about the morrow? Hanosz Prime understands that fully, now, for he
is here with Kaivilda of Old Earth, and even if the universe were to
end tomorrow, that makes no difference to him today. Let the future
look after itself, he tells himself. We all live in the present, do we
not, and isn't the present a glorious place?
"Come," Kaivilda said. She took him by one of his
bony wrist-spurs and gently drew him into the Keep.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Sonnet From Hell by Sue Burke
Now that the stars have come within your reach
By calculus of heavenly orbit,
Comes my chance to flee this gravity pit
And all I had to do for you was teach.
I urged you turn your eyes to scan the sky
and speculate on worlds you might revere.
Soon, you saw it as your next frontier
and took aim for the heavens. None but I,
My thoughts on freedom and your thought to stir,
Gave apples both to Eve and Newton, bites
as steps to climb back toward infinity.
I am the morning star--Lucifer.
I fell, and now with you found means to flight.
With you, I will escape captivity.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Age Of Ice by Liz Williams
Liz Williams is a science fiction and fantasy
writer living in Glastonbury, England, where she is director of a
witchcraft supply shop. She is currently published by Bantam Spectra
(US) and Tor Macmillan (UK), appears regularly in Realms of Fantasy,
Asimov's, and other magazines, and is the secretary of the Milford SF
Writers' Workshop. Some of the author's most recent books are Banner of
Souls, Nine Layers of Sky, The Poison Master, and her short story
collection The Banquet of the Lords of Night, which was published by
Night Shade Books. Her forthcoming novels include The Snake Agent, The
Demon and the City, and Precious Dragon. Her latest science fiction
story is set so far in the future that it seems to show the truth of
Arthur C. Clarke's famous maxim that "Any sufficiently advanced
technology is indistinguishable from magic."
* * * *
I was in a tea-house in Caud, head bent over the
little antiscribe, when the flayed warrior first appeared. Everyone
stared at her for a moment, tea glasses suspended halfway to gaping
mouths, eyes wide, and then it was as though time began again. The
shocked glances slid away, conversation resumed about normal subjects:
the depth of last night's snow, the day's horoscopes, the prospect of
war. I stared at the data unscrolling across the screen of the 'scribe
and tried to pretend that nothing was happening.
That wasn't easy. I was alone in Caud, knowing no
one, trying to be unobtrusive. The tea-house was close to one of the
main gates of the city and was thus filled with travelers, mostly from
the Martian north, but some from the more southerly parts of the Crater
Plain. I saw no one who looked as though they might be from
Winterstrike. I had taken pains to disguise myself: bleaching my hair
to the paleness of Caud, lightening my skin a shade or so with
pigmentation pills. I had also been careful to come anonymously to the
city, traveling in a rented vehicle across the Crater Plain at night,
hiring a room in a slum tenement and staying away from any haunt-locks
and blacklight devices that might scan my soul engrams and reveal me
for what I was: Hestia Memar, a woman of Winterstrike, an enemy.
But now the warrior was here, sitting down in the
empty seat opposite mine.
She moved stiffly beneath the confines of her
rust-red armor: I could see the interplay of muscles, stripped of the
covering of skin. The flesh looked old and dry, as though the warrior
had spent a long time out in the cold. The armor that she wore was
antique, covered with symbols that I did not recognize. I thought that
she must be from the very long ago: the Rune Memory Wars, perhaps, or
the Age of Children, thousands of years before our own Age of Ice. Her
eyes were the wan green of winter ice, staring at me from the ruin of
her face. Her mouth moved, but no sound emerged. I knew better than to
speak to her. I turned away. People were shooting covert glances at me,
no doubt wondering why I had been singled out. The attention drawn to
me by this red, raw ghost was the last thing I wanted.
I rose, abruptly, and went through the door without
looking back. At the end of the street, I risked a glance over my
shoulder, fearing that the thing had followed me, but the only folk to
be seen were a few hooded figures hurrying home before curfew.
Hastening around the corner, I jumped onto a crowded rider that was
heading in the direction of my slum. I resolved not to return to the
tea-house: it was too great a risk.
Thus far, I had been successful in staying out of
sight. My days were spent in the ruin of the great library of Caud,
hunting through what was left of the archives. I was not the only
looter, sidling through the fire-blackened racks under the shattered
shell of the roof, but we left one another alone and the Matriarchy of
Caud had bigger problems to deal with. Their scissor-women did not come
to the ruins. Even so, I was as careful as possible, heading out in the
dead hours of the afternoon and returning well before twilight and the
fall of curfew.
My thoughts dwelt on the warrior as the rider
trundled along. I did not know who she was, what she might represent,
nor why she had chosen to manifest herself to me. I tried to tell
myself that it was an unfortunate coincidence, nothing more. Caud was
full of ghosts these days.
Halfway along Gauze Street the rider broke down,
spilling passengers out in a discontented mass. We had to wait for the
next available service and the schedule was disrupted. I was near the
back of the crowd and though I pushed and shoved, I could not get on
the next vehicle and had to wait for the one after that. I stood
shivering in the snow for almost an hour, looking up at the shuttered
faces of the weedwood mansions that lined Gauze Street. Many of them
were derelict, or filled with squatters. I saw the gleam of a lamp
within one of them: it looked deceptively welcoming.
By the time I reached the tenement, varying my
route through the filthy alleys in case of pursuit, it was close to the
curfew gong. I hurried up the grimy stairs and triple-bolted the steel
door behind me. I half expected the flayed warrior to be waiting for
me--sitting on the pallet bed, perhaps--but there was no one there. The
power was off again, so I lit the lamp and sat down at the antiscribe,
hoping that the battery had enough juice left to sustain a call to
Winterstrike.
Gennera's voice crackled into the air.
"Anything?"
"No, not yet. I'm still looking." I did not want to
tell her about the warrior.
"You have to find it," Gennera said. "The
situation's degenerating, we're on the brink. The Caud Matriarchy is
out of control."
"You're telling me. The city's a mess. Public
transport's breaking down, there are scissor-women everywhere. They
seek distraction, to blame all their problems on us rather than on
their own incompetence. The news-views whip up the population, night
after night."
"And that's why we must have a deterrent."
"If it's to be found, it will be found in the
library. What's left of it."
"They've delivered an ultimatum. You saw?"
"I saw. I have three days." There was a growing
pressure in my head and I massaged my temples as I spoke into the
'scribe. I felt a tingling on the back of my neck, as though
something
was watching me. "I have to go. The battery's running down." It could
have been true.
"Call me when you can. And be careful." The 'scribe
sizzled into closure.
I put a pan of dried noodles over the lamp to warm
up, then drew out the results of the day's research: the documents that
were too dirty or damaged to be scanned into the 'scribe. There
was
little of use. Schematics for ships that had ceased to fly a hundred
years before, maps of mines that had long since caved in, old
philosophical rants that could have been either empirical or
theoretical, impossible to say which. I could find nothing resembling
the fragile rumor that had sent me here: the story of a weapon.
"If we had such a weapon, it would be enough,"
Gennera said. "We'd never need to use it. It would be sufficient that
we had it, to keep our enemies in check."
Ordinarily, this would have created disagreement
throughout the Matriarchy, purely for the sake of it: Gennera was
thought to be too popular in Winterstrike, and was therefore resented.
But the situation had become desperate. A conclave was held in secret
and they contacted me within the hour.
"They remember what you did in Tharsis," Gennera
said. "You were trained out on the Plains, and these days you are the
only soul-speaker in Winterstrike. You have a reputation for
accomplishing the impossible."
"Tharsis was not impossible, by definition. Only
hard. And that was thirteen years ago, Gennera. I'm not as young as I
once was, soul-speaker or not."
"That should benefit you all the more," Gennera
said.
"If I meet a man-remnant on the Plain, maybe not.
My fighting skills aren't what they were."
Even over the 'scribe, I could tell that
she was
smiling. "You'd probably end up selling it something, Hestia."
But I had not come to Caud to sell, and I was
running out of time.
In the morning, I returned to the library. I had to
dodge down a series of alleyways to avoid a squadron of scissor-women,
all bearing heavy weaponry. These morning patrols were becoming
increasingly frequent and there were few people on the streets. I hid
in the shadows, waiting until they had passed by. Occasionally, there
was the whirring roar of insect craft overhead: Caud was preparing for
war. My words to Gennera rose up and choked me.
I reached the ruin of the library much later than I
had hoped. The remains of the blasted roof arched up over the twisted
remains of the foremost stacks. The ground was littered with books,
still in their round casings. It was like walking along the shores of
the Small Sea, when the sand-clams crawl out onto the beaches to mate.
I could not help wondering whether the information I sought was even
now crunching beneath my boot heel, but these books were surely too
recent. If there had been anything among them, the matriarchy of Caud
would be making use of it.
No one knew precisely who had attacked the library.
The matriarchy blamed Winterstrike, which was absurd. My government had
far too great a respect for information. Paranoid talk among the
tenements suggested that it had been men-remnants from the mountains,
an equally ridiculous claim. Awts and hyenae fought with bone clubs and
rocks, not missiles. The most probable explanation was that insurgents
had been responsible: Caud had been cracking down on political dissent
over the last few years, and this was the likely result. I suspected
that the library had not been the primary target. If you studied a map,
the matriarchy buildings were on the same trajectory and I was of the
opinion that the missile had simply fallen short. But I volunteered
this view to no one. I spoke to no one, after all.
Even though this was not my city, however, I could
not stem a sense of loss whenever I laid eyes on the library. Caud,
like Winterstrike, Tharsis, and the other cities of the Plain, went
back thousands of years, and the library was said to contain data
scrolls from very early days. And all that information had been
obliterated in a single night. It was a loss for us all, not just for
Caud.
I made my way as carefully as I could through the
wreckage into the archives. No one else was there and it struck me that
this might be a bad sign, a result of the increased presence of the
scissor-women on the streets. I began to sift through fire-hazed data
scrolls, running the scanning antenna of the 'scribe up each
one. In
the early days, they had written bottom-to-top and left-to-right, but
somewhere around the Age of Children this had changed. I was not sure
how much difference, if any, this would make to the antiscribe's
pattern-recognition capabilities: hopefully, little enough. I tried to
keep an ear out for any interference, but gradually I became absorbed
in what I was doing and the world around me receded.
The sound penetrated my consciousness like a beetle
in the wall: an insect clicking. Instantly, my awareness snapped back.
I was crouched behind one of the stacks, a filmy fragment of
documentation in my hand, and there were two scissor-women only a few
feet away.
It was impossible to tell if they had seen me, or
if they were communicating. Among themselves, the scissor-women do not
use speech, but converse by means of the patterns of holographic wounds
that play across their flesh and armor, a language that is impossible
for any not of their ranks to comprehend. I could see the images
flickering up and down their legs through the gaps in the stack--raw
scratches and gaping mouths, mimicking injuries too severe not to be
fatal, fading into scars and then blankness in endless permutation.
There was a cold wind across my skin and involuntarily I shivered,
causing the scattered documents to rustle. The play of wounds became
more agitated. Alarmed, I looked up, to see the ghost of the flayed
warrior beckoning at the end of the stack. I hesitated for a moment,
weighing ghastliness, then rose silently and crept toward it, setting
the 'scribe to closure as I did so in case of scanning devices.
The ghost led me along a further row, into the
shadows. The scissor-women presumably conversed and finally left,
heading into the eastern wing of the library. I turned to the ghost to
thank it, but it had disappeared.
I debated whether to leave, but the situation was
too urgent. Keeping a watch out for the scissor-women, I collected an
assortment of documents, switching on the antiscribe at infrequent
intervals to avoid detection. I did not see the ghost again.
Eventually, the sky above the ruined shell grew darker and I had to
leave. I stowed the handfuls of documentation away in my coat. They
rustled like dried leaves. Then I returned to the tenement, to examine
them more closely.
The knock on the door came in the early hours of
the morning. I sat up in bed, heart pounding. No one good ever knocks
at that time of night. The window led nowhere, and in any case was
bolted shut behind a grate. I switched on the antiscribe and broadcast
the emergency code, just as there was a flash of ire-palm from the door
lock and the door fell forward, blasted off its hinges. The room filled
with acrid smoke. I held little hope of fighting my way out, but I
swept one of the scissor-women off her feet and tackled the next. But
the razor-edged scissors were at my throat within a second and I knew
she would not hesitate to kill me. Wounds flickered across her face in
a hideous display of silent communication.
"I'll come quietly," I said. I raised my hands.
They said nothing, but picked up the antiscribe and
stashed it into a hold-all, then made a thorough search of the room.
The woman who held the scissors at my throat looked into my face all
the while, unblinking. At last, she gestured. "Come." Her voice was
harsh and guttural. I wondered how often she actually spoke. They bound
my wrists and led me, stumbling, down the stairs.
As we left the tenement and stepped out into the
icy night, I saw the flayed warrior standing in the shadows. The
scissor-woman who held the chain at my wrists shoved me forward.
"What are you looking at?"
"Nothing."
She grunted and pushed me on, but as they took me
toward the vehicle I stole a glance back and saw that the warrior was
gone. It occurred to me that it might have led the scissor-women to me,
but, then, in the library, it had helped me, or had seemed to. I did
not understand why it should do either.
They took me to the Mote, the matriarchy's own
prison, rather than the city catacombs. That suggested they might have
identified me, if not as Hestia Memar, then as a citizen of
Winterstrike. That they suspected me of something major was evident by
the location, and the immediacy and nature of the questioning. Even
Caud had abandoned the art of direct torture, but they had other means
of persuasion: haunt noise, and drugs. They tried the haunt-tech on me
first.
"You will be placed in this room," the doctor on
duty explained to me. She sounded quite matter of fact. "The blacklight
matrix covers the walls. There is no way out. When you are ready to
come out, which will be soon, squeeze this alarm." She handed me a
small black cube and the scissor-women pushed me through the door.
The Matriarchies keep a tight hold on the more
esoteric uses of haunt-tech, but everyone will be familiar with the
everyday manifestations: the locks and soul-scans, the weir-wards that
guard so many public buildings and private mansions. This chamber was
like a magnified version of those wards, conjuring spirits from the
psycho-geographical strata of the city's consciousness, bringing them
out of the walls and up through the floor. I saw dreadful things: a
woman with thorns that pierced every inch of her flesh, a procession of
bloated drowned children, vulpen and awts from the high hills with
glistening eyes and splinter teeth. But the matriarchy of Caud was
accustomed to breaking peasants. I had grown up in a weir-warded house,
filled with things that swam through the air of my chamber at night,
and I was used to the nauseous burn that accompanied their presence,
the sick shiver of the skin. This was worse, but it was only a question
of degree. Fighting the urge to vomit, I knelt in a corner, in a
meditational control posture, placed the alarm cube in front of me, and
looked only at it.
After an hour, my keepers evidently grew tired of
waiting. The blacklight matrix sizzled off with a fierce electric odor,
like the air after a thunderstorm. From the corner of my eye, I saw
things wink out of sight. I was taken from the chamber and placed in a
cell. Next, they tried the drugs.
From their point of view, this may have been more
successful. I cannot say, since I remember little of what I may or may
not have said. Haunt-tech is supposed to terrify the credulous into
speaking the truth. The mind-drugs of the matriarchies are crude and
bludgeon one into confession, but those confessions are all too
frequently unreliable, built on fantasies conjured from the depths of
the psyche. When the drug that they had given me began to ebb, I found
my captors staring at me, their expressions unreadable. Two were
clearly matriarchy personnel, wearing the jade-and-black of Caud. The
scissor-women hovered by the door.
"Put her under," one of the matriarchs said. She
sounded disgusted. I started to protest, more for the form of it than
anything else, and they touched a sleep-pen to my throat. The room fell
away around me.
When I came round again, everything was quiet and
the lights had been dimmed. I rose, stiffly. My wrists were still bound
and the chains had chafed the skin into a raw burn. I peered through
the little window set into the door of the cell. One of the
scissor-women sat outside. Her armor, and the few inches of exposed
skin, were silent, but her eyes were open. She was awake, but not
speaking. I could not see if there was anyone else in the room. I
knocked on the window. I needed her undivided attention for a few
minutes and the only way I could think of to do that was by making a
full confession.
"I'll talk," I said, when she came across. "But
only to you."
I could see indecision in her face. It was not
really a question of how intelligent the scissor-women were; they
operated on agendas that were partially programmed, and partly opaque
to the rest of us. Her voice came though the grill.
"I am activating the antiscribe," she said. "Speak."
"My name is Aletheria Tole. I am from Tharsis. I
assumed another identity, which was implanted. I came here looking for
my sister, who married a woman from Caud many years ago...."
I continued to speak, taking care to modulate the
rhythm of my voice so that it became semi-hypnotic. The scissor-women
had programming to avoid mind control, but this was something else
entirely. As I spoke, I looked into her pale eyes and glimpsed her
soul. I drew it out, as I had been taught so many years before on the
Plains. It span across the air between us, a darkling glitter. The door
was no barrier. I opened my mouth and sucked it in. It lay in my cheek
like a lump of ice.
The scissor-woman's face grew slack and blank.
"Step away from the door," I said. She did so. I
bent my head to the haunt-lock and released her soul. It fled into the
lock, tracing its engrams through the circuit mechanisms, grateful to
be free of me. The door swung open; I stepped through and struck the
scissor-woman at the base of the skull. She crumpled without a sound.
My own 'scribe was sitting on a shelf: they would have copied
its
contents. I snatched it up and ran through the maze of corridors.
Discovery was soon made. I heard a cry behind me,
feet drumming on the ceiling above. I headed downward, reasoning that
in these old buildings the best chance of escape lay in the catacombs
below. When I reached what I judged to be the lowest level, I ducked
into a chamber and flicked on the antiscribe as I ran. I could not get
a signal for Winterstrike. But then, turning the corner, I found the
flayed warrior before me.
"Where, then?" I said aloud, not expecting her to
respond, but once more the ghost beckoned. I followed the rust-red
figure through the labyrinth, through tunnels swimming with unknown
forms: women with the heads of coyu and aspiths, creatures that might
have been men. I ignored the weir-wards, being careful not to touch
them. Sometimes the warrior grew faint before me and I was beginning to
suspect why this should be. I could hear no signs of pursuit, but that
did not mean that none were following. The scissor-women could be
deadly in their silence.
At last we came to a door and the warrior halted.
In experiment, I closed down the 'scribe and she was no longer
there. I
put it on again, and she reappeared.
"You're no ghost," I said. She was speaking. There
was still no sound, but the words flickered across the screen.
She was not conversing. The words were lists of
archived data, skeins of information. I had not been entirely correct.
She was not the ghost of a warrior. She was the ghost of the library,
the animated form of the cached archives that we had believed to be
destroyed, and that the Caud matriarchy, in their ignorance, had not
bothered to find.
I knew what I had to do. I hastened past the
warrior and pushed open the door, kicking and shoving until the ancient
hinges gave way. I stumbled out into a frosty courtyard, before a
frozen fountain. The mansion before me was dark, but something shrieked
out of the shadows: a weir-form, activated, of a woman with long teeth
and trailing hair. She shot past my shoulder and disappeared. I heard
an alarm sounding inside the house. But the 'scribe had a
broadcasting
signal again and that was all that mattered. I called through to
Winterstrike, where it was already mid-morning, and downloaded
everything into the matriarchy's data store, along with a message. The
warrior's face did not change as she slowly vanished. When she was
completely gone, I shut down the 'scribe and waited.
The scissor-women were not long in finding me. They
took me back to Mote, to a different, smaller cell. I was not
interrogated again. Later the next day, a stiff-faced cleric appeared
in the doorway and announced that I was free to go.
I walked out into a cold afternoon to find the
streets thronged with people. There would be no war. The matriarchy
had, in its wisdom, come to a compromise and averted catastrophe, or so
the women of Caud said, mouths twisting with the sourness of disbelief.
I wondered what Gennera had discovered in the
library archives that had given Winterstrike such a lever. It would
most likely be a weapon, and I wondered also what I had done, in
handing the power over one city across to another, even though it was
my own. For governments can change, so swiftly, and benevolence never
lasts. But I caught a rider through the gates of Caud all the same,
heading for one of the way-station towns of the Plain and then for
Winterstrike, and did not look behind me.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Home Movies by Mary Rosenblum
Mary Rosenblum, Mary Freeman in mystery, is a
graduate of Clarion West, a Hugo nominee, and winner of the Asimov's
Readers' Award. She has published eight novels, a collection of her
short fiction, and more than sixty short stories. For more information,
visit her website: www.maryrosenblum.com. Mary's latest SF novel,
Horizon, will be released from Tor sometime this year. In her latest
tale, she reveals a dubious new way to experience vicarious thrills.
* * * *
Her broker's call woke Kayla from a dream of
endless grass sprinkled with blue and white flowers. A fragment of
client memory? Sometimes they seeped into her brain even though they
weren't supposed to. She sat up, groggy with sleep, trying to remember
if she'd ever visited one of the prairie preserves as herself.
"Access," she said, yawned, and focused on the shimmer of the
holo-field as it formed over her desktop.
"Usually, you're up by now." Azara, her broker,
gave her a severe look from beneath a decorative veil, woven with
shimmering fiber lights.
"I'm not working." Kayla stretched. "I can sleep
late."
"You're working now." Azara sniffed. "Family
wedding, week-long reunion, the client wants the whole affair, price is
no object. Please cover yourself."
"Your religion is showing." But Kayla reached for
the shift she'd shed last night, pulled it over her head. "A whole
week?" She yawned again. "I don't know. I met this cool guy last night
and I don't know if I want to be gone a whole week."
"If you want me as a broker you'll do it." Azara
glared at her. "This client is the most picky woman I have had dealings
with in many years. But she is paying a bonus and you are my only
chameleon who matches her physical requirements." She clucked
disapproval.
One of those. Kayla sighed and turned to the tiny
kitchen wall. "Did you tell her it's not our age or what we look like
or even our gender that makes us see what they want us to see?"
"Ah." Azara rolled her eyes. "I gave her the usual
explanation. Several times." She stretched her very red lips into a
wide smile. "But she was willing to pay for her eccentricities, so we
will abide by them."
"She must be rich." Kayla spooned Sumatran green
tea into a cup, stuck it under the hot water dispenser. "How nice for
her."
"Senior administrator of Mars Colony. Of course,
rich, or would she call me?" Azara snapped her fingers. "You have an
appointment with her in two hours." She eyed Kayla critically.
"Appearance matters to her."
"Don't worry." Kayla ran a hand through her tousled
mop as she sipped her tea. "I'll look good."
"Do so." And Azara's image winked out.
Kayla shook her head, but the client was always
right ... well, usually right ... and they were willing to pay a lot to
visit Earth vicariously from Mars or Europa or one of the micro-gravity
habitats. She drank her tea, showered, and dressed in a green
spider-silk shift she had bought on a visit to the orbital platforms.
The color matched her eyes and brought out the red in her hair. It did
indeed make her look good.
Precisely two hours later, her desktop chimed with
a link from Bradbury, the main city of Mars Colony. Kayla accepted,
curious. She had rented a couple of virtual tours of Mars Colony, had
found the mostly underground cities to be as claustrophobic as the
platforms, even though the domed space aboveground offered water and
plants. The holo-field shimmered and a woman's torso appeared. Old.
Euro-celtic phenotype, not gene-selected. Kayla appraised the woman's
weathered face, wrinkles, determined eyes. Considering the current
level of bio-science, very old to look like this. And very used
to control. "Kayla O'Connor, at your service," she said and put a
polite, welcoming smile onto her face.
The woman peered at her for a moment without
speaking, nodded finally. "I am Jeruna Nesmith, First Administrator of
Bradbury City. I would like to enjoy my nephew's son's wedding. It will
take place on a small, private island, and include a week long family
reunion." She seemed to lean forward, as if to stare into Kayla's eyes.
"The broker I contacted assured me that you would know what I want to
look at."
Ah, yes, she was indeed used to control. Kayla
smiled. "Only after we have talked and I have gotten to know you."
Although she could guess right now what the old bitch would want to
look at. "I am usually quite accurate about what interests my clients."
"So the broker says. I hope she is correct."
Nesmith straightened. "I have little time to waste, so let us begin."
So much for that cute young executive from Shanghai
she'd met at the club last night. "As you wish." Kayla kept her smile
in place, started to record. "I would like you to tell me about this
wedding."
"Tell you what?"
"Everything." Kayla leaned back, her smart-chair
stretching and conforming to cradle her. "Who is getting married? Why?
Are they a good match? What do their parents think about it? What do
you think about it? Who would you be happy to see and who would you
avoid at the wedding? What do you think about each of the relatives and
guests that will be present?"
"What does all this have to do with recording
images for me?" Nesmith's eyebrows rose. "This is not your business."
"And the recording I make of our conversation is
destroyed as soon as the contract is completed ... you did sign the
contract," Kayla reminded her gently. "If you just want videos, it's
much cheaper to hire a cameraman rather than a chameleon. But if you
want me to look with your eyes, notice the details you
would notice.... "She smiled. "Then I have to think like you."
Again, Nesmith stared at her. "The wedding is of
one of my nephew's sons." She waved a long-fingered hand. "A worthless,
spoiled boy, who will never make anything of himself, marrying an
equally spoiled and self-centered girl from one of the big aquaculture
families. It is a spectacle to impress other inside families."
Well, she already knew how to look at the bride and
groom. Kayla settled into listening mode as the woman continued. Notice
the pointless extravagances, the follies, the proof of her
pronouncements. Ah, but that wasn't all.... She let her eyelids droop,
listening, paying attention to the emotional nuances of voice and
expression as the woman droned on, inserting a leading question here
and there. The old bitch did have an agenda. Interesting. Kayla
absorbed every word, putting on this woman the way you'd put on a
costume for a party.
She took the shot at her usual clinic, the morning
her plane was scheduled to leave. An Yi, her favorite technician,
administered it. "Where do you get to go this time?" she asked as she
settled Kayla into the recliner and checked her vitals on the readout.
"Somewhere fun?"
"Fancy, anyway." Although something didn't quite
add up and that bothered her a little. She went over the interview
again as she told An Yi about the wedding and reunion. Nope. Couldn't
put her finger on it. She watched the technician deftly clean the tiny
port in her carotid and prepare the dose.
"Ah, it sounds so lovely," An Yi sighed as she
began to inject the nano. "Maybe next year I'll do one of the island
resorts. This year, I have to spend my vacation in Fouzhou. My father
wants us all to be there for his one hundredth birthday." She made a
face and laughed. "Maybe I should hire you to go."
"Why not?" Kayla said, and then the nano hit her
and the walls warped.
It always unsettled her as the nano-ware invaded
her brain. The tiny machines disseminated quickly, forming a network,
preempting the neural pathways of memory. It didn't take long, but as
they established themselves, all her senses seemed to twist and change
briefly, and her stomach heaved with familiar nausea. An Yi had been
doing this for a long time and had the pan ready for her, wiping her
mouth afterward and placing a cool, wet cloth on her forehead. The
headache hit Kayla like a thrown spear and she closed her eyes,
concentrating on her breathing, waiting for it to be over.
When it finally faded, An Yi helped her sit up and
handed her a glass of apple juice laced with ginseng to drink. The tart
sweetness of the juice and the familiar bitterness of the ginseng
settled her stomach and the last echo of the headache vanished.
"Do your clients mind getting sick when they get
it?" An Yi asked, curious.
"Probably." Kayla nodded. "But they can buy the
option to translate the memories into their own long term memory if
they choose. So they only have to put up with the side effects once."
She stood, okay now. "I'd better get going. I still have to finish
packing."
"Have a really fun time," An Yi said, her
expression envious.
"I'll do my best."
Kayla left the clinic and caught the monorail
across town to pick up her luggage and head for the airport. She
probably would enjoy it, she thought, even if the Martian
Administrator's very poor opinion of most of her extended family was
accurate. And then there was Ethan. Kayla smiled as she thumbed the
charge plate and exited the monorail. Her client's hidden agenda. He
was cute and clearly the old gal had a crush on him. So the week
wouldn't be entirely wasted. She could flirt with him and Jeruna
wouldn't mind at all.
Before she left her condo, she made her trip notes
in her secret diary. You weren't supposed to record anything, but,
hand-written in the little blank-paged paper book she'd found in a
dusty junk stall at the market, it was safe enough. Those notes served
as steppingstones across the gaping holes in her past. It was fun,
sometimes, to compare the client's instructions with her own
observations afterward. Client perspectives were rarely objective. If
they were, they wouldn't need her.
* * * *
The trip to the rent-an-island was tedious. The
family had paid for a high level of security. It was necessary in this
age of kidnap-as-career. The security checks and delays took time,
since she traveled as an invited guest of a family member who had not
planned the wedding. And, thus, was not paying the security firm. But
this was nothing new, and she endured the familiar roadblocks
stoically. Kidnap raids were real, and her client would have to suffer
the delays, too, when she consumed the nano.
But once she boarded the private shuttle from Miami
International, everything changed. Her invitation coin had been
declared good, and all the perks were in place. The flight attendant
offered fresh, tropical, organic fruit. Wine if she wanted it.
Excellent tea, which she enjoyed. She was used to sleeping on planes,
and so woke, refreshed, as the shuttle swooped down to land on the
wedding island. She was the only passenger on this run, and, as the
door unsealed and the rampway unfurled, she drew in a deep breath of
humidity, flowers, rot, and soil. A vestigal memory stirred. Yes, she
had been in a place like this ... maybe this place ... before.
Funny how smell was the strongest link to the fragments of past jobs
that had seeped past the nano. She descended the rampway to the small
landing, and headed for the pink stucco buildings of the tiny airport
terminal, figuring she'd find some kind of shuttle service. Flowering
vines covered the walls and spilled out over the tiled entryway and the
scent evoked another twinge of been here memory. As she paused,
a tall figure stepped from the doorway.
"You must be Jeruna's guest." He smiled at her, his
posture a bit wary, dressed in a loose-weave linen shirt and shorts.
"I'm Ethan." He offered his hand. "I belong to the ne'er-do-well branch
of the family so I get to play chauffeur for the occasion. Welcome to
the wedding of the decade." He said it lightly, but his hazel eyes were
reserved.
"Nice to meet you, Ethan." Kayla returned his firm
handshake, decided he was as cute as the vids she'd looked at, and let
him take her bag. Tossing her hair back from her face, she smiled as
she studied him. Why you? she wondered as she followed him through the
tiled courtyard of the private airport, past a shallow, marble fountain
full of leaping water and golden fish. "I'm looking forward to being a
guest here," she said as they reached the roadway outside.
"Really?" He turned to face her, his hand on the
small electric cart parked outside. "This is a job to you, right? Can
you really let yourself enjoy something like this? Won't your thoughts
about it mess up what you're recording?"
Great. Kayla sighed. "So who leaked it? That I'm a
chameleon?"
"Is that what you call yourself ?" He stowed her
luggage, which had been delivered by a uniformed baggage handler, in
the rear cargo space of the cart. "Doesn't it weird you out? That
you're going to hand over your thoughts and feelings to somebody ...
for pay?"
He wasn't being hostile, as so many were. He was
really asking. "The nano can't record thoughts." Kayla smiled as she
climbed into the cart's passenger seat, inwardly more than a little
ticked off. It made her job harder when they knew. Now she wouldn't get
really good reactions until he got used to her, forgot she was
recording. And a lot of times, in the really good moments, some family
member who had had too much to drink would remember and say something.
She sighed. "The nano only records sensory input ... vision, hearing,
taste, touch, smell. That's it. We haven't developed telepathy yet.
Your great great aunt ... or whatever she is ... gets to experience the
event with all of her senses, not just vision and hearing."
"Oh." Ethan climbed in beside her, his face
thoughtful. "Isn't it kind of weird, though? Hanging out with strangers
all the time?"
"Not really." She lifted her hair off her neck as
the cart surged forward, enjoying the breeze of their motion in the
heavy, humid afternoon. Well, he had never lived outside, probably
couldn't see beyond the luxury of an inside lifestyle. "That's what I
do ... learn about the family, get a sense of what the client is really
interested in so I can participate the way my client would, if she was
here." She smiled at him. "I really do feel like a member of the family
or the group while I'm there. That's what makes me good at this."
"A chameleon." But he smiled as he said it. "What
about your family? Does it change how you feel about them?"
"I never had one." She shrugged. "I was a London
orphan when Irish looks weren't the fad. Did the foster home slash
institution thing."
"I'm sorry."
She shrugged again, tired of the topic years ago,
and not sure how they'd gotten here. She didn't talk about herself on a
job. "So how come you rate the job of chauffeur?" She smiled at him.
"Just how ne'er do well was your family branch?"
"Oh, they were all off-off-Broadway actors,
musicians, failed writers, the usual wastrel thing ... according to our
family's creed." He laughed, not at all defensive. "The family bails us
out before we disgrace anyone, but they make sure we know our place."
He shrugged, gave her a sideways look. "I play jazz, myself. Among
other things my family disapproves of. But I don't do illegal drugs,
murder, mayhem, or anything else too awful, so I got a genuine
invitation to this bash."
"To be a chauffeur."
"Well, yeah." He grinned, his hazel eyes sparkling.
"But they have to make sure I know my place."
"Does that bother you?" She asked it because she
was curious.
"No."
He meant it. She watched his face for her client.
She would resent it, Kayla thought. Which was the better reaction?
They had arrived at the resort complex. More pink
stucco. Lots of lanais on the sprawling buildings, carefully coiffed
tropical plantings to make the multitude of cottages look private and
isolated, pristine blue pools landscaped to look like natural features
with waterfalls, and basking areas studded with umbrellas, chaise
lounges, and bars. He drove her to the lobby entrance and she checked
in, noticing that he hovered at her shoulder.
The staff wouldn't let her do a thing, of course.
Two very attractive young men with Polynesian faces, wearing colorful
island-print wraps around their waists, snatched up all her luggage and
led the way to her own cottage with palms to shade it and a glimpse of
white sand and blue-sea horizon. Kayla smiled to herself at the
location of the cottage as she offered a tip and received twin, polite
refusals. Not a front row seat to the ocean view ... that went to major
family guests. But she could still see the water through the palm
trunks and frangipani. A little. And the furnishings were high-end.
Lacquered bamboo and glass, with flowered cotton upholstery ... the
real fiber, not a synthetic.
A knock at the door heralded another attendant
pushing a cart with champagne, glasses, and a tray of snacks. Puu-puu.
The word surfaced, unbidden. Snacks. What language? Kayla tried to snag
it, but the connection wasn't there. Two glasses. "Will you join me?"
she asked Ethan. She smiled at the young man with the cart, who smiled
back, his dark eyes on hers, set out plates and food on the low table
in front of the silk-upholstered settee, uncorked the champagne with a
flourish, and filled two flutes. Handed her one with a bow, and his
fingertips brushed hers.
Full service, she thought, met his eyes, smiled,
did the tiny head shake he'd recognize, and handed the other glass to
Ethan as the attendant left. "I take one sip," she said. "That's all.
Blurs perception. Here's to a lovely place and time."
"What a drag. But you're right about place and
time." He touched the rim of his glass to hers and they chimed crystal.
Of course. "Tell me what my great great aunt or whatever wants to see.".
You, she thought, lifted the glass to him silently,
took her sip. "The family. The ceremony. How everyone takes it."
"You're not telling me."
"Nope." She grinned. "Of course not."
"Sorry." He laughed and sipped his own wine. "I
shouldn't have asked." He sat on the settee, his expression
contemplative. "It's just that she's such a ... I don't know ...
renegade. But she got away with it." He grinned. "She just went out and
conquered her own planet." He laughed. "She's a successful renegade.
Unlike us, who never made it pay. I just can't believe that she really
cares about this society wedding, you know?"
She didn't. Not really. Kayla leaned back on the
settee next to him, stretching travel-kinks from her muscles, her eyes
on Ethan, examining him from head to toe as if he was her new lover.
"So have you ever met her?"
"Jeruna?" Ethan shrugged. "Nah. I don't think she
ever came back here, after she left for Mars. And that was before I was
born."
Interesting. So what did he represent? Kayla took
her time, enjoying the view. He was cuter than the vids. And not the
spoiled rich kid she'd expected. Too bad. She squelched a brief pang of
"what if."
He flinched, fumbled a cell out of his pocket. "Uh
oh. Another arrival to ferry." He stood, set his half-full flute down
on the table. "I was going to ask you if you wanted to skip out on the
big family dinner tonight. Eat down on the beach." His eyes met hers.
"But I bet you can't."
"No, I can't." She made her voice regretful, which
really wasn't a stretch. "Want to help me out?" Because his tone
suggested he planned to skip it. "Sit by me? Give me a few clues? I'd
like to give the old gal her money's worth."
He hesitated, then shrugged. Wrinkled his nose.
"For you, I'll suffer." He laughed. "And now you owe me."
"Okay, I do." She laughed with him, caught his
lean, athletic profile as he turned to leave, promising to meet her
there at the appointed dinner hour. So what does he mean to you? she
asked her client silently. Something, that was for sure. Her services
were not cheap.
* * * *
The prenuptial dinner offered excellent food,
elegant wine, and the usual boring and self centered conversations.
Obviously the leak had made the rounds. But after the open bar,
pre-dinner, and the first round of wine with the appetizers, everyone
loosened up and forgot about her. This family ran to whiners. Kayla got
tired of high-pitched nasal complaints quickly. The assiduous
wine-servers didn't help matters, filling glasses the moment the level
fell beneath the rim. She had tipped the maitre d' to fill her glass
with a non-alcoholic version of the whites and reds but it seemed that
everyone else was happy with the real stuff.
Ethan sipped at his glass but didn't drink much,
toying with his food. Leaning close to her, he murmured wry summaries
of various family members that required her to invoke all her self
control in order to keep from sputtering laughter into her glass.
"You're going to get me in trouble," she murmured,
giving him a sideways glance.
"Not from great-aunt-whatever, I'll wager." He
winked at her. "She never thought much of the whole bunch of us." He
drank some of the cabernet the server had just poured to accompany the
rack of lamb being dramatically carved and served. "I still wonder that
she would do this. You ... chameleons, as you call yourselves ... are
supposed to be highly empathetic to your clients." He arched an
eyebrow. "Can't you tell me? Why she wants this?"
"I really don't know." Which was the truth. That
was what had been bothering her, she realized. "Usually I can figure it
out, but not this time." She lifted her glass. Smiled into his eyes,
catching a full front view with just the right shadows and highlights.
"I suspect your ... commentary ... will really delight her."
"I hope so." He touched the rim of his glass to
hers, a smile glimmering in his eyes. "I like her style."
The interminable dinner wound to its appointed end.
Ethan wanted to make love to her. She could feel it. She wanted him to,
she realized with a twinge of regret that centered between her legs.
Jeruna Nesmith looked over their shoulders.
And ... in a handful of days ... she would
relinquish the nano to An Yi's filters, deliver it to her client and
... all memory of Ethan would be gone. Oh, maybe a glimpse of hazel
eyes on some sultry summer afternoon would touch a chord, and she'd
wonder idly where that memory had come from. She'd have his name in her
diary--but only as a big question. Why him?
She said good night to him at the door of her
cottage and they looked into each other's eyes across a gulf as vast as
the damn sea. She turned away first, banging the door closed behind
her, not caring that Ms. Nesmith would get to remember this, stalked
across the expensive, elegant, lovely room to the wet bar, poured
herself a double shot of very expensive brandy, downed it and went to
bed.
* * * *
The wedding was everything it promised to be. Lots
of wealthy people, lots of expensive, designer clothing, lots of show,
pomp, circumstance, flowers, fine food, expensive booze.... She had
dressed to blend in, in a long sari-styled dress of silk voile, but
felt a moment of panic as she entered the huge chapel with the red
velvet carpet down the aisle, the ropes of tropical flowers draping the
pews. Ethan wasn't here, and her client might well read between the
lines ... or glimpses ... and guess that the silent end of last night
might have something to do with it.
But then she spotted him way down the aisle on the
groom's side. Very formal and erect. Caught a good three-quarter shot
of him, oblivious, his expression closed and unreadable. Then, as if he
had felt the touch of her eyes, he looked directly at her. He didn't
smile, but his eyes caught hers and for a few moments, her client
ceased to exist. Kayla shook herself, gave him a small, rueful smile,
and seated herself on the bride's side of the aisle, where she'd have a
good view of him.
The ceremony was very traditional and she did the
high points: the procession, the vows, ring, all that stuff. But she
kept cutting back to Ethan's three-quarter profile. He might as well
have been carved out of acrylic. But she kept looking over at him,
giving the old girl what she'd paid for.
The ceremony ended and everybody milled about,
trickling eventually to the reception. She didn't see Ethan, circulated
through the crowd, noticing the family details that her client would
want to see--the little tiffs, the sniping, the white-knuckled grasp on
the martini glass. Oh yes, Kayla thought as she did the glazed-eyes
look and really saw. I know what you think of these people and what you
would notice if you were really here. Ethan was right. She really
didn't think much of any of them. Except him.
Ethan was nowhere to be seen.
She took a table with a good pan-view of the garden
where the reception had been laid out. Palms cast thin shade and bowers
fragrant with flowering vines offered private nooks. Long buffet
tables, decorated with ice sculptures and piles of tropical fruit and
flowers, offered fresh seafood, fruit, elegant bites of elegant food,
and an open bar. The towering wedding cake occupied its own
flower-roped table flanked by champagne buckets and trays of flutes.
The sun stung her face and she turned her back to it, and there was
Ethan, seating an elderly guest.
So she was looking right at it when the little jump
jet roared in low over the grounds just beyond him. It hovered, landed
straight down, engines whining. Figures in camo leaped from it, masked
and armed with automatic weapons. One fired a short burst into the
palms, shredding the leaves. "Down." An amplified voice
bellowed. "Everybody down, now!"
Oh, crap. A kidnap raid.
Women shrieked, voices rose, and, for a frozen
instant, chaos reigned. One of the camoed figures fired a small handgun
and a waiter clapped a hand to his neck as the stun dart hit, and fell.
Shredded bits of palm drifted down onto his white-clad sprawl. The
first of the guests began to lie down on the grass and it was as if a
potent gas had swept the garden as everyone went prone. Kayla had
already flattened herself on the grass, her eyes fixed on Ethan, who
still stood. Don't be a hero, she thought, willing him to lie down,
because they wouldn't want him. What had happened to the security
force? One of the raiders shoved a waiter and Ethan stepped forward.
No, Kayla shrieked silently as the raider swung his rifle butt and
flattened Ethan. Kayle tensed, her eyes on his limp body, straining to
see movement.
"Nobody moves, nobody gets hurt," the
loudspeaker blared. Australian accent, Kayla noticed. A lot of the
professional kidnap-for-hire gangs were Aussie. The top ones. From the
corner of her eye she saw the figures striding through the guests,
snatching a necklace here or a watch there, but not really looting.
They were looking for someone specific. That's where the money lay.
They'd take that person and leave.
A hand closed on her arm and yanked her to her feet
as if she weighed nothing. Breathless, her heart pounding, Kayla stared
into cold gray eyes behind a green face mask. "Move," the man said.
"You made a mistake. I'm not..." Kayla broke off
with a gasp as he whipped her arm behind her and pain knifed through
her. She stumbled along, losing her balance, as he shoved her forward.
"I'm not anyone," she gasped, but he only twisted her arm higher, so
that tears gathered in her eyes and the pain choked her. More hands
grabbed her, someone slapped a drug patch against her throat and
blackness began to seep into her vision. The sky wheeled past and a
fading part of her mind whispered that they were loading her onto the
jet.
Then ... nothing.
* * * *
She woke to a headache and thought for a moment she
had just gotten a dose. Then the oppressive humidity and the thick
scent of tropics brought her back to the island, the kidnappers'
assault. She sat up, eyes wide, straining to see in utter darkness.
Blind? Had that drug the kidnappers had given her interacted with the
nano? Blinded her?
"It's all right. I'm here."
Familiar voice, familiar arms around her. "Ethan?"
Her voice shook and she leaned against him as he pulled her close. She
could make him out ... just barely. She wasn't blind. "Where are we?
What happened?"
"A great big mistake happened." Ethan laughed a
harsh note. "It was a kidnap by the Yellow Roo clan. I recognized the
uniforms. They've hit the family before. Business as usual when you get
to the right income bracket."
"I know, but ... why me?" Kayla swallowed. She felt
a mattress beneath her, made out walls, a couple of plastic bins, a
porta-potty. "I'm not part of your family."
"And I might as well not be." Ethan let his breath
out in a long sigh. "That's the mistake. The fools grabbed maybe the
only two individuals in the entire damn reception who can't make a
decent ransom. Or can you?"
"Oh, gods, I wouldn't be a chameleon if I had
money." Kayla closed her eyes, her head pounding. "They can go look.
There's not enough in my account to make it worth their while." She
shivered because kidnap was an accepted career choice and the rules
were very civilized ... unless you really couldn't pay. Then they were
not civilized at all.
Ethan stroked the hair back from her face. "Maybe
Jeruna will pay for you," he said.
She shook her head. No, she was a chameleon because
she could read people. Jeruna Nesmith was not going to pay ransom on a
paid contractor.
"Well, we'd better start making plans."
Ethan did that harsh laugh again. "I've got no better ransom prospects
than you do."
"You're family. Inside."
"Yeah, and some kidnap clan grabbed my older
brother back when I was a baby. I think he was maybe seven. The family
didn't pay up. Their attitude was "you want to walk your own path, do
it."
Kayla didn't ask him what happened to his brother.
She heard that answer in the razored edge of his tone. She scanned the
walls. They were in some kind of crude hut. Dawn must be close because
she could make out slender poles woven into walls. Sheet plastic made
up the roof, stiff stuff ... she tried it. Fastened securely to the top
pole of the walls. A door of chain link fit neatly into its
metal-rimmed frame and was chained shut. But...
"They really don't expect us to try too hard."
Kayla murmured the words like a lover's breath into Ethan's ear.
Because they were probably listening.
"Of course not. This is just a place to wait out
negotiations. You don't try to escape. It's usually safer to stay put.
That's how the game works."
"Look there." Kayla pointed. "See how wide?" she
whispered. "We could get through there. Maybe. The poles are thin and
we could probably pry 'em out. Then the gap between those big
ones
might be just wide enough."
Ethan was at the wall before she finished speaking.
She joined him and grabbed one of the slender poles. In unison, they
pulled on it. Felt it give. Not much ... just a hair. He changed
position, his hands next to hers and they pulled together. Got a
centimeter or two of give this time. Did it again. And again.
By the time they worked the two slender poles free, the pole was
slippery with blood from their hands. Kayla helped Ethan lay them on
the floor and wiped her hands on her torn dress. The gap was narrow ...
a couple of handwidths. But she was skinny. She pulled the long hem of
her skirt up between her legs, tied it to form a crude pair of shorts.
Then she turned to Ethan, took his face in her hands, kissed him. Hard.
"Wish me luck," she said.
"Honey, we're both in on this." He kissed her back,
fiercely.
"No." She pushed him away. "You need to stay here."
"I told you..."
"She wanted you." Kayla gripped his arms,
willing him to understand. "I'm not supposed to tell you this, but
there it is. That's why she hired me. To look at you at the wedding."
"Jeruna?" He looked stunned. "Why the hell would
she care? She was already on Mars when I was born. I'm barely related
to her."
"I have no idea." Kayla turned away. "But she does.
She'll pay your ransom. I guarantee it. So you're safe." She let go of
him, pushing him away from her, threw one leg over the lower pole. The
two thick poles that framed the gap squeezed her, pressing on her spine
and breast bone, squeezing her lungs so that she fought suffocation
panic as she squirmed her body through the gap, her thin dress
shredding, rough bark scraping skin. Fell to the dry ground on the
other side, bruising her hip and scraping her knee. Scrambled to her
feet.
"Hold it." Ethan leaned through after her. "The
bins are full of water and food. I checked while you were out. Wait a
minute and I'll hand some stuff through. They don't plant these drop
boxes close to anything civilized. Might be a long hike."
He disappeared and a few moments later began to
hand bottles of water through the gap. Too many to carry. "That's
plenty," Kayla said, and took the bags of something dry and leathery he
handed down. As she retied her skirt to hold the food and as much of
the water as she could carry, she glanced up to see Ethan squirming
through the opening after her. "No," she said, heard him gasp, stuck,
and suddenly he popped through, falling hard onto the ground in front
of her.
"You idiot," she said, holding out her hand to help
him up.
"If you're right about Jeruna, I probably am." He
scrambled to his feet and kissed her lightly on the forehead. "I'm not
going to sit there and wait to find out if you are or not." He grabbed
her hand. "And besides, I'll worry about you out here. Let's go."
The sky had lightened just enough so that she could
make out the tall trees and tangle of underbrush. Behind them, their
prison seemed to be nothing more than a box built of the woven poles,
hidden from the sky by the tall trees. Soaring trunks surrounded them,
black against the feeble light. Huge, fern-like leaves brushed her and
a million tiny voices creaked, croaked, buzzed, and burbled. Kayla
started as something feathery brushed her cheek, her heart sinking.
Jungle? The thick air and dense growth woke a slow sense of
claustrophobia. "Sweet." She looked up at distant patches of gray sky.
"Where are we?" A thunderous howling suddenly split the graying dawn
and Kayla whirled, heart pounding, searching the twined branches
overhead for something, anything as the sound crescendoed.
"That answers your question. It's okay. Those are
howler monkeys." Ethan actually laughed as he wiped hair out of his
eyes. "They only live in the Amazon Preserve. I thought that might be
where we were. It smelled right."
"How nice. Glad you're enjoying it." Kayla tried to
remember details about the preserve. Big. Very big. Something bit her
and she flinched, slapped at it. In the trees above them, sinuous black
shapes leaped in a torrent from tree to tree. Leaves and twigs showered
down in their wake. The howler monkeys? She wanted to cover her ears.
"I guess we just walk," she said, "and hope we find a road or
something."
"Oh, there are plenty of roads. It's a giant
eco-laboratory. It's just not real likely that anyone will be on them.
Permits to work here are hard to come by." Ethan took off his shirt,
began to tie the sleeves together. "We'd better bring all the water we
can."
Something small and brown buzzed down to land on
his bare shoulder. He yelped and slapped it, leaving a smear of blood
and squashed bug.
"Better wear your shirt." Kayla unknotted her
skirt. "I have lots of extra cloth here." It was not easy to tear the
fabric without a knife, but they finally managed to fashion a sling for
the water and food. By the time Ethan shouldered it, a lot of biting
things had dined on them. Jeruna was going to get far more than she
paid for, Kayla thought grimly as they started off.
They pushed aside the ferns, clambering over the
thick vines and low plants that covered the ground in the dim light.
The humid heat wrapped them like a blanket and Kayla struggled with a
sense of drowning as she fought her way through the tangle in Ethan's
wake. Her dress sandals didn't do much to protect her feet, but they
were better than nothing. Before long, however, she was trying not to
limp.
It never really got light. In the yellow-green
twilight, flying things bit or buzzed. Kayla leaped back as a looped
vine turned out to be a brown and copper banded snake.
"Common Lancehead," Ethan said, guiding her warily
past it. "Pretty poisonous. We mostly need to watch out for the ground
dwellers. They're harder to spot. The South American Coral snake is the
worst, but you can see it. Usually. The Bushmaster is hard to spot ...
it blends right in." He gave her a crooked smile. "That's why I've been
going first. I'm partially desensitized to both. If they bite me, I
probably won't die."
"Gods, what do you do?" Kayla eyed the
ground warily. "I thought you said you played jazz. What are you? A
snake charmer?"
"I do play jazz. And I have a Ph.D. in Tropical
Ecology." Ethan shrugged. "Totally useless degree, according to the
family, but I spend a lot of time here."
They didn't see any more snakes, although Kayla
kept nervous eyes on every shadow. The going got easier when they
stumbled onto a game trail, a narrow track that wound between the
trunks and beneath the thick vines. The damp heat seemed to suck
moisture from Kayla's body, and, in spite of frequent sips of precious
water, thirst began to torment her. Now and again they stopped and
Kayla strained her ears, heard nothing but the constant hum of insects,
the occasional shriek of birds or monkeys, and once a deep cough that
made Ethan narrow his eyes. "Jaguar," he said. He gave her a strained
smile. "They pick the place for their boxes on purpose. Make it worth
your while to stay put."
"You should have." She wiped sweat from her face
with her filthy skirt. "She really will pay for you."
"You want to hike through here on your own?" He
grinned at her, then his smile faded. "Besides ... I just wasn't going
to sit there. I think that's partly why my father went off to be an
artist and be poor. He could have been an artist and stayed rich and
inside the family. But he didn't like the rules. And yeah, there are
rules." He looked up as the light dimmed suddenly. "I think it's going
to rain."
No kidding. Kayla's eyes widened as the patches of
sky visible through the canopy went from blue to charcoal gray in
minutes. Without warning, the clouds opened and water fell, straight as
a shower. Ethan caught her wrist and pulled her into a natural shelter
created by a tree that had partly fallen and had been covered in vines.
The thick leaves blocked most of the downpour. Kayla licked the sweet
drops of water from her lips, laughed, and stepped out into the
downpour again, wet almost instantly to the skin. It felt good as the
warm rain sluiced away sweat and dirt. She slid the top of her dress
down her shoulders, the water cascading between her breasts. Felt damn
near clean. The rain stopped, just as suddenly as it had begun.
The sun emerged above the canopy and the air turned
instantly into a sauna. Water dripped, flashing like jewels in the
shafts of yellow light that speared down through the leaves, and a
bright bird with crimson and blue feathers fluttered between the trees.
Kayla laughed softly, her wet hair plastered to her head, her dress
still around her waist. "It's beautiful," she said. "It's a hell of a
place to hike, but it's beautiful." She turned to look at him and
deliberately stepped out of her dress. Jeruna be damned. She was on
another planet. Kayla spread the dress over some branches to dry.
Without a word, Ethan stripped palmlike fronds from
a low growing clump, spread them on the sheltered space beneath the mat
of lianas. A tiny monkey with a clown-face of perpetual surprise
chattered at him from a tree trunk, then dashed upward to vanish in the
shadows. He turned to face her, still without speaking, took her hands
in his and pulled her to him, his hands light on her shoulders.
All of a sudden the cuts, bruises, the steamy heat
... none of it mattered. She leaned forward, let her lips brush his,
traced their outline with her tongue. Felt him shudder. He pulled her
roughly against him, his mouth on hers, hard, fierce, hungry as her own.
They made love, drowsed, and made love again. He
told her about the universe of the very wealthy and what it was like to
live on the edge, not really inside, but not really allowed to be
entirely independent either. Family was family ... you were a commodity
in a way as much as a tribe. But he was still inside. She told
him about growing up in a crèche. Outside. Finding out that
she had a
strong empathy rating, that she had the talent to be a chameleon.
"Is that why you do it?" He leaned on his elbow
beside her, his fingertips tracing the curve of her cheekbone. "So you
can get to live inside?"
"Yes." She gave him truth because she found she
didn't want to lie to this man. "I do want it. And it pays well." She
yelped as something bit her. "Damn bugs." She sat up, slapped, and
glared at the blood on her palm. "Maybe we'd better walk some more? You
might be wrong about them coming back." But she winced and nearly fell
as she tried to stand.
Ethan sucked in a quick breath as he examined her
feet. "Kayla, why didn't you say something? Sit down and let me
look."
"There wasn't any point in complaining," she said,
but she couldn't bite back a cry as he used a torn sleeve from his
dress shirt to wipe the mud from her feet. Blood streaked the fabric
and the cuts smarted and stung.
"We can tear up my shirt, at least wrap them before
we start walking again. I'm sorry. I just didn't think about you
wearing sandals." He stroked the tops of her feet gently. "You know,
I'm chipped." He laughed, a note of bitterness in his voice. "If they
bothered to look."
"Chipped?" She pushed her damp hair back from her
face.
"I've got a GPS locater embedded in me. From birth.
It's a family rule. If they looked for it, they'd find us."
"Why wouldn't they look?"
"Kidnappers use a masking device. It was probably
on top of the box. Everybody plays by the rules, so they'll wait to
hear from the kidnappers, give their answer. They won't go look."
He frowned, looked back the way they had come. "You know, as
efficiently as they did the raid, I can't believe they blew the snatch.
Those guys do their homework. They should have been able to pick out
their targets in the middle of the night, on the run." He shook his
head, sighed. "So you might be right and they don't play by the rules
either." He gave her a crooked smile. "We'd better go."
He managed to tear the real-cotton fabric of his
shirt into rough strips and bandaged her feet so that she could still
wear the flimsy sandals. She still limped, the tiny cuts and tears
painful now that her first rush of escape adrenaline had faded. Slowly,
laboriously, they made their way along the game trail, following it
generally toward the setting sun as it wound through the neverending
tangle of leaves, vines, and soaring trunks.
The light faded quickly as the sun sank and they
finally stopped for the night, finding another sheltered spot beneath
an old, dead tree trunk draped with vines. Sure enough, it rained not
long after the last hint of light faded. Shielded from the worst of the
brief downpour, they drank some more water and ate what turned out to
be dried mango and papaya. And made love again.
Terror stalked the night. It wore no form but made
sounds. Grunts, whistles, a coughing roar that had to be a jaguar.
Ethan identified each sound, each detail of what was going on in the
thick, rot-smelling dark, as if he had a magic flashlight to pierce the
night. He banished the terror and Kayla heard the love in his voice as
he turned night into day. She almost laughed. Rabbit in a briar patch.
It might have been a fun hike, if she'd had a good pair of shoes. At
some point she drowsed, woke, felt Ethan's slack, sleeping arms still
around her, drowsed again because Ethan knew that nothing would eat
them. And that was good enough.
She woke, stiff, her stomach cramping with hunger
in spite of last night's dried fruit as the dark tree trunks and
fan-shaped leaves of the plants sheltering them took shape from the
lightening dark. Ethan slept beside her and she looked down on him,
barely visible in the hint of dawn. His face was flushed, and when she
touched his skin it was hot. Feverish. I will not remember you, she
thought, and a pang of grief pierced her. If a chameleon withheld the
nano, that chameleon lost the union seal. You didn't spend a fortune to
have your hired pair of eyes and ears walk away with the memory you
wanted or hold it for ransom. That union seal that she had paid dearly
to obtain meant that she was entirely trustworthy. If she violated that
trust only once, she lost it forever.
And it wouldn't help. The nano self-destructed in a
measured length of time if not filtered and stabilized. In a handful of
days, the memory would evaporate, whether she handed it over to Jeruna
or not. Of course, in a handful of days, she might still be here. She
smiled mirthlessly into the faint gray of dawn. Maybe she should hope
they didn't find their way out of here. At least not soon.
She didn't kid herself about after. The wall
between inside and outside was impenetrable. You could
slip through it for awhile. But not for long. Rules. No forever after
with Ethan. She let her breath out in a long, slow sigh, wishing she
had said no to Jeruna, wishing that her broker had found her another
contract. She ran her fingers along the curve of Ethan's cheekbone,
watched his eyelids flutter, his golden eyes focus on her, watched his
lips curve into a tender smile of recognition.
No, she didn't wish it. She leaned over him, met
his lips halfway.
* * * *
They reached the red-dirt track in the heat of
noon, clawing through what seemed to be an impenetrable wall of leaves
and vines out into hot sun that made them blink and stumble. For a few
moments, they could only stand still, clutching each other, squinting
in the sun. Then Ethan whooped, scooped her into his arms and they both
tumbled into the dust, weak with hunger and thirst, laughing like
idiots.
The little electric jeep came around the curve in
the little track a few moments later and the dark-skinned driver in
jungle camo hit the brakes. He spoke Central-American Spanish, but so
did Ethan and he translated. Their rescuer was a ranger in the Preserve
and just happened to be checking this sector this morning. He made it
clear that they were lucky, that he only came this way very
occasionally, and clucked and shook his head as Ethan explained what
had happened. It offended him, he told them, that the kidnap gangs used
the rainforest for their boxes. It made it sometimes dangerous for the
rangers. He had water with him and a lunch of bean and corn stew that
he shared with them, and then he drove them four hours back to his
headquarters.
The family machinery had leaped into action by the
time they arrived, never mind that Ethan was a marginal member. A jump
jet with medics on board met them and they were examined, treated for
their minor injuries, dressed, and loaded before Kayla could catch her
breath.
"They're taking us to the family hospital for
observation and treatment," Ethan said as he settled into the plush
seat beside Kayla. "My uncle sent them to get us." He touched her hand,
his hazel eyes dark in the cabin's light. "We'll probably be separated
for a bit. Kayla..." He broke off, drew a breath. "I don't want you to
forget ... this."
"I can't help it." She struggled to keep her voice
calm.
"Yes, you can. Keep it. Assimilate it, like your
clients do." He gripped her arms, his face pale. "They can't stop you
from doing that."
She shook her head. "I'm immunized," she whispered.
"The nano won't release to me. I can't assimilate it."
"How can you do this?" He was angry
suddenly, his eyes blazing. "How can you just ... walk away from part
of your life? How can you just throw away your past?"
The past had teeth. It was something to run away
from, not to cherish. Up until now. She turned her head away from the
accusation in his eyes.
"If I knock on your door, I'll be a stranger. None
of this will have happened. I could be anybody."
"Maybe," she whispered. "I don't know."
"I want you to remember this."
She looked at him, met his eyes, realized that
besides the anger she saw ... fear. "I can't," she said, because she
would only give him the truth.
For a few moments he said nothing, then he looked
away. "Will you ... give this to Jeruna?" he asked hoarsely.
She would only give him truth, so she said nothing.
If she did not ... what job was she suited for? And inside was inside.
He wrenched himself to his feet, his face averted.
"Whore," he said, and stalked to the rear of the plane.
For a long time she sat still, staring down at her
scratched and scabbed hands, her bandaged and sanitized feet throbbing
beneath the cotton hospital pants the medics had given her to wear.
In a handful of days, she wouldn't remember that he
had said that, either.
* * * *
She hoped she would see him again. They kept her
overnight, did enhanced healing to mend the damage to her feet,
returned her luggage from the wedding resort, and offered her a ride
home in a family jet. Just before she was due to leave, a knock at the
door of her very plush private room made her heart leap, but it was
simply a family lawyer, who handed her a very large check and a waiver
for her to sign, absolving the family from legal blame.
She signed it. It had not been their fault that the
kidnappers were so inexplicably incompetent.
A slow anger had been building in her and she
pressed her lips together as the lawyer bowed very slightly to her and
retreated. A silent attendant arrived to carry her luggage to the
private jet and she followed slowly, her newly healed feet still a bit
tender in the flat sandals she wore. She climbed the carpeted stairs to
the jet's entry and turned to look back at the private hospital
grounds. It had the look of a gated residential community with
cottages, walking paths, and gardens. The main building might have been
a vacation lodge. The few uniformed staff on the paths ignored her and
the old man in a smart-chair out for a breath of air never looked her
way.
She boarded and the jet door sealed behind her.
* * * *
She ignored her broker's insistent emails as long
as she could. When she finally lifted the block, Azara's image appeared
instantly in the holo-field, her dark eyes snapping with anger, her
beaded veil quivering as she faced Kayla. "What in the name of Allah's
demons are you doing? The client has threatened me with legal action.
As you know, the contract protects me, but I am threatening you.
And not with legal action, you spoiled child. No chameleon of mine has ever
stolen the product. You had better not be the first, do you hear me?"
A part of Kayla's mind marveled at her rage. She
had never seen Azara show even mild annoyance before. "I want to speak
with her," she said.
"I will not play games with you. You will go
immediately to the clinic," Azara snapped. "I spoke with your
technician. She tells me you have only twenty-four hours until the
nanos degrade. That is barely enough time to filter them and secure a
digital copy for transmission."
Ah, bless you, An Yi, Kayla thought. She had
begged, but An Yi had not promised. "It is more than enough time. I
will go straight to the clinic." Kayla bowed her head. "As soon as I
speak with Jeruna Nesmith."
Azara narrowed her eyes and her image froze. She
was multitasking, clearly contacting Jeruna, on Mars. "She is willing
to speak to you." She looked slightly puzzled. Apparently Jeruna's
response had surprised her. "If you fulfill this contract, I may give
you one more chance ... if I never see such childish behavior from you
again. But of course ... you had a trying time." She regarded Kayla
narrowly. "Our client does not blame you." She raised her eyebrows, as
if waiting for Kayla to comment. Shrugged. "I will not hold this lapse
against you if she is satisfied."
Timing is everything. Kayla stood up. "I'll email
An Yi and make sure she can filter me."
"She is expecting you." Azara's red lips curved
into a slight smile. "Do not disappoint me, girl."
The threat behind those words went beyond loss of
her union seal. Kayla bowed her head once more and blanked the
holo-field.
Ethan had not contacted her.
She had not really expected that he would. His
final word hung in the air like the bitter taint of something burned.
She waited as the holo-field shimmered, making the distant connection
to Bradbury.
Jeruna Nesmith's aged face shimmered to life in the
field. Her expression gave nothing away, but a hint of triumph
glimmered deep in her eyes. "I was sorry to hear that you were
traumatized," she said smoothly. "Is that not a boon of the science?
Even terror can be eliminated by an hour spent with the filters."
"You sent the kidnappers." Kayla sat calmly in her
chair, her eyes on the woman's withered face. "You had them take me.
And Ethan." Her voice trembled just a hair as she said his name and she
watched Jeruna's eyes narrow. The triumph intensified. "Why?" She
tilted her head. "Why spend all that money? Why play that game?"
"You are very intelligent." The old woman's thin
lips curved into a satisfied smile. "How did you figure it out?"
"Kidnappers aren't that incompetent. Not if they're
snatching insiders." She shrugged. "You forget. I read people. They
weren't at all unsure about who they had. They knew they had the right
people. And that ranger happened by so conveniently. He was tracking
us, wasn't he?"
Jeruna was smiling openly now. "Are you pregnant?"
Kayla swallowed, feeling as if she had been punched
in the stomach. "No," she said. Pressed her lips together. "Is that
what you were after?"
"No." Jeruna sighed. "But it would have been an ...
added bonus."
"Why did you do this?" She dared not raise her
voice beyond a whisper.
"To atone for my sins." Jeruna shook her head.
"Hard as it may be for you to imagine, I was young once. And rather
attractive. And smart." She smiled. "One of my distant relatives fell
in love with me. He loved my mind as well as my body."
"Ethan's father," Kayla said.
"Oh, no, sweetheart, you flatter me." Jeruna
cackled. "His grandfather. But I was hot to leave the planet and he was
not and I believed that love was something that would wait until I had
time for it." She eyed Kayla, her smile thin. "Never make that mistake,
child. I now believe that the universe gives you one chance only."
No! Kayla swallowed the syllable before it could
erupt. Kept her face expressionless. "So you wanted what? A memory to
replace what never happened?"
"Something like that." Jeruna's smile widened
slowly, her eyes hungry. "And, I suspect, you have brought me the past
I was not smart enough to live. I will be forever in your debt for
that. Believe me, I will pay you very very well." Her smile broadened,
a hint of satisfied dismissal glazing her eyes. "A very generous bonus.
To pay for your trauma."
Whore, he had called her.
"Azara was wrong." Kayla waited for Jeruna's gaze
to focus.
"Wrong about what?" She was just starting to worry.
"We didn't just make love," Kayla said. "We fell in
love. That's what you meant to happen, wasn't it? Throw us together,
put us in danger, but do it in Ethan's backyard, so he was comfortable
and I was scared." You bitch, she thought. "Well, you didn't need to go
to all that trouble." The bitter knot of words nearly choked her. "And
that love is not for sale."
"We have a contract." Jeruna's face had gone white.
Her image froze. Multitasking.
"Don't bother." Kayla laughed harshly. "My broker
was wrong about the degrade deadline. You don't have time to call in
the storm troopers."
"You can't keep it. I know how this works." Jeruna
clenched her fists. "Don't be stupid. You'll never work as a chameleon
again, I'll make damn sure of that."
"Oh, my broker will take care of that. Don't
worry." Kayla looked at the numbers flickering at the base of the holo
field. "We both lose. Right ... now."
She had cut it fine but it happened as if she had
pushed a button. She had never done this, had wondered how it would
differ from the filter, where she slept, woke up fresh and new.
Ethan, she thought, focusing on his remembered
face, his touch on her skin, the feel of him inside her, part of her. I
can't just forget.
It faded ... faded ... lost meaning ... a face ...
name gone ... like water running out of the bathtub. Cup it in your
hands, it's still gone....
A shrieking howl split her skull. Kayla blinked.
In her holo field, an aged woman clutched her head
with both hands, her short-cropped hair sticking up in tufts between
her fingers. The client she had just interviewed with. Jeruna
something...
"No, you bitch, you're scamming me," the woman
shrieked. "Ethan, give me Ethan."
She had gone for the dose, she remembered that.
Nano failure? The woman was still screaming. "You'll have to talk to my
broker," she said and blanked the field. The familiar headache clamped
steel fingers into her skull and she sucked in a quick breath, groaned.
This should be happening at An Yi's clinic, not here. Kayla touched her
aching head gingerly and shuffled to her kitchen wall for tea. It had
to be a failure. How long ago had she taken the dose? "Date check?" she
said and the numbers leaped to life in the now-empty field.
She stared at them numbly, cold fear filling her.
Not possible.
She dropped her tea, barely felt the scalding
splash as the cup bounced, raced to the futon sofa, pulled her private
journal from its place beneath the frame. The book fell open, a dry and
wrinkled fern leaf marking the place. A page had been torn out ... the
notes about the last dose? The one for the woman who had screamed at
her?
I'm through. The looping letters leaped
off the page at her. I know you're going to freak, but this has to
stop. I lost something in the past few days. You don't know about it
because you never experienced it, but it mattered. Every time I do
this, I create a "we" ... the me who lived this, and the you on the
other side of the filter. I ... we ... we're a hundred women, and what
have we all lost? I don't know. You don't know. I'm not going to tell
you any more, because it really is gone forever, and it didn't happen
to you. But it's not going to happen again. I kept the dose until it
expired. Start looking for a job, honey. We ... all of us ... are done
being a whore and we're out of a job.
Kayla dropped the book, numb. I didn't write this,
she thought, but she had. The thoughts weren't all that unfamiliar.
They mostly bothered her in the middle of the night, right after she'd
shed the dose.
What had happened?
She groped, strained, trying to remember, saw An
Yi's office, recalled their casual conversation, the feel of the
recliner as An Yi prepared the dose....
...saw the woman's screaming face in her holo-field.
Azara's icon shimmered to life in the holo-field,
seeming to pulse with anger. Kayla didn't bother to access it. You only
stole one dose. After that, you were blacklisted. "I hope it was good,"
she said, and for all the bitterness in the words she felt ... a tiny
flicker of relief. Which was crazy. She looked around the apartment.
"Nice while we had it."
* * * *
Azara sent her a termination notice and an official
citation that her union seal had been rescinded permanently. And a
quiet promise of vengeance couched in polite langauge. Kayla left the
city, went east, covering her tracks and hoping Azara wasn't willing to
spend too much money to find her. She found a studio in a sprawling
suburban slum, part of an ancient single-family home, maybe the living
room, she thought. Communal bath and kitchen, but her room had a tiny
sink with cold but drinkable water and she had cooked with a microwave
and electric grill for years before she became a chameleon, so it
wasn't too bad. She found a job, too, working as a waitress in one of
the city hotspots. Good tips because she was pretty and the empathy
that had made her a good chameleon made customers like her.
Some mornings she remembered her dreams. And then
she sifted through them, wondering if they were part of those final,
lost, few days.
Fall came with rain, and mud, and long, wet waits
for the light rail into the city. And then, one morning, as she watered
the little pots of blooming plants she had bought in the night market
to brighten the room, someone knocked on her door. "Who's there?" she
asked, peering through the tiny peephole in the door that constituted
"security" in this place. Her neighbor, Suhara, asking to "borrow" a
bit of rice, she thought. Again.
But the man on the far side of the door was a
stranger.
"Kayla, you don't remember me. But we were ...
friends."
The catch in his voice ... or maybe it was his
voice alone ... made her start, like an electric shock. The key, she
thought, and thought about ignoring him, calling Dario, the big
wrestler in the back unit, to come run this guy off.
I don't want to know, she thought, but she opened
the door after all and stepped back to let him in. Cute guy. Her heart
began to beat faster. He looked around, his expression ... agonized.
"I'm sorry to bother you," he said. "You don't ...
remember me."
It was a statement, but his eyes begged.
She took her time, examining his hair, his slightly
haggard face, the casual clothes made of expensive natural fiber, whose
labels made him an insider, one of the elite. Well, those had been her
clients. As she shook her head, his shoulders drooped.
"I know something happened," she said. "Maybe
between us. The memory is simply gone. I'm sorry."
"You didn't find ... any notes to yourself? Letters
about ... about what happened?"
About me, he had started to say. She
shook her head.
"That was my fault. I was angry. And then..." He
closed his eyes. "I got sick, really sick, had picked up some kind of
drug-resistant tropical epizootic. By the time I was well enough to
look ... it was too late. The nano had expired, you had moved, and ...
I couldn't find you. And I was angry when you last saw me. I knew you'd
think that I.... "He balled his fist suddenly, slammed it into his
thigh. "You really don't remember, it's all gone, all of it."
His anguish was so strong that it filled the room.
Without thought she took a step forward, put her hand on his shoulder.
"I'm sorry," she said. "I don't know that I want you to ... tell me."
She met his eyes, hazel, but with gold flecks in their depths. "It
really is gone." And you're an insider, she thought. And I am not.
He looked past her, his eyes fixed on a middle
distance. "Will you come have dinner with me?"
"I told you...."
"I know. I heard you." He looked at her finally and
the ghost of a crooked smile quirked the corner of his mouth. "I won't
talk about ... that time. I just want to have dinner with you."
She was good at reading people and he didn't feel
like a threat. "Sure," she said. Because he was cute, whatever
had happened in the past. And she liked him. "I'm off tonight."
"Great." His eyes gleamed gold when he smiled. "I
play music ... when I'm not rooting around in the jungle for no very
lucrative reason." He waited for a heartbeat and sighed. "I have a gig
tonight on the other side of the city. After dinner ... would you like
to come listen? I play classical jazz. Really old stuff. And..." His
gold eyes glinted. "I come from a family branch that breaks rules.
Sometimes really big ones."
Whatever that meant. He was actually nervous, as if
she might refuse. "Sure." She smiled, took his hand. For an instant, as
their hands touched, she saw green leaves, golden light, smelled
humidity, flowers, rot, and soil. Funny how smell was the strongest
link to the fragments of past jobs that had seeped past the nano. All
of a sudden, his hand felt ... familiar. "I'd love to come hear you
play."
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Tree Of Life Drops Propagules by
Greg Beatty
Children are introduced to evolution
by way of the tree of life.
Rooted in the primordial past, this
fine, clean-limbed deciduous tree
springs straight and clear,
boughs branching cleanly,
so that even the young can see
how man and ape are different,
cat and dog are different,
frog and snake are different,
but all are cousins at the base.
This tree, usually a de-specified
elm or perhaps red maple,
implies clarity and tacit humanism.
Fools. The tree of life was drawn
by fools, men, and northerners.
Humans for whom all the major
questions of life are settled,
all the seasons of the world defined.
Women, the wise, and southerners
know different. Rather than a maple,
the tree of life's a walking mangrove.
Its roots don't go down, branch, and anchor;
they go down, and up, reach out, and through,
so that who spawns who, who's
your daddy, who's your cousin and
who's on top isn't ever clear. In fact,
sometimes the tree of life drops propagules.
Things intended as roots,
meant to anchor evolution's shoreline,
but which take independent form
and walk off on their own. Life,
neither directly linked or independent,
and hard to classify. If you don't believe
me, ask my septic tank. It started singing
yesterday, in part to answer my garage.
Both of which sing counterpoint
and dance erratic partner with
the Chevy up on blocks.
And none of which are cleanly
clearly cousins or distinctly not.
Place those in your maple tree of life
and watch it bend and crumple.
But place them in your walking mangrove
and we're all just propagules.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Osteo-Mancer's Son by Greg Van
Eekhout
Greg van Eekhout's stories have appeared in
Asimov's, F&SF, Starlight 3, Realms of Fantasy, and Year's Best
Fantasy and Horror, among other places. His story "In the Late
December" was nominated for the Nebula Award last year. A year ago,
Greg's first story for us, which he co-wrote with Michael J.
Jasper--"California King" (April/May 2005)--was about several
generations of a conjuring family. He returns to our pages with a new
tale that looks at another family whose magic runs deep in their bones.
* * * *
The bus comes to a stop at Wilshire and Fairfax,
just a few blocks from the La Brea Tar Pits. When the doors hiss open,
the tar smell washes over me. Thick and ancient, it snakes through my
sinuses and settles in the back of my brain like a ghost in the attic.
"Get off or stay on," the driver says. So I step
off into the haunted air.
The walk to Farmer's Market is too short. Not
enough time for me to change my mind. For a moment, I wonder if looking
at my wallet photo of Miranda might give me some more courage. I know
every detail by heart: She's smiling and squinting into the camera, her
face sun-dappled and brilliant. The ice cream cone I bought her on her
third birthday is a pink smear across her face.
It's easier to think of her that way than to
contemplate the handkerchief inside my bowling bag and the small bone
contained within its linen folds.
I put my head down and keep walking, entering a
maze of stalls and awnings, of narrow paths crowded with bins and
baskets and little old ladies with sharp elbows. Shopping carts bark my
shins and roll over my toes. Ranchero music and some kind of Southeast
Asian pop bounces off my head.
"Hey, you got problem?" A man behind the counter
beckons with a hooked finger, his face brown and creased like a
cinnamon stick. "You got problem, yeah. I can tell. I got just what you
need." With a knife, he sweeps bright orange dust into a little paper
envelope. It looks like that dehydrated cheese powder that comes with
instant macaroni.
"What's that?" I ask.
His smile reveals several gold teeth. "Come from
dragon turtle. You see giant dragon turtle wash up in San Diego? You
see that on news?"
"I'm not really up on current events." Especially
not as regurgitated by state-controlled news organizations.
He nods enthusiastically and edges more powder into
the envelope. "This come from San Diego dragon turtle. Wife's younger
brother, he lifeguard. He scrape some turtle shell before Hierarch's
men confiscate whole carcass."
"What's it for?" I ask, indicating the
powder-filled envelope.
"All sorts of stuff. Rheumatism, kidney stones,
migraine, epilepsy, bedroom problems ... All sorts."
"No, thanks," I say as I try to shoulder my way
back into the crowd.
"Get you girls," he calls after me. "Make you
animal! Guaranteed!"
Dragon turtle can't do any of those things, of
course. Not that it's genuine turtle he's selling. I figure it for
flour and sulfur, with maybe the tiniest pinch of rhinoceros horn
thrown in. You can't even put a street value on the genuine stuff these
days.
I know. I've experienced the genuine stuff. It's in
my bones.
* * * *
One Sunday afternoon I found a piece of kraken
spine while walking down Santa Monica Beach with Dad. It was a cold
day, the sand a sloping plain of gray beneath a slate sky, and we were
both underdressed for the weather. But it was Sunday, the one day of
the week we had together, and I had wanted to go to the beach.
I spotted the spine in the receding foam of the
surf. It was just a fragment, like a knitting needle, striped honey and
black. I showed it to Dad.
"Good eye," he said, resting his hand on my
shoulder. "I don't see many of these outside a locked vault." In his
white shirt and gray slacks, he looked like one of the seagulls
wheeling overhead. I imagined him spreading his long arms to catch the
wind and float to the sky.
I, on the other hand, took after my mom--short and
stocky, skin just a shade paler than terra cotta. "Your father is made
of air," Mom once told me. "That's why he's so hard to understand; he's
not always down here with us. But you and me, kid, you and me are plain
as dirt."
Dad held out his hand for the spine. "Kraken live
in the deeps," he said. "They hunt for giant squid and sperm whale.
Sometimes, in a fight, the spines break off and they wash ashore." He
smelled the spine, inhaling so deeply it was almost an act of
aggression. "You've found good bone, Daniel. Better than mammoth tusk."
"Really?" John Blackland had never been known to
lavish idle praise.
"Better than all the La Brea stuff, in fact. The
kraken is even older. Smarter."
I waited while my father's thoughts followed their
own silent paths. Then, brightly, he told me to find a shell. "Abalone
would be perfect, but I'll take anything from the sea I can use as a
crucible."
Within a few minutes I'd located half a mussel
shell. We sat on the sand, the shell between us, and Dad cooked the tip
of the kraken spine over the flame of his Zippo. Thin tendrils of smoke
rose from the spine, smelling of salt and earth and dark, deep mud.
When a single drop of honey-colored fluid oozed
from the tip of the spine into the shell, Dad killed the flame. "Okay,"
he said. "Good. Now, do like me." He lifted the shell to his mouth and
lightly touched his tongue to the fluid. I did the same. It burned, but
not more than a too-hot mug of cocoa. The oil tasted exactly as it
smelled, like something that had come from dark and forgotten places,
but also from inside me.
"Quick, now, Daniel. Hold my hand."
For a few moments, the waves crashed ashore and the
gulls cried overhead and I shivered in the cold. Then it started. A
prickling sensation ran across my skin, raising goose bumps. The tiny
hairs on my arms stood at attention. Then it was popping in my body, as
though my blood were carbonated. It hurt, and I felt it in my lips and
eyes, a million pinpricks.
I looked at Dad. His face was a blur. He was
actually vibrating, and I realized I was, too, and he smiled at me.
"Don't be afraid," he said, his voice shuddering. "Trust me."
I wasn't afraid. Or, rather, the scared part of me
was smaller than the part that was thrilled at the power of my father,
the power of the kraken, the power inside me.
Lightning struck. Silver-white, cracking bursts.
Pain took me. I screamed, desperately trying to let
some of it out, but there was only more. My body was a sponge for it,
with limitless capacity. Pain replaced everything.
When my world finally stilled and my eyes could
once again see, Dad and I were surrounded by a moat of liquefied sand.
Black, gooey glass smoked and bubbled.
"The kraken is a creature of storms," Dad said.
"Now, a part of it will always rage inside you. That's the
osteomancer's craft: To draw magic from bones, to infuse it into your
own." He looked at me a long time, as if to see if I understood.
The pain was over, but the memory of it roiled
inside and around me, like smoke from a fire.
Trust me, he'd said.
"Don't tell your mom about this. That kraken spine
could have paid for your college education."
* * * *
Farther back in the recesses of Farmer's Market,
closer to the Tar Pits, the smell of asphalt clogs the air. Black ooze
seeps through cracks in the alley, and when I walk, my shoes stick to
the ground. There's black tar under the pavement. Pockets of gas lurk
beneath the sidewalks like jellyfish.
Storage sheds and small warehouses line the alley,
guarded by guys, teenagers, just a few years younger than me. They
conceal their hands in the pockets of their roomy pants and watch me
make my way down a row of cinderblock structures. I stop before a
building with a steel roll-down door, and four guards converge on me,
forming a diamond with me at the center.
"You must be lost," one says.
They all have eyes the color of coffee ice cream
and the same face. Not just similar in appearance, but identical. Maybe
they're quadruplets, but more likely they're mirror-spawn. It takes
pretty deep magic to create them, but when it comes to the Hierarch and
his interests, no expense is ever spared. These guys aren't just
rent-a-cop security. These guys are weapons.
"Are these warehouses?" I say, waving vaguely at
the buildings around us.
The four share a look and nod in unison.
"Then I think I'm in the right place."
"You'd have been better off lost," says the one
behind me. "What's in the bowling bag?"
"A bowling ball."
"What kind?"
"Brunswick." That's the name written on the bag.
"I like to bowl," they all say together. Then, just
the one behind me: "Let's take a peek inside."
Two of them unzip the bag, while the other two keep
their eyes on me. I reach into my coat pocket and all four get ready to
pounce. "Relax," I say, pulling out my leather glasses case. "Just
putting on my shades."
Which, really, is all I do.
Frowns form on the faces of the four mirror-spawn.
They blink. They work their lips a little. "What are you looking at?"
they all ask each other.
"Nothing," they all decide.
Their diamond formation loosens, and they go back
to whatever they were doing before I showed up. I take my bowling bag
and continue looking for the right warehouse.
* * * *
When my first baby tooth fell out I tucked it under
my pillow, just as Mom had told me to. The next morning the tooth was
gone but I found no coin. Mom and Dad were arguing in the living room.
I wanted to go out and see Dad, but not until the fight was over.
I read some comics.
I glued plastic tusks on my Revel Colombian Mammoth
model.
With my tongue, I probed the empty socket where my
tooth had been.
Finally, the noise in the other room died down, and
I heard the front door open and shut. Moments later, a car started and
drove away: Dad going back to his apartment.
"From now on," Mom said, standing in the doorway,
"when you lose a tooth, put it in an envelope for your father."
"What for?"
She gripped the doorjamb so tight her hand shook.
"So he can eat it."
By that age, I already knew Dad worked for the
Hierarch--the most powerful osteomancer of all--and I knew that made my
father a very important man.
It wasn't until years later, until after the Night
of Long Knives, that I knew Dad was a traitor.
This, I found out from Uncle Otis, my father's
brother, who took me in after Dad was murdered and Mom defected to
Northern California.
I'd left Otis when I turned sixteen and had nearly
no contact with him until two weeks ago. I knew he helped out Connie
and Miranda with money, dropped in on their little apartment in Boyle
Heights to make sure they were okay, but I'd never asked him to do that
and I refused to be grateful.
The door jingled as I entered his shop for the
first time in seven years.
"You never got tall," he said by way of greeting.
He wasn't alone. On a stool behind a glass display
counter of jewelry and cigarette cases and Zippo lighters sat a
thin-shouldered man in a sweater the color of wilted lettuce. He gave
me a smile with his lipless turtle mouth and took a sip from a Dodgers
coffee mug.
"Nice to meet you, Daniel."
I took note of the turtle man's skin, teeth,
fingernails. They were by no means healthy colors, but neither were
they the deeply embedded telltale brown of a practicing osteomancer. I
figured him for a supplier, like Otis.
I should have turned around, gone back home.
Trafficking in osteomancy had been a bad idea since the Night of Long
Knives--I was surprised Otis hadn't been caught yet--and I always got
the feeling the Hierarch's eyes were on me, being the son of John
Blackland.
Otis tried to introduce me to the turtle man.
"Daniel, this is Mr.--" But the turtle man cut him off with a sharp
look. Otis settled on telling me he was a friend of my father's.
I took "friend" as a codeword for former
co-conspirator. Dad had been a darling of the Hierarch until he'd
decided there was too much power concentrated in the Hierarch's hands,
and he hadn't been alone in this belief. Magic wants to be free. But
after the Night of Long Knives, what had been the seeds of a revolution
had degenerated into merely a black market for osteomantic materials.
Now, it was just about skimming a bit off the Hierarch's profit.
I wanted no part of it. Not a sliver. But there was
the lure of money and pangs about how little I was doing for Miranda.
"Is this a bag job?"
Otis nodded. "The sort of thing you're good at."
I had kept myself out of the family business, but
that didn't mean I'd been walking the straight and narrow. Part of the
reason I'd left Otis's care was because I felt he wasn't dealing fairly
with me when fencing stuff I'd boosted from houses and businesses.
"It's a tricky job, in a place hard to get into and
even harder to get out of."
"Government warehouse, I suppose?" Which was
tantamount to a suicide mission.
The turtle man looked at me with dark eyes. I
recognized that look. In his head, he was stripping me of clothing and
skin. He was wondering what my skeleton looked like. "It's not just any
government warehouse, Daniel. We're sending you into the Ossuary
itself."
The Ossuary. The dragon's greatest treasure trove.
The Hierarch's own private stash.
I didn't bother explaining what an impossible task
that would be. These guys were veterans. They wouldn't risk exposure in
a pointless exercise. But they would risk my life to get their hands on
the Hierarch's riches.
I, on the other hand, would not. "Thanks, Otis," I
said, turning my back and heading for the door. "Don't call me again."
I heard the turtle man's coffee cup clank against
the glass counter. "You haven't even heard our terms."
"And I'm not going to," I said. "My daughter
deserves a living father."
"Daniel, I have something for you." I stopped and
watched Otis place a folded handkerchief on the glass counter. The look
on his face was infinitely sad as he peeled back the corners of the
handkerchief and revealed a small distal phalanx. A finger bone. A
child's finger bone, not white, but already turning brown. The bone of
a child who has been fed bone. When I was a kid, that's what my bones
would have looked like, because even then, Dad was preparing me.
"It belongs to Miranda," the turtle man said. "Do
the job or we'll piece her out, bit by bit."
* * * *
Dad lived in the back of his osteomancer's shop,
and that's where I spent most of my time with him during weekend
visits. Six years after that afternoon on the beach, I was in his
workroom, watching a pair of horn-rimmed glasses bob inside a kettle of
boiling oil. The lenses were blanks, but the frames were special,
carved from the vertebrae of a Choctaw sint holo serpent. I was
certain that Dad didn't have legal access to such materials. He'd
probably obtained it in one of the back-alley exchanges he'd become
increasingly involved with. Things had been different for him, lately.
Once one of the Hierarch's chief men, now he was more and more on the
fringes of things.
Dad stirred the oil with a copper spoon, sniffing
the vapors that rose from the pot. He quizzed me: "Any idea what these
glasses will do?"
I was bored. Only eight blocks away there was a
mall full of video games and CDs to shoplift and girls. I couldn't
remember the last time Dad and I had talked about anything other than
bones and oils and feathers and powders. Dad's world was full of dead
things that stank.
"I have no idea what they do," I said. It was true,
but it wasn't what Dad wanted to hear.
He breathed a small sigh. "Smell it, Daniel. You
can tell by smell. Smells are ghosts. Let them in and they'll talk to
you."
He wouldn't give up until I did as he asked, so,
sullenly, I admitted the phantoms. Figuring out what they were trying
to tell me was a process requiring the kind of patience and attention I
could seldom be bothered to exhibit. I lowered my nose to the kettle.
First, there were my father's tells, not just
because he was in the room, but because the kettle contained his magic.
There was clean sweat. Old Spice. And tar. Deeply embedded, way down to
the marrow of Dad's bones. My father's living ghost. And also something
of me. Maybe some of my baby teeth. The smells were all mixed up, and I
couldn't tell where he ended and I began.
"What do you think?" Dad whispered, bending close
to my ear.
"It's like ... something I can't hold onto. Like
confusion."
Dad straightened. "It's in your bones, now, Daniel.
You know how to let the old bones inside you. You only need to listen
to them, and they'll tell you how to do whatever you need to do. That's
osteomancy. That's deep magic." He gestured at his work counter,
littered with jars and vials and little envelopes. "All else is merely
recipe."
From outside, the sound of a helicopter rotor
pounded the air. The phone rang. Dad went to the front room to answer
it, and I stayed behind, eavesdropping on his conversation.
"Not a good time, Otis." Then, his voice dropped.
"Yes, I've got something cooking right now."
The sound of the helicopter grew closer, and now it
sounded as though there were more than one. I went to the door and saw
the look on Dad's face, the way the lines deepened, the haunted shadows
of his eyes. "Who else did they get?" he said into the receiver,
craning his neck to peer out the living room window. Dad listened to
whatever Otis's answer was, his eyes shut tight. When he opened them,
he saw me standing in the doorway. "Will you take care of him, Otis?
Will you promise me?" There was a pause, and then he put the receiver
back in its cradle.
Out on the street, car doors slammed. Dad came over
to the workroom doorway and pushed me back inside. "The glasses aren't
ready yet," he said. "Wait as long as you can before putting them on.
Don't come out till you've heard the thunder. When you walk, make no
noise." With that, he shut the door on me.
A few moments later, I heard shouting in the living
room, a scuffle. And then cracks of thunder, so close, like bombs
detonating in my head. The loudest thing I'd ever heard.
Silence followed, broken by soft footsteps outside
the workroom. The doorknob jiggled. Another beat of silence, and
something impacted the door. Wood splintered.
I ran to Dad's work counter. The glasses still
tumbled inside the boiling oil. With a pair of copper tongs, I lifted
out the glasses and put them on, hissing in pain as I burned my fingers
and temples and the backs of my ears and the bridge of my nose. My skin
blistered, and whatever substance Dad had used to fashion the frames
leeched into me.
With another blow the door gave, hanging on one
hinge, useless as a broken arm. Half a dozen cops surged in. A
gray-haired man in a blue windbreaker, marked with the Hierarch's skull
insignia, pushed to the front of the group. I backed up against the
workbench. The man in the windbreaker was close enough to touch. He
looked at me, right at me, and raised his hand as if to reach out and
grab my throat. I remained silent, and he only blinked stupidly in my
general direction.
My heart pounding, I forced myself to walk slowly
past the cops, who flinched as though brushed by cobwebs. In the living
room were four charred bodies. The flesh on their faces and hands
bubbled, black and red. The room stank of ozone and meat and kraken.
Dad hadn't managed to get them all. He was on his
back. Three cops were cutting the skin off of him with long knives.
They'd already flayed his arm, exposing the deep rich brown of his
radius and ulna. And they'd peeled his face back to expose his
coffee-brown skull.
That night, I ran. Away from Dad's place, away from
the rotor blades and searchlights. I ran until I could only walk,
walked until I could only stumble, stumbled until I could only crawl.
When morning broke, I woke up in wet sand and bathed myself in the cold
waves that rolled in on the edge of a winter storm. I will live here, I
thought. I will live here on the beach, and I will never take off these
glasses, and I will live here as a ghost.
He was already dead, I told myself. When the men
cut open Dad to take his bones, he was already dead.
I would keep telling myself that until I could
believe it.
* * * *
The route to the Hierarch's ossuary takes me
through a network of tunnels buried so deep beneath the city that,
after a while, I can no longer feel the rumble of traffic from Wilshire
Boulevard. The stench of tar and magic is almost a solid wall here, the
ghosts so thick I can practically scoop them out of the air with my
hands. Using the turtle man's collection of lock picks, stolen keys,
alarm codes, passwords, and my father's glasses, I eventually find
myself at the threshold of the Hierarch's ossuary.
Let's say you're sickeningly wealthy. And let's say
what you're rich in is gold, and you want a big room in which to hoard
your treasure. What could be more fitting, then, than a room built of
solid gold bricks? The Hierarch's ossuary is kind of like that, only
it's built of bone. The walls are mammoth femurs stacked end-to-end.
The floor, a mosaic of various claws and delicate vertebrae and healing
jewels pried from the heads of Peruvian carbuncles. Overhead, mammoth
tusks form the domed ceiling. And from the dome hangs a chandelier of
unicorn horns, white as snow.
I remind myself to breathe.
Six sentries carry bayonets with basilisk-tooth
blades. They exchange uneasy glances as I step deeper into the room.
I've been warned by Otis and the turtle man that anyone I encounter
this far inside the Hierarch's stronghold will have received advanced
training. They will have tasted deep-magic bone.
"Hoss, you okay?" says one of the sentries.
Another shakes his head, looking directly at me.
"Nope. Something's creeping me out."
"Yeah, me too. Think we should get the hound in
here?"
"Yeah." The sentry reaches for a wall-mounted phone.
I unlace my boot and pry it off. With everything
I've got, I chuck it up at the unicorn chandelier. The horns shatter
like glass, the sound of children shrieking. I backpedal to avoid the
rain of shards.
The sentries look up in horror. They're in charge
of protecting a lot of money, and something's just gone dreadfully
wrong. They flutter about the mess like maiden aunts over a collapsed
soufflé.
I retrieve my boot and make a dash for a passageway
into an even larger room.
The entrance of bone was made to impress. This
place, large enough to berth an ocean liner, houses yet greater wealth.
Floor-to-ceiling shelves occupy most of it, but there are also fully
assembled skeletons in chain-link cages: a serpent at least one hundred
yards long, a feline body as large as an elephant with a boulder-sized
skull. And suspended overhead looms a kraken--flat, shovel-shaped head,
tail half the length of a football field, and running down the tail,
dozens of spines as long as jousting lances. The stench of its power
makes my stomach churn.
There is really only one reason Otis and the turtle
man chose me for this job. One thing I can do better than anyone else.
There's a scent I'm sensitive to, one I can pick out like a bright
white stripe on a black highway. I follow it to a row of towering
shelves and bring over a ladder on wheels. I climb. Stacked on the
shelves are long cardboard boxes. In front of my face is the one
containing my father's bones.
His remains are powerful weapons. I understand why
Otis and the turtle man and whoever else is in their cabal wants them.
Most of Dad is missing. Probably sold off. All
that's left are some of the small bones of his hands, and some ground
powder, just a pinch, in a glass vial. I unzip my bowling bag and dump
the remains inside.
A voice from below: "Come down off that ladder,
son."
In a linen button-down shirt and tailored black
slacks, the Hierarch isn't exactly what I expect, but I recognize his
face from coins and postage stamps. He's thin and dark as bones from
the tar pits, his fingernails, teeth and eyes saturated with magic.
"Those glasses of yours are very clever," he says,
inhaling deeply. "Sint holo serpent bones and Deep Rhys herbs.
Two sources of invisibility, mixed together, along with your own
essence. That's good work. But it's not fooling me, so you might as
well come on down now."
I grip the ladder to keep my hands from shaking. I
can smell him. His magic is old. "So, you really hang out in your own
warehouse? Don't tell me you drive the forklifts."
He smiles indulgently. "No, that takes special
training I lack. But when thieves get this far past my defenses, I take
a personal interest. Now, please, come down."
"Not just yet. I like the view from up here. You
have a lot of nice things. Is that really a sphinx?" I wonder if he's
noticed my legs shaking.
"Yes. One of only three ever found."
"Where are the other two?"
"I smoked them." And he spits at me. He fires up a
dark brown glob that splatters on my cheek. It burns me like acid,
hurting so bad, filling me with pain and surprise, that I can't even
scream.
A curtain of gray descends over my vision, and I
lose balance, falling off the ladder, eight feet down to the concrete
floor. I huddle there at the Hierarch's feet, struggling not to give in
to the tempting relief of unconsciousness. My cheek burns. And I think
I've broken my right arm. But somehow--reflex, dumb luck, who
knows?--I've managed to hold onto the bowling bag containing father's
bones. Some of the bones have fallen out. The vial of powder lies
shattered, its contents spilled.
I have to get to my feet. I can do this. I can make
myself do this. Using my good arm to push myself up, I manage to drive
my palm into the tiny shards of glass from the broken vial.
"Are you okay?" the Hierarch asks. I can hear the
flesh on my face sizzle.
I try to say "fine," but the word won't come out.
"So, who's that in the bowling bag?"
"John Blackland," I rasp. "He was an osteomancer."
The Hierarch puts his hands in his pockets and
bounces on the balls of his feet, as if stretching out his calf
muscles. "This entire section of the ossuary is full of osteomancers.
It's the osteomancer section. I suppose you're John Blackland's son?"
The Hierarch's spit continues to burn. "Yeah," I
gasp. "Daniel Blackland."
It feels like someone's drilling into the cracked
bones of my right arm. And my cheek ... the air hits exposed bone.
The Hierarch squints at the hole in my face as if
checking out a door ding on a parked car. "If it's any comfort, you got
farther than most. No doubt you've come equipped with some powerful
osteomantic weapons. But look at me." He holds his brown hands up
toward my face. "I've smoked, eaten, inhaled, and injected more ancient
and secret animals than anyone alive. I'm the Hierarch."
"How could I have done this better?" I ask.
"I do make public appearances, you know. You could
have tried a car bomb. Or a high-powered rifle. You revenge-obsessed
boys have extraordinary passion, but it seems to get in the way of
achieving practical goals."
He thinks this is about vengeance, not simple
theft. I'm out of courage, and hope, and pretty much everything. But
then Dad talks to me. He begins softly, through weak and subtle scents
that waft up from his scattered bones: tar, the salt tang of kelp, and
a trace of something clean and dark and old from the sea bottom.
That's the osteomancer's craft. To draw magic from
bones, to infuse it into your own.
My father turned me into a weapon. And while I was
off, screwing around, I let inheritors of my father's noble cause turn
Miranda into a weapon. I've still got her in my bowling bag. I am a
vessel carrying three generations of power. But I'll die before I use
my daughter in that way.
Broken arm. Face being eaten away. Glass splinters
in my good hand. I put my palm to my ruined cheek. Screaming, I rub
residue of my father's ground-up bones into my raw flesh.
Firecrackers pop under my skin.
The Hierarch sees what I've done, and he begins to
exude something. A toxic stench, thick as mud, fills my head, more and
more until I hear myself shrieking with blind pain.
The Hierarch coughs, and he coughs and coughs, and
his eyes never leave mine. His jaw unhinges like a snake's, and brown
fluid gushes out of him. Where it hits the floor, concrete liquefies
and boils away.
"If there's anything left of you," he says, his
voice gargly, "I'll drink it with green tea."
I don't know if I'll live, but I know the Hierarch
has lost. Because, overhead, the spines of the kraken skeleton vibrate
and sing. And just before the Hierarch unleashes another torrent of
magic from inside, the storm I called with Dad strikes. The bolts come
down. The bolts come out of me. They come from Dad's bones, soaked with
Dad's magic, mixed in my blood. They come from spirits and memories.
When it's over, the Hierarch's charred body melts
into a puddle of brown, sizzling fluid.
Ding-dong, dead.
I should just walk out of here. With my glasses, I
can get past the guards and get as far from the ossuary as a guy with a
broken arm and a ravaged face can get.
But the residue of the Hierarch is rich, powerful
magic. There's got to be a sponge and bucket around here somewhere.
* * * *
We've been driving all day and all night and have
been for a few days. Connie rides with Miranda in the back, singing
Spanish lullabies, trying to get her to stop crying. I cooked up a
salve for her hand, and I don't think it hurts her any longer, but the
girl misses the tip of her finger. Of course she does. How could she
not? When she's older, maybe I'll give it to her and she can wear it on
the end of a necklace.
And once that thought is complete, I want to hit
myself. Isn't that the sort of thing Dad might do?
At least once every hour I'm tempted to turn the
car around and head back to Los Angeles. There's a fight being waged
between high-ranking ministers and osteomancers, between freelancers
and opportunists and twisted idealists like Otis and the turtle man. I
shouldn't be tempted to head back and join in, but I am. I'm pretty
sure I would prevail. After drinking the Hierarch's remains, I may well
be the most powerful osteomancer in all the Californias. Possibly the
most powerful on the entire continent. Part of me wants that power.
There's something in my bones that craves it.
But then, when the hunger gets too strong, I lean
back and get a whiff of Miranda. She carries the taint of magic, a
scent much older than she is, and I won't stop driving till all I can
smell is baby powder and shampoo and clean, soft skin.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
[Back to Table of Contents]
Brick, Concrete, and Steel People by
Bruce Boston
If brick, concrete,
and steel people
were the world,
there would be none
of your fleshy insinuations
into the structures
that surround us.
None of your
grating innuendoes
to debilitate the day!
We would build
from the ground up
and when we discovered
a fault we would
break it down
and begin afresh.
Standing in the brisk
light of early dawn
we would salute
the towers that rise
about and above us.
If brick, concrete,
and steel people
were the world,
the mortar,
grain, and girders
of our lives would
pass inspection
with bright flying colors
every time.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Not Worth A Cent by R. Neube
R. Neube tells us that this story originated, "as
more than a few of my stories do, while I was waiting for a city bus.
This burly teen started spouting hundred-decibel abuse at a
nigh-fossilized codger. The punk made the mistake of shoving the old
man, giving the elder the space he needed to swing his cane. Babe Ruth
would have been proud. As I watched the crying punk crawl away, it
started me thinking..."
* * * *
The bent old man watched the two young thugs enter
the ruins of the warehouse. The thugs moved slowly. Between them, they
strutted fifty kilos of surgically-implanted muscles.
The old man withdrew a cigarette and torched it.
The thugs took a step back.
"That poison will kill you," said the thug with
electric-orange hair braided into a pillar atop his head.
"On my hundredth birthday, I realized death means
nothing. I started smoking, eating bacon, even guzzling vodka." William
Stewart laughed. The sound echoed like the song of a ghost.
"Got the money?" asked the plaid-haired thug. He
dropped a small bag on the wooden bench.
William shuffled to the bench, taking an oblique
path to keep both thugs in front of him. "Let me see the drugs."
Wrinkled hands dived into the pockets of his faded windbreaker. One
hand emerged with five one thousand dollar bills. Dropping the
banknotes on the bench, William opened the sack. He examined a vial,
then another.
Plaid snatched the bag away with two fingers.
"There's a slight complication, cent."
William cringed at the pejorative, remembering a
day when living over a century earned a person some respect.
"Someone else will pay us eight thou. So, we're
taking your money." Plaid's knife snapped open.
William stepped back, shrinking inside his jacket.
"You know, this same rip-off thing happened to me back in '68,
I--"
"What do you mean '68? It's only 2055, you
old
fool."
"Don't think of it as a rip-off. Think of it as
education."
William drew a small handgun. Pop, pop, pop, pop,
pop. The old man grimaced. "How the hell did you miss twice at spitting
distance?" William groused as he leaned over to fire another bullet
into Orange.
His back crackled as he searched the thugs. A few
bucks, the knife, and a roll of antacids went into the sack with the
drugs and gun. The sack went into a mesh shopping bag, that badge of
the elderly.
"Didn't you hear? Everybody loses these days."
William ambled from the warehouse, cutting across
abandoned railroad tracks dappled in twilight. Nobody gave him a second
glance. Not the homeless in their shanty town blocking the tracks. Not
the young people living in the Graduation Projects beyond the tracks.
Jackson Commune stood in the center of Franklin
Street. In the nineteenth century, the three-story palace had been
built for a beer king. In the twentieth, it became an apartment
building amidst an expanding ghetto. At the dawn of the current
century, it had been renovated by the Jacksons, professors at OSU.
Health freaks, they spent a million apiece for rejuvenation treatments
then coming on the market. Whereupon the jet bringing them home crashed.
Chester, the black-sheep cousin, inherited the
house. He threw a party that lasted four years, until he dropped dead
of pleasure. By then, a dozen cents lived there. Chester's lover,
Jennifer, formalized the communal arrangement. With Chester buried in
the basement, Jennifer kept Chester's identity alive for twenty years
with bank accounts that scrupulous paid their taxes and utilities.
William Stewart wheezed up the long flight of
foot-polished limestone steps to the front porch. It was May, and the
honeysuckle already carpeted the outside of the house. He leaned
against a pillar. Long, deep breaths helped still his pounding heart,
his laboring lungs.
"You murder two punks without breaking a sweat, yet
you are too vain to allow your housemates see you winded. Pathetic,
Billy boy."
He entered after the householdputer identified his
handprint and unlocked the front door. A pile of suitcases announced a
new member of the commune. They were top of the line, real leather. A
sticker on the side of one chilled his marrow. TOLEDO FEDERAL
PENITENTIARY, it read.
William tooled into the kitchen. A herd of dwarf
rabbits--Jennifer's pride and joy--stampeded into the pantry. A snoring
Kent slumped over the kitchen table. Taking the last cup, William
loaded the coffeemaker, starting another pot.
Fortified, he climbed two flights of steep steps,
the servants' stairs. On the third floor it opened into the death room.
Doc Meyer had painted it a cheerful yellow.
Alicia occupied the bed, a tiny lump lost under
fresh percale sheets. In the corner, Doc Meyer pressed her pug nose
against a computer monitor. Long fingers manipulated a slide under the
vidscope.
"How's our patient?" William whispered. He always
whispered in the death room.
Doc Meyer jerked around. Her blue eyes widened. She
was the kid in the commune, barely seventy-five--not even retirement
age. Not that she would qualify for Social Security benefits once she
reached retirement age next year. Convicted felons lost their rights to
collect any government payment.
William stood taller in her presence, every
creaking vertebra straight. Who knows, he thought, someday she might
even tell me her given name. Solving that mystery would almost be as
good as sex. Almost.
She sighed. "Alicia's infection stems from one of
the Boston Bacteria, but I can't isolate which one. Did you get the
drugs?"
William smiled broadly, grateful the last thing he
got from the government--before his hundredth birthday disqualified him
from Social Security--was a new set of teeth. "Would I disappoint you?"
He handed her four vials, his fingers caressing her cool skin.
"Were you able to get them to lower the price?"
"Net cost, zilch. Don't ask how. The commune's med
fund remains intact." He set the cash on her desk. "Is that enough to
impress you out of your jeans?"
She studied the vials. "This," she waved a brownish
vial, "was developed from mustard gas. Modern medicine is reduced to
poisoning our patients to kill the cures we invented. I hope she's
strong enough to survive the treatment."
It was the rare cent who had not been treated with
Boston Bacteria to consume their cancers. The Nobel Prizes had already
been awarded before the anti-cancer array of bacteria mutated, invading
the general population to cause an epidemic du jour.
Had Alicia been ten years younger, she would have
been diagnosed during her mandatory biannual Medicare checkup. A short
stay in the hospital would have sufficed to kill the bacteria consuming
her. But Alicia wasn't young enough to qualify for Medicare. A hospital
would have required a twenty grand deposit before a doctor would see
her, so Alicia had ended up in the commune's death room.
"Need me to donate more blood?" he asked as his
imagination began to undress the doctor.
"No, you gave last week. The new guy is O-pos, too.
I'll tap him."
"Know anything about him?"
"Stash the paranoia, Stewart, he's not a real
criminal."
"Call me William."
"The poor guy was busted under the Crimes Against
the Economy Act."
"I'd rather have a serial killer stay here than a
leveraged buy-out bastard who unemployed millions of--"
"He's Hiram Bigg," she said, her eyebrows dancing.
"That hillbilly magnate who bought Kentucky? What's
he doing in Ohio? You can't get a decent bowl of grits for a hundred
miles."
"Be nice, he's on the lam. After he got out of
prison, Bigg's creditors got a court order to send him to a labor camp
until he pays back his debts."
William chuckled. "You just can't win. Let's see,
at minimum wage times eighty hours a week on the assembly line, how
long will it take to pay back $350,000,000,000? Wait, don't tell me. I
was good with word problems in school. The answer is: the train reaches
Chicago first."
"You're not funny, Stewart."
"Call me Bill."
"Be nice to him, Stewart. Alicia needs his blood."
She made shooing motions.
William stopped by Alicia on his way out. It was
hard to reconcile the husk with the vivacious blonde who stormed into
the commune a decade ago.
William suspected that her rejuvenation treatment
had something to do with her illness. Of course, it could be nothing
more than his native paranoia. Lots of cents ended up in "conspiracy
camps," looney bins devoted to the hopelessly paranoid.
"Part and parcel of the plot against us," he
muttered.
He laughed. It was the only right left to him.
* * * *
William limped down the stairs after his nap. In
the kitchen, a half-filled coffeepot awaited. Kent sat upright in a
chair, eyes wide open, mouth agape. Only a rattling snore showed he was
alive.
"What's the sense of living so long, if you're
going to sleep it all away?"
"Long as it makes him happy," drawled a lanky man
walking into the kitchen. He poured himself a cup.
William eyed the stranger while he reloaded the
coffeemaker. "One of the house rules is that we keep a pot of java
going around the clock." He fished a pack of smokes from his pocket.
"Scared of secondhand smoke, Grit Boy?"
The newcomer took a cigarette, flaming it with a
Flying Tigers Zippo. "You must be Stewart. What were you before
becoming the commune's enforcer?"
"Must have worked a hundred jobs, but my fave was
garbageman." He studied the ex-billionaire to judge his reaction. One
wrong word and William would hate him; hate was such a simple,
effortless emotion.
"I've had my hundred jobs, too. Golden Glove boxer,
semi-pro quarterback. When I dropped out of college," said Hiram, voice
dreamy, "I formed a trash hauling company in southeastern Kentucky. It
was a good two years."
"Spent nineteen years on the back of a truck,"
interjected William.
"Nineteen years? Did they lay you off ere you
qualified for a pension?"
"Naw, I was forced to retire after some aluminum
cans went missing. They couldn't prove anything, but the bosses took
their recyclables seriously."
"I thought I was screwed." Hiram Bigg held onto his
pronouns until they drawled into entire paragraphs of their own. "A
career destroyed over tin cans."
"Aluminum. I would have made a lot more money
embezzling 6,400 tons of tin cans." William smiled.
"Tons?"
"Ain't no petty crimes, just petty criminals,"
William counter-drawled. "Are you trying to disguise yourself as Abe
Lincoln? Is your hair dyed?" He tugged the man's beard.
"If I was going for a dye job, I'd get one of those
plaid jobs the kids are wearing." Bigg snorted smoke as he laughed.
Kent opened his eyes, shouted, "What is Cheyenne,
Alex?" He blinked twice before returning to his snooze.
Jennifer drifted into the room. Such was her grace
that it seemed she sailed on winds that caressed her alone. The light
played with her silver-dyed hair, eyes, and skin.
"Howdy do, I'm Hiram Bigg."
Jennifer ignored him, drifting into the pantry.
Pots rattled. Cans banged.
William refilled his coffee cup, then Bigg's.
"C'mon, Jennifer doesn't like people in her kitchen while she's
cooking. Don't take it personally." William noticed the magnate eyeing
Kent. "He's not people. He's a toadstool."
They went onto the front porch, sitting on a swing.
Dots and slashes of Franklin Street were visible through the thick mass
of honeysuckle twining the mesh fence surrounding the porch. Noses
sought their perfume, but only the road exhaust from the nearby
interstate could be discerned.
"What are the odds of the cops tracking you here?"
"Nil. My spoor goes south from Louisville to
Alabama. Spent half my life telling folks Ohio was hell. Nobody'll look
for me in Columbus."
"Sentenced to hell. How poetic. Rule One, you bring
pain to this house, and I promise you a world of hurt."
"Beth warned me yer a hard case."
"Beth?"
"Doctor Meyer. Her sister was my Attorney General
after I purchased Kentucky. Good woman. All the Meyer women are good."
"Her name is Beth?" He pulled a bottle of generic
vodka from his pocket. After a long swig, he offered it to Bigg.
"Naw, I blew out my liver years ago."
"Had to give up every vice when I was fifty after a
cardiac event. My doc told me I'd be dead by sixty, so during
the second fifty years of my life, I lived like a monk. I don't intend
to live a third fifty. Isn't worth the hassle."
"You look good for a cent. When did you have your
rejuv?" Bigg fingercombed his lush, black hair.
"Never have. Guess I have good genes," replied
William, fingercombing his thin, grey hair. "The only time I saved
enough money for rejuv, I had to have new lungs installed instead."
"That was the only stroke of luck I had owning
Kentucky. I knew it was going to be the toughest job of my life, so I
went into a rejuv clinic when I was fifty-five." His deep-set eyes grew
misty. "If I had another two or three years, I could have turned my
Commonwealth into paradise."
William nodded politely. "Just out of curiosity,
how did you pay for a frigging state?"
"Put it on my Platinum Card. It was a publicity
stunt I worked out with the corporation. They gave me zero interest for
a year, and I made commercials for 'em."
"Is looking like Lincoln part of the stunt?"
"Part of my genetic pool."
"Lucky you, Grit Boy."
* * * *
William stretched across the threadbare couch,
watching generic news about a generic world, starting with the latest
bankruptcy of Social Security.
Doc Meyer ghosted into the room. Before she sat on
the arm of the couch, she hit the mute button on the remote. Her sigh
was eloquent luggage for the dark bands under her eyes. Her pouting
mouth opened and closed.
William patiently waited for her to speak. One eye
strayed to the shapely ankle exposed by her long linen dress.
"Stewart, we have a situation."
"Alicia?"
"No, she'll be fine, sort of. The situation--"
"Oh, mannn, every time you use that s-word, I end
up committing another felony." William's laugh cracked as the doctor's
blue eyes flamed.
"This is serious, Stewart."
"Call me Bill, or even William."
"I found one of Jennifer's rabbits dead."
"Colonel Mustard did it with a wrench in the
basement."
"I did an autopsy."
"Jennifer will have a fit about you cutting up one
of her bunnies."
"The furball died of TB-3."
"Can rabbits give people TB?" William blurted,
snapping upright, dreading the chore of killing the pets.
"We gave it to them. It's not a lung disease for
rabbits. The bacteria attacks their brains. It cannot be communicated
to humans unless we eat them." The doctor wiped her sweating brow.
"W-we gave it to them?"
"The twins came from New York City the summer after
that big epidemic up there. Kelly was treated. But when I asked her
just now, she admitted she didn't complete the treatment. It would have
gotten in the way of her Bermuda vacation. When will patients learn to
complete their drug regimen?"
"So Kelly gave it to the rabbits?"
"We've all got it. Jennifer, Kent, Alicia, Ted, and
Becky," her voice quivered as she added, "Me. You and Hiram are the
only safe ones. Hiram because the infectious phase ended months ago.
You because--" She waved at the old scar twaining his chest. "Because
you've had the old variety of TB, you're immune to TB-3. Lucky bastard."
"Tell me about it. Fifty years later, and these new
lungs still feel weird."
"Stop whining, Stewart."
"Could you call me Bill just once, Beth?"
An ephemeral smile crosses her long face. "It
sounds so sweet coming from your mouth. I hate my middle name. Beth was
my mother's name. She once put out a cigarette on the back of my hand
because I refused to eat cauliflower."
"Sorry, uh, Meyer."
"This commune will be a cemetery before the end of
the year unless you can get us some Luewat Toxin to treat the
TB. We've got $9,900 in the med fund, another $1,280 in the general
fund."
"How much toxin will that buy?" William asked,
trying to recall whether the toxin came from Amazonian frogs or Afghan
voles.
"Perkins' Pharmacy offered me the best deal--eight
grand a dose. Times nine that--"
"Equals $82,000." William grinned. "Math was my
best subject at school."
"Equals $72,000. We can't mortgage the house
because that might reveal our little Chester secret. Jennifer and I
have a few grand in the bank. But not enough. Everyone else is broke."
"I've only got chump change. Mannn, nobody wins
these days."
"FEMA stores Luewat Toxin at the HMO Depository
over on Fourth."
"You won't call me Bill. Won't even tell me your
first name, let alone sleep with me. But now you want me to burgle a
depository. Who the hell do you think I am?"
She stood. Her dress fell to the floor. Its wind
caused a baseball-sized clump of rabbit fur to tumbleweed across the
floor.
"Don't you know anything about romance? The least
you could do is get me drunk first," said William.
The thunder of the rabbit herd echoed down the
steps. They raced into the living room, diving beneath the couch.
"Mannn, you make me feel like a hooker," William
whispered.
She grabbed her dress off the floor, hugging it.
"Sorry, I didn't mean--"
"That's not a bad thing, Meyer."
"Reagan. My name is Reagan Beth Meyer. I was an
election eve baby."
"Ugh, my hapless Dulcinea. I think I'll call you
R.B."
"You're not going to make roast beef jokes, are
you, Bill?"
"You'll always be my cheddar melt of love. Now, go
away. I've got some thinking to do."
Throwing a puzzled glance over her slumping
shoulder, she was so busy nonplussing that she walked into the door
frame.
William couldn't restrain the laughter. His spine
crunched like stepping on peanut shells as he came off the couch to
join her. "Okay, R.B. You want to treat me like a hooker. Fine. I get
five bucks an hour, plus a dollar an orgasm bonus."
* * * *
The Drug Depository was located two blocks beyond
the downtown corporate core. That was lucky. The corporations fielded
their own cops--earning three times what the harried local police made.
HMO Ohio owned the monopoly of medical care in the state. Cutting
corners was their art form, skimping on everything except political
contributions. That explained why their drug warehouse was located
outside the protection of the corporate zone.
William ambled around the converted furniture
warehouse, just another senior getting exercise. There was a bus stop
across the street from the loading docks where he watched delivery vans
come and go. The docks were within the building; creaking metal doors
and scanning cameras protected them. Every hour, a guard inspected them.
Lunch hour he spent in a deli a block down. It was
simple to pump an employee--obvious in her stark HMO uniform--about the
Depository. The high value drugs were stored inside a walk-in
refrigerator in the basement.
William walked home deep in thought. Panting at the
top of the steps, he leaned against his favorite pillar. The porch
swing creaked. Dusk, combined with the wall of honeysuckle, made the
figure in the swing a shadow within shadows. William blushed, despising
that anyone witnessed him out of breath like an old man.
"We oughta build an escalator. Those steps are
gonna kill somebody," drawled the man who once purchased Kentucky.
"Most folks use the basement door out back,"
replied William.
"But not you?"
"When you allow your body to dictate to you, that's
when you are too old."
William dropped onto a frayed lawn chair to rub a
throbbing knee.
"I want to help."
"With what, Grit Boy?"
"Beth won't tell me what's wrong, but I feel it.
Beth said you wouldn't trust me." The ex-billionaire chuckled, a rusty
sound. "Know why I bought Kentuck? My career was buying failing
companies, turning them around, and selling 'em for big profit.
I fixed
things for a living. So when my home state went bankrupt, and the feds
arrested Governor Letcher and the legislature for corruption, I said to
myself, you can fix it. My state was so rich in every way except money.
Five million folks, my folks, were trapped in a nightmare. It wasn't
hard to convince Washington to sell me the Commonwealth government.
Privatization, after all, was the buzzword of the administration."
William studied the runes of the shadows. "Is there
a point to this history lesson?"
Bigg grunted at William's glower. "Y'all gave me a
refuge when I had nothing. I want to help you fix whatever is wrong."
"Even if we can't win?"
The ex-magnate tugged his beard. "I'd rather try
and fail than sit on my ass."
William said, "Yeah, you got to try."
"Gotta. It's what separates us from the losers."
"Rule Two: I'm in charge. Shave your beard, Lincoln
Boy. You are a fugitive, behave like one--stop drawing attention to
yourself."
The ex-billionaire stood and saluted. "When do I
report for active duty, sir?"
"We leave tonight at two. I'm going to take a nap."
William entered the commune. Climbing the stairs to
his bedroom was too daunting a task. Instead, he stretched across the
couch.
"You can bail, if you want. No grudge," William
grumbled as they fast-stepped through a garbage-choked alley.
"I had to find 7,500 bureaucrats, honest and
hardworking, overnight after I fired the entire state gov. That was
hard. This is merely Bad Acting 101."
As they walked, the homeless appeared, looking like
ghosts. Or were they ghosts looking homeless? A trio of thugs emerged
from the shadows behind a mini-mart. William showed them his pistol.
The thugs retreated.
They arrived at the fire station. Hiram Bigg
started huffing and puffing until his pallid face colored. He raced
around the corner into the fire station, gasping to a stop behind the
fire trucks. A pair of firefighters popped out of the office to
confront him.
"You can't come in here."
"I'm so glad to see you," said Bigg, his accent
gone. "A bunch of punks are chasing me."
William slipped into the station. The door to the
office stood wide open. The computer on the desk purred. He tapped in
the address of the Depository, holding his breath as the printer hummed
to life.
"I just need a chance to catch my breath. I thought
I was a goner," gasped Bigg.
William peeked through the window into the bay. The
lanky Bigg leaned against the wall, hand to his cheek like a southern
belle suffering from the vapors.
The printer clicked off. William stuffed the pages
into his pocket. He was walking out when a firefighter appeared.
"What are you doing here?"
William smiled broadly. "Thought I saw my buddy
duck in here. We got separated. Told him we shouldn't walk anywhere
near those Graduate Projects. Those kids are vicious."
The firefighter gave the office a quick once over.
Seeing nothing disturbed, he threw a thumb over his shoulder. "He's
back there. I was about to call the cops."
"The police have real crime to deal with. I'll get
him home safely."
"You two should know better than to be out this
late," replied the fireman as he pushed William out of the office.
As they scurried home, William couldn't stop
chuckling.
"Have I earned the right to know what's going on?"
asked Bigg.
"The Fire Department's database contains the
blueprints for every structure in town. Knowing the layout of a burning
building means life or death to them. To us, too."
"The floor plan to what?"
A thug stepped from the doorway of a burnt-out
building. Bigg pretended to grab a pistol in his waistband. The thug
threw up his hands before walking away.
William's finger snaked off the trigger of his
pistol. "You're learning, Grit Boy. Of course, the next step could be
our ticket to prison."
"They serve good grits in prison," Bigg drawled.
* * * *
Heat glowed from the walls, raising spectral scents
of the scores of people, hundreds of pets, and countless meals of the
house's past. The windows were open, but not a breeze stirred.
William and Doc Meyer sat at the puzzle table in
the corner of the living room. A half-completed Monet scene in jigsaw
pieces framed their touching fingertips. The rabbit herd thumped into
the living room, then turned 180 degrees to charge up the stairs.
Bigg entered the sweating room. "I saw an air
conditioner out back," Bigg said, wiping his brow. "Is it broke?"
"Nope, but it eats $140 a day in electricity. We
only turn it on when it hits a hundred."
Bigg tapped the Coca Cola thermometer on the wall
as if ninety-eight degrees wasn't bad enough. "And how is our good
doctor?"
Meyer shook her head. Black hair plastered against
her skull did not move. "I canvassed the 'hood this morn. Eight
probable cases of TB-3 in the nascent stage. I think the Cooper elderhaus
must have it bad; they wouldn't allow me inside. Public Health will
find out soon."
"Then what?" asked the ex-billionaire.
"You missed a lot while you were in prison," said
William. "Pub Health will do door-to-door testing throughout the
contaminated district. If you cannot prove you're being treated for the
disease, they take you to Cough Camps. A one-way ticket."
"Benign neglect behind razor wire," added the doc
through clenched teeth.
William flamed a joint, exhaling out the window
beside his chair. "We're living in the age of camps--cough, conspiracy,
every time you turn around the gov is creating a new waiting room for
cents to die in. We can't win. And the sad truth is that I voted for
most of this crap when I was younger."
"Who could have predicted rejuv, and the quantum
leap in transplant tech? Who could have guessed 65 percent of the
population could live beyond the century mark?" asked Meyer.
"You vote to screw the other guy, it'll boomerang
right up yer ass every time," observed the ex-billionaire.
"It might've worked," said Meyer. "If the Wall
Street sharks hadn't stolen so much from us--"
"I thought you doctors had investment counselors to
protect your goodies," said William, propelling a cloud of smoke over
Meyer.
"I should have retired rich," she admitted. "But I
got busted. Teach me to marry a junkie. I had to supply him. It
worried me sick while he was buying drugs on the street. And how was I
rewarded? He was the primary witness for the prosecution. The DA made
it sound like I was supplying the whole city. He walked. I went to
prison."
"Ironic, don't you think?" William spoke as he
inhaled. "I'm the only real criminal at this table, and I'm the only
one who has never been busted."
"Irony is the primary industry of this century."
* * * *
"You sure you know how to pick a lock?"
"Cork it, Grit Boy," William grumbled as he raked
the door lock. The cheapie continued to defy him.
It had gone too smoothly downstairs, William
fretted. They'd simply loitered outside the apartment building until a
drunk couple weaved their car into the basement garage, then they
strolled inside with their bulging shopping bags before the security
gate closed.
Frustrated, William reared back and kicked. The
lock surrendered. They crossed the roof of the building. William
secured a rope to the leg of an air purifier the size of a house,
dropped it over the side onto the roof of the Depository. Before they
went over, he handed Bigg a stick of gum.
"Minty and, in an emergency, it gives you something
to spit in the face of a guard. That'll buy you an extra second to--"
William allowed the preposition to linger.
Bigg clambered down the rope with the brio of a
teen.
"Show-off." William went down the rope slowly. It
wouldn't do, he thought, to break a leg.
The lock on the Depository's roof door was a
hundred times more complex than the last; it took William less than a
minute to pick it. Another twenty minutes vanished as he rewired the
alarm system. Donning knapsacks, they abandoned the empty shopping bags.
At the first floor, William ordered Bigg to wait.
Producing a short section of lead pipe, he went hunting. The guard sat
at his desk, consuming a hoagie. William pulled the first blow, a
mistake. Had to strike the guard three more times. He stole the guard's
keys, wallet, and revolver before handcuffing the man to the desk,
yanking the telephone wires as an afterthought. Finished the hoagie
while returning to Bigg.
In the basement, William handed a crowbar and a
flashlight to Bigg. "Lookit, when I yell, you snap open the cage door,
walk directly to the walk-in fridge, snap its lock. One, two, three."
"What are you going to do?"
"Set off every alarm in the world, if I'm wrong."
William went down a dank corridor to a storage
room. The circuit box stood on the wall, right where the floor plan
said. He opened it, studied the chart on the door, and threw three
switches. The lights died. William shouted. Turning on his flashlight,
he returned. The hillbilly attacked the fridge, ripping the handle
clean off the door.
William pushed Bigg away, reached inside the handle
hole to twist the bar inside. The door opened as its interior light
flickered on. The fridge had its own auxiliary power. Brownouts were
all too common; nobody would risk ruining millions of dollars worth of
perishable drugs.
The question was whether the alarm was wired into
the auxiliary power. And, if so, how long would it take to reset.
From his knapsack came an insulated bag filled with
bubble wrap. The racks were in alphabetical order.
He went to the "L" shelf, loading boxed vials of
toxin, plenty for everyone on Franklin Street.
"Our job here is done, Grit Boy."
"We've won the big game."
"Nobody wins."
"We did."
As they raced up the steps, William was appalled he
had to stop to catch his breath. "If anything happens to me, take the
knapsack and run."
"Billy," drawled Bigg, "we're gonna make it."
They hit the front door. William wiped his brow as
he inserted the key into the lock. "Just saunter. Nonchalant. And take
those damned gloves off as soon as we hit the street."
Hot air slapped them as they strolled down Fourth
Street. Only one in ten streetlights shone. Out of nowhere appeared a
prowl car. It hit the duo with its spotlight.
The ex-billionaire tensed. "What's she doing here?"
he hissed.
Their attention riveted on the ancient Volvo
station wagon parked across the street. Smoke puffed from its tailpipe.
Doc Meyer slumped behind the wheel, trying to look casual.
William paled. The prowl car thumped onto the
sidewalk, coming to a stop abreast of them. A patrolman stepped from
the car. William frisbeed the lead pipe across his forehead. The cop
went down. The driver hopped out, drawing his weapon. William rolled
across the hood of the car, screaming as he kicked the cop's handgun.
Bigg froze. His bloodshot eyes widened until it
appeared they would explode from his face. Even when a bullet screamed
past his ear, Hiram Bigg did not move.
The driver staggered as William rammed his skull
into the cop's face. His weapon jerked downwards. Two bullets smashed
the interior of the cruiser. The cop leveled his weapon, yelping when
he saw a shell casing jamming his semi-auto.
William drew the security guard's revolver, thumbed
back its hammer. The cop dropped his weapon and fled. The first cop
regained his feet, firing two shots into William's chest. Bigg threw
himself against the man, who ricocheted off the prowl car, bouncing
right into Bigg's fists. His left lashed out with a six pack of blows,
capped by a textbook right. The cop went down for the count.
"The knapsack!" The ex-billionaire raced around the
cruiser, jerking the precious cargo off William's back, snapping one of
the straps in his haste. Halfway across the street, he froze again. A
forest of distant flashing blue lights approached down the broad
boulevard. Without thinking, ancient first-down instincts threw the
backpack. He turned, not bothering to watch the knapsack sail through
the Volvo's open window and smack Doc Meyer in the face.
The Volvo sputtered and lurched, nearly stalling
before the doctor zipped into a parking lot. Sparks flew as she jumped
a curb and scraped into an alley.
Bigg tensed, thinking about fleeing in the opposite
direction to draw the police away from Beth. Instead, he decided to see
if his partner needed first aid.
The body wasn't on the street.
"Billy!" he yelled. Then froze again. The sirens,
the blue lights were overwhelming.
The prowl car squealed from the curb. William
rolled down the window, throwing out a fistful of wires. "Hey, Grit
Boy, up for a ride?"
Bigg darted around the car and jumped through the
open door. The acceleration nearly threw him out before he got it shut.
"But you were shot. You--"
A phalanx of police cars loomed in front of them.
William yelled as they lanced through their ranks. Metal screamed as he
sideswiped cruisers; he yelled all the louder as he twisted the wheel.
Bigg hit the roof, leaving a dint when they thumped onto the sidewalk,
plowing down topiaries as they crossed a park. The windshield shattered
when they tore through a mesh fence. The vehicle vibrated madly as
William took them onto railroad tracks.
They came to an abrupt stop. "Out, out, out!"
screamed William, kicking Bigg to speed him. Shifting into neutral, he
wedged a baton against the accelerator, hopped out, and banged it into
drive. The battered cruiser bounced down the tracks.
The duo rolled down the gravel slope of the
elevated track. The roar of a helicopter and its probing spotlight
spied them under a tree. A flood of yowling police cars thumped down
the tracks in hot pursuit of the stolen cruiser.
"How badly shot are you?" Bigg asked after dragging
the wheezing William most of the way.
"Cracked some ribs," William wheezed. "I wore my
Kevlar vest. Geez, the sales brochure didn't tell me a hit would hurt
this bad."
"I can't believe we escaped. We won. We won big!"
"You grit-brained hick, we're page one sociopaths,
FBI fugitives with a bullet. Prowl cars have a full sensor array. It
filmed everything we did from the second the spotlight hit us until I
gutted the system. We'll be news at eleven."
"Oh," was all Bigg said.
"We can't go back to the commune."
"But they don't know I live there," said the
ex-billionaire, shrinking into the shadows.
"John Law doesn't know where I live either. But the
neighbors know. One of them will sell us out. Mannn, we can't win."
"The vaccine got to the doc."
"Okay, our street won." William laughed. The
outburst bent him double with pain. "But we lost. Well, pard, we're
going on a road trip. I'll leave it up to you to decide our
destination."
The ex-billionaire stood. Shadows made him ten feet
tall. "I hear Vegas is good for gambling men like us."
"Throw the dice, Grit Boy."
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The King's Tail by Constance Cooper
Constance Cooper tells us, "I live in the San
Francisco Bay Area with my husband, two cats, and an awesome baby
daughter who is currently inspiring lots of story ideas while at the
same time delaying their execution. In my past lives, I've worked as a
linguistic researcher, a software engineer, and a balloon twister (and
I can still make a pretty mean Starship Enterprise.)" Constance's short
stories have appeared in Abyss & Apex, Andromeda Spaceways Inflight
Magazine, Black Gate, and Mythic Delirium, but the author's new story
of schemes within schemes on an alien planet is her first professional
sale. You can learn more about her work at constance.bierner.org.
* * * *
The king's tail had nearly grown back.
It was the only thing that showed him the passage
of time, here in this prison burrow. Each time they fed him, before he
settled back into his troubled sleep, he curled his body and drew his
jewel-scaled snout down the length of his stump. His tail was long by
now, and plump with fat, the end tapering to a tip. That meant it had
been almost another year. Soon the Hunters' warlord would send for him
again.
It felt good to be nearly whole, though the healing
had been more difficult this time. The new tail held no bone, only
cartilage, and the king could feel a thickened ring where the old flesh
joined the new. The Prophet had spoken truth when she said,
"Regeneration is for the careless young." In the darkness of the burrow
he could not see skin markings, but he hoped that at least the bands of
yellow and black would be of undiminished brilliance.
The king cocked his head. The scuff and scritch of
blunt-clawed feet far down the tunnel announced the coming of yet
another meal. His captors gave him ample food and water to speed the
healing process. Most weeks there were redchick eggs, and groundbird
meat, and sometimes a haunch of herdbeast.
Now and then they starved him by bringing the flesh
of one of his own people, but despite the stench from the latrine pit
he had never yet failed to recognize Cthara meat.
At least, he prayed that he had not.
On one occasion--he flinched to remember it--the
invaders had brought him Cthara eggs. Warm, fertilized eggs, likely
ripped just that day from the hatching burrow of some poor herder
family. It had been the greatest challenge the Creator had ever sent
him. His fangs had unfolded without his conscious will, and only a
lifetime of piety and self-control had kept him from sinking them into
the small bodies of the terrified guards.
His venom had dripped onto the filthy floor, and
after the guards left he had lain shuddering in the dampness, feeling
the leathery eggs by his flank gradually cool and die. Over and over he
repeated the litany of the Prophet: "People shall not sink fang into
other speaking people. People shall not eat the flesh of other speaking
people. People shall not make war..."
They had never brought Cthara eggs again. The king
would have liked to think that the Hunters had learned from his
example, but in his darker moments he suspected that the guards were
just too frightened to comply with their orders. For all he knew they
hid their disobedience by consuming the eggs themselves in some
deserted tunnel end.
There had been days, especially after his failed
escape, when the king had longed for death. But his duty would not
allow it. Without his example to guide them, what might become of his
people? They were already dispirited enough, their herds and flocks
thinned by the invaders, their very bodies subject to the warlord's
appetite. How much worse if they should give up all hope, forget the
words of the Prophet, and become no better than their oppressors!
"Sire!" A frightened voice hissed from outside the
door. "Are you there?"
What was this? The guards always arrived in pairs,
and this youngster spoke with the accent of the Cthara! Cautiously the
king poked his snout through the grating in the door.
This was no Hunter. The scent was of a young male
Cthara, and he stood at Cthara height--the king's flicking tongue had
felt the smooth wall of his chest. Despite their ferocity, Hunters
stood only half the height of Cthara even with their legs stiffened to
the limit.
"I am here," the king told the young Cthara, trying
to keep the serene tone appropriate to a descendant of the Prophet.
"I'm Dorn, sire, of the Redrock clan. We have to
hurry, the guards won't be distracted long." There was a grinding noise
as the young male started shaving wedges of wood from one of the thick
wooden bars with a flint knife. Heart pounding, the king hoped no one
had used such things against the Hunters. Since his grandfather's time,
the People had believed that sinking sharp tools into a speaking person
was morally equivalent to sinking fang.
The whittled bars broke under Dorn's strong
shoulder, and the king shuffled out into the passage, the first time he
had left his cell in a year. "Follow me, sire," Dorn gasped, and
trundled off down the tunnel, pausing only to let the king catch up.
The king remembered his previous escape attempt and
his logic told him not to hope, that this was just another trick to
demoralize him. The other escape had been an obvious setup in
retrospect, a gap in the circle of guards that had lured him into a
pathetic dash for freedom. It had been a public spectacle, a cruel
"lesson" to cow the People. At the same time it was a morale-builder
for the Hunters, who were, after all, only a few dozen strangers in a
foreign valley.
Still, here one of his own people had penetrated
all the way into the prison levels. And it was early for the warlord to
repeat his victory ceremony--the king's tail was not fully regrown.
The king wheezed as he struggled upward, his unused
muscles burning, his tender soles tearing on the flagstones of the
passageway. They reached the upper burrows of the palace complex, where
airshafts brought streaks of sun onto the floor, and the king squinted
in pain.
"Sire, we must hurry," Dorn urged. "A supply wagon
is standing ready to smuggle you out of the city. But the driver will
look suspicious if he waits too long."
They emerged into a spacious loading area, so
bright the king was blinded. His heart pounded as young Dorn helped him
into a wagonbed and stretched a stained tarp over the top. The wagon
smelled of rotting herdbeast meat, but, after the fug of his prison
chamber, the enclosed air seemed as fresh as new rain.
The wagon lurched and the king gripped the planking
with all his toes and fingers. The underside of his tail felt raw as it
slid against the gritty surface. Above him the wagon cover was a bright
brown sky. He lay dizzy, blinking, still not quite able to hope.
The hooves of the towbeasts clashed on gravel, and
later clopped on packed dirt. They were out of the city now. This was
farther than he had gotten before, much farther.
Suddenly there came the pitter of running feet
behind the wagon, and a piping Hunter's voice called out. "Halt! Halt
for the Guard!"
The wagon jolted forward, and the hoofbeats sped
up, but the king knew that towbeasts could never outrun a Hunter.
But Cthara could.
The king pushed up on the tarp, thrusting his
shoulders through the gap at the front. The lanky Cthara driver was
looking anxiously behind at a group of four green-belted Hunters now
close enough to breathe the wagon's dust. "We'll have to run, sire!" he
shouted. "There's a river ahead--we can lose them there!" Sure enough,
a fringe of green loomed up before them.
"We will run," said the king. He made his voice a
command. "Do not wait for me."
The king clambered onto the driver's platform and
dropped down to the road, landing so heavily that for a moment he
couldn't breathe. The towbeasts careered by, wagon wheels dangerously
close. The driver was already to the trees.
The king began clumsily to run, his flabby legs
protesting every step. There had been barely room to turn around in his
cell. But at this moment, the sense of hope that had eluded him even in
the wagon roared aloud, and he gloried in it. They hadn't caught him
yet! Surely even a weak, broken-down Cthara could outpace these
short-legged Hunters!
The sunlight blazed on his black and yellow skin,
and he ran, ignoring the pain of torn muscles and bleeding feet. He
showed the drab brown Hunters the glory of his jeweled tail.
He was almost to the river when the flint blades of
their spears pinned him to the ground. The pain flared hot--but it was
only in his tail! With a feeling of exhilaration, the king surged
forward to the water, letting the vertebrae part in the way that only
the escape instinct could truly trigger. His tail, still impaled by the
spears, tore off and flapped behind him like a black and yellow fish.
Then another line of guards rose up from the reeds
at the shore like a dusty wall. The king's chest thudded into the
ground, and he paddled his feet to stop from running into the snouts
and spearpoints of the Hunters.
"Hello again, your Majesty," a red-belted guard
greeted him sarcastically. "Hope springs eternal, eh?"
The king panted until he could reply with dignity.
"I suppose it does," he said. "I truly didn't think I could be tricked
again."
"Well, cowardice will always out." This was clearly
meant more for the other guards. "Think of it! A king who won't turn
and fight!" The other guards twitched their nostrils and swaggered.
Deliberately, the head guard leaned forward and plunged his fangs into
the king's neck.
They paraded him back to the city in the wagon, his
severed tail roped and hung from a pole like a blood-streaked banner.
The same Cthara drove the towbeasts, controlling them with short,
savage jerks of the reins. The king wanted to tell him that he didn't
blame him, he knew the driver and Dorn must only be protecting their
families, but the toxin held him paralyzed.
They brought the king to the banquet place as they
had the year before. The warlord crouched on his dais, surrounded by
downcast Cthara servants, surveying the Hunters arrayed before him. The
guards ceremoniously placed the king's tail on a platter, and dumped
the king's limp body beside it so all could see the tail was his. Then
they took their places for the feast.
Cthara with sickened expressions watched from the
outer circle--heads of families, craftmasters, elders.
The warlord hissed for attention, opening his mouth
far enough to reveal his small, childlike fangs.
"Once more we see who is truly strong, and who is
weak; who fights, and who runs. We see who hunts, and who herds; who
rules, and who submits.
"Twenty-six warriors came with me to this fat land.
We met an enemy who at first seemed fearsome, with huge heavy bodies
and long fangs. They numbered in the hundreds. Yet my twenty-six loyal
warriors yet live--live and rule! Can this be anything but destiny?"
In the back row, a burly Cthara was trembling with
rage. The king could see his skin flushing orange, his nostrils all
aflare. Would he challenge the warlord? Would he betray his heritage?
"No enemy, indeed, but only servants," the warlord
declared. "The proof of this we see before us. Let the feasting begin!
Any Cthara who feels worthy of the name of warrior, let him join us!"
The king saw that the orange-flushed Cthara had
closed his eyes, and was mumbling a prayer. As the Hunters tore into
the warm, fatty tail meat, not a single Cthara stepped forward. The
king sent his silent gratitude to the Creator. No Cthara would defile
himself today.
The Hunters mocked his people for not using their
strong muscles and venomous fangs in combat. Because they themselves
were puny, needing weapons to bring down their prey, they didn't
understand the damage such power unleashed could bring. They didn't
know the history of this valley, the days when clan fought clan. If
they truly understood what they mocked, they would tremble.
The king knew, for instance, that the Hunters were
hardly venomous at all. Last year, the numbness from the guard's bite
had lasted barely an hour. These Hunters with their disdain for herding
had obviously never visited a farm and seen a young Cthara learning to
gauge its strike. It was easy to slaughter a herdbeast instantly. To
paralyze it temporarily, or numb an injured area for treatment, took
finesse.
No, the Hunters did not dream of how lethal the
Cthara really were. They had no legends of the monstrous predators, now
extinct, who had once roamed the valley and tested the early Cthara's
defenses. In the two years of the occupation, no Cthara had ever sunk
fang into a Hunter, even under the worst provocation.
When the king thought of this, he felt very proud.
He thought of his people often during his
captivity, and this past year the thought had brought him comfort every
day when he sank his fangs into the soft underside of his own tail.
He hadn't known if it would work. Even though it
was his own venom, and thus harmless to himself in normal quantities,
toward the end his tail had become agonizingly tender, and at times he
felt so ill from the accumulated toxins that he wondered if he could
even manage an escape attempt. Even if he did, would he be able to
believe the warlord's clumsy setup a second time? Would he be able to
feel the escape instinct strongly enough to release his tail?
In that, thank the Creator, he had succeeded. Now
he would see how powerful Cthara venom really was. Injected into the
bloodstream, such quantities would be lethal to anyone not of his clan.
Taken orally, of course, venom was weak, but if the concentration was
high enough ... and the hunters, though still speaking people, were
only the most distant of kin....
The king watched as the warlord and his twenty-six
chewed down gobbets of his beautiful lost tail.
One by one, the Hunters drooped their heads. They
swayed, and then toppled until their gore-slimed chins rested on the
bloody ground. Not dead, the king rejoiced, but fully paralyzed.
The Cthara spectators watched cautiously, then
whistled with dawning delight. With herders' efficiency, they moved in
to truss the Hunters with their own belts. The captives would be well
treated in the prison burrows, he would see to that. And they would not
escape.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
The Walls of the Universe by Paul
Melko
Paul lives in Ohio in Universe #7621 with his
beautiful wife and three children, the third a very recent addition. He
was born in Universe #7271, but was kidnapped by a crazed version of
himself and forced to write thinly disguised Harry Potter novels until
he escaped by clocking the other Paul on the head with the complete
manuscript of Harry Potter and the Poorly Tuned Piano. #7621 is not so
bad, but he misses the Ultra Jojopops from his old universe that came
in virimo and ommerdoge flavors.
The screen door slammed behind John Rayburn,
rattling in its frame. He and his dad had been meaning to fix the
hinges and paint it before winter, but just then he wanted to rip it
off and fling it into the fields.
"Johnny?" his mother called after him, but by then
he was in the dark shadow of the barn. He slipped around the far end
and any more of his mother's calls were lost among the sliding of
cricket legs. His breath blew from his mouth in clouds.
John came to the edge of the pumpkin patch, stood
for a moment, then plunged into it. Through the pumpkin patch was east,
toward Case Institute of Technology where he hoped to start as a
freshman the next year. Not that it was likely. There was always the
University of Toledo, his father had said. One or two years of work
could pay for a year of tuition there.
He kicked a half-rotten pumpkin. Seeds and wispy
strings of pumpkin guts spiraled through the air. The smell of dark
earth and rotten pumpkin reminded him it was a week before Halloween
and they hadn't had time to harvest the pumpkins: a waste and a
thousand dollars lost to earthworms. He ignored how many credits that
money would have bought.
The pumpkin field ended at the tree line, the
eastern edge of the farm. The trees--old maples and elms--abutted
McMaster Road, beyond which was the abandoned quarry. He stood in the
trees, just breathing, letting the anger seep away.
It wasn't his parents' fault. If anyone was to
blame, it was him. He hadn't had to beat the crap out of Ted Carson. He
hadn't had to tell Ted Carson's mom off. That had entirely been him.
Though the look on Mrs. Carson's face had almost been worth it when he
told her her son was an asshole. What a mess.
He spun at the sound of a stick cracking.
For a moment he thought that Ted Carson had chased
him out of the farmhouse, that he and his mother were there in the
woods. But the figure who stood there was just a boy, holding a broken
branch in his hand.
"Johnny?" the boy said. The branch flagged in his
grip, touching the ground.
John peered into the dark. He wasn't a boy; he was
a teenager. John stepped closer. The teen was dressed in jeans and
plaid shirt. Over the shirt he wore a sleeveless red coat that looked
oddly out of date.
His eyes lingered on the stranger's face. No, not a
stranger. The teen had his face.
"Hey, Johnny. It's me, Johnny."
The figure in the woods was him.
* * * *
John looked at this other John, this John Subprime,
and decided he would be the one. He was clearly a Johnny Farmboy, not
one of the Johnny Rebels, not one of the Broken Johns, so he would be
wide-eyed and gullible. He'd believe John's story, and then John could
get on with his life.
"Who ... who are you?" Johnny Farmboy asked. He was
dressed in jeans and a shirt, no coat.
John forced his most honest smile. "I'm you, John."
"What?"
Johnny Farmboy could be so dense.
"Who do I look like?"
"You look like..."
"I look just like you, John. Because I am you."
Johnny Farmboy took a step back, and John continued. "I know what
you're thinking. Some trick. Someone is playing a trick on the farmboy.
No. Let's get past that. Next you're going to think that you were twins
and one of them was put up for adoption. Nope. It's much more
interesting than that."
Johnny Farmboy crossed his arms. "Explain it, then."
"Listen, I'm really hungry; I could use some food
and a place to sit down. I saw Dad go in the house. Maybe we can sit in
the barn, and I can explain everything."
John waited for the wheels to turn.
"I don't think so," Johnny Farmboy finally said.
"Fine. I'll turn around and walk away. Then you'll
never get to hear the story."
John watched the emotions play across Farmboy's
face. Typically skeptical, he was debating how full of crap this wraith
in the night was, while desperately wanting to know the answer to the
riddle. Farmboy loved puzzles.
Finally his face relaxed. "Let's go to the barn,"
he said.
* * * *
The stranger walked at his side, and John eased
away from him. As they walked through the pumpkin patch, John noted
that their strides matched. John pulled open the back door of the barn,
and the young man entered ahead of him, tapping the light switch by the
door.
"A little warmer," he said. He rubbed his hands
together and turned to John.
The light hit his face squarely, and John was
startled to see the uncanny match between them. The sandy hair was
styled differently and was longer. The clothes were odd; John had never
worn a coat like that. The young man was just a bit thinner as well. He
wore a blue backpack, so fully stuffed that the zipper wouldn't close
all the way. There was a cut above his eye. A bit of brown blood was
crusted over his left brow, clotted but recent.
He could have passed as John's twin.
"So, who are you?"
"What about a bite of something to eat?"
John went to the horse stall and pulled an apple
from a bag. He tossed it to the young man. He caught it and smiled at
John.
"Tell the story, and I might get some dinner from
the house."
"Did Dad teach you to be so mean to strangers? I
bet if he found me in the woods, he'd invite me in to dinner."
"Tell," John said.
"Fine." The young man flung himself on a hay bale
and munched the apple. "It's simple, really. I'm you. Or rather I'm you
genetically, but I grew up on this same farm in another universe. And
now I've come to visit myself."
"Bullshit. Who put you up to this?"
"Okay, okay. I didn't believe me either." A frown
passed over his face. "But I can prove it. Hold on a second." He wiped
his mouth with the back of his hand. "Here we go: That horse is named
Stan or Dan. You bought him from the McGregors on Butte Road when you
were ten. He's stubborn and willful and he hates being saddled. But
he'll canter like a show horse if he knows you have an apple in your
pocket." He turned to the stalls on his left. "That pig is called
Rosey. That cow is Wilma. The chickens are called Ladies A through F.
How am I doing so far?" He smiled an arrogant smile.
"You stole some of your uncle's cigarettes when you
were twelve and smoked them all. You killed a big bullfrog with your BB
gun when you were eight. You were so sickened by it you threw up and
haven't used a gun since. Your first kiss was with Amy Walder when you
were fourteen. She wanted to show you her underwear too, but you ran
home to Mommy. I don't blame you. She's got cooties everywhere I go.
"Everyone calls you Johnny, but you prefer John.
You have a stash of Playboys in the barn loft. And you burned a
hole in the rug in your room once. No one knows because you rearranged
your room so that the night stand is on top of it." He spread his arms
like a gymnast who'd just struck a landing.
"Well? How close did I come?" He smiled and tossed
the apple core into Stan's stall.
"I never kissed Amy Walder." Amy had gotten
pregnant when she was fifteen by Tyrone Biggens. She'd moved to Montana
with her aunt and hadn't come back. John didn't mention that everything
else he'd said was true.
"Well, was I right?"
John nodded. "Mostly."
"Mostly? I nailed it on the head with a hammer,
because it all happened to me. Only it happened in another universe."
How did this guy know so much about him? Who had he
talked to? His parents? "Okay. Answer this. What was my first cat's
name?"
"Snowball."
"What is my favorite class?"
"Physics."
"What schools did I apply to?"
The stranger paused, frowned. "I don't know."
"Why not? You know everything else."
"I've been traveling, you know, for a while. I
haven't applied to college yet, so I don't know. As soon as I used the
device, I became someone different. Up till then, we were the same." He
looked tired. "Listen. I'm you, but if I can't convince you, that's
fine. Let me sleep in the loft tonight and then I'll leave."
John watched him grab the ladder, and he felt a
twinge of guilt at treating him so shabbily. "Yeah, you can sleep in
the loft. Let me get you some dinner. Stay here. Don't leave the barn,
and hide if someone comes. You'd give my parents a heart attack."
"Thanks, John."
* * * *
John watched Farmboy disappear through the door
into the night, shuddering and then exhaling. He hadn't even come to
the hard part yet.
It would have been so easy to kill Farmboy, a blow
to the back of the head, and it was his. But John wouldn't do that. He
hoped, not yet. He was desperate, but not willing to commit homicide.
Or would it be suicide?
He chuckled grimly to himself. Dan the Man nickered
in response.
John took an apple from the basket and reached out
to the horse. Suddenly his eyes were filled with tears.
"Hold yourself together, man," he whispered as he
let Dan gingerly chomp the apple from his hand. His own Dan was dead,
at his own hand.
He'd taken Dan riding and had tried for the fence
beyond the back field. They had flown. But Dan's hind left hadn't
cleared it. The bone had broken, and John ran sobbing to his farm.
His father met him halfway, a rifle in his hand,
his face grim. He'd seen the whole thing.
"Dan's down!" John cried.
His father nodded and handed the rifle to him.
John took it blankly, then tried to hand it back to
his father.
"No!"
"If the leg's broken, you must."
"Maybe.... "But he stopped. Dan was whinnying
shrilly; he could hear it from where they stood. The leg had been
horribly twisted. There was no doubt.
"Couldn't Dr. Kimble look at him?"
"How will you pay for that?"
"Will you?"
His father snorted and walked away.
John watched him trudge back to the house until
Dan's cries became too much for him. He turned then, tears raining down
his cheeks.
Dan's eyes were wide. He shook his head heavily at
John, then he settled when John placed the barrel against his skull.
Perhaps he knew. John fished an apple from his pocket and slipped it
between Dan's teeth.
The horse held it there, not biting, waiting. He
seemed to nod at John. Then John had pulled the trigger.
The horse had shuddered and fallen still. John sank
to the ground and cried for Dan for an hour.
But here he was. Alive. He rubbed Dan's muzzle.
"Hello, Dan. Back from the dead," John said. "Just
like me."
* * * *
His mother and father stopped talking when the door
slammed, so he knew they'd been talking about him.
"I'm gonna eat in the barn," he said. "I'm working
on an electronics experiment."
He took a plate from the cabinet and began to dish
out the lasagna. He filled the plate with enough to feed two of him.
His father caught his eye, then said, "Son, this
business with the Carson boy..."
John slipped a second fork into his pocket. "Yeah?"
"I'm sure you did the right thing and all." John
nodded at his father, saw his mother look away.
"He hates us because we're farmers and we dig in
the dirt." His mother lifted her apron strap over her neck, hung the
apron on a chair, and slipped out of the kitchen.
"I know that, Johnny ... John. But sometimes you
gotta keep the peace."
John nodded. "Sometimes I have to throw a punch,
Dad." He turned to go.
"John, you can eat in here with us."
"Not tonight, Dad."
Grabbing a quart of milk, he walked through the
laundry room and left out the back door.
* * * *
"Stan never lets anyone do that but me."
John turned from rubbing Dan's ears. "Just so," he
said. He took the proffered paper towel full of lasagna, dug into it
with the extra fork Farmboy had fetched.
"I always loved this lasagna. Thanks."
Farmboy frowned, and John recognized the
stubbornness; he did the same thing when presented with the impossible.
He decided to stay silent and stop goading him with the evidence. This
John needed a softer touch.
John ate in silence while Farmboy watched, until
finally he said, "Let's assume for a moment that you are me from
another universe. How can you do it? And why you?"
Through a mouthful of pasta, he said, "With my
device, and I don't know."
"Elaborate," John said, angry.
"I was given a device that lets me pass from one
universe to the next. It's right here under my shirt. I don't know why
it was me. Or rather I don't know why it was us."
"Stop prancing around my questions!" Farmboy
shouted. "Who gave you the device?"
"I did!" John grinned.
"One of us from another universe gave you the
device."
"Yeah. Another John. Nice looking fellow." So far
all he had said was the truth.
Farmboy was silent for a while, his lasagna
half-eaten. Finally he said, "I need to feed the sheep." He poured a
bag of corn into the trough. John lifted the end of it with him.
"Thanks." They fed the cows and the horse afterwards, then finished
their own dinner.
Farmboy said, "So if you are me, what do I call
you?"
"Well, John won't work, will it? Well, it will if
there's just the two of us, but as soon as you start adding the
infinite number of Johns out there ... how about John Prime?"
"Then who gave you the device?"
"Superprime," John Prime said with a smile. "So do
you believe me yet?"
Farmboy was still dubious. "Maybe."
"All right. Here's the last piece of evidence. No
use denying this." He pulled up his pant leg to reveal a long white
scar, devoid of hair. "Let's see yours," John said, pushing down his
panic. The last time he'd tried this, it hadn't been there.
Farmboy looked at the scar, and then pulled his
jeans up to the knee. The cold air of the barn drew goose bumps on his
calf everywhere except the puckered flesh of his own identical scar.
When John Prime had been twelve, he and Bobby
Walder had climbed the barbed wire fence of old Mrs. Jones to swim in
her pond. Mrs. Jones had set the dogs on them, and they'd had to run
naked across the field, diving over the barbed wire fence. John hadn't
quite cleared it.
Bobby had run off, and John had limped home. The
cut on his leg had required three dozen stitches and a tetanus shot.
"Now do you believe?" John Prime asked.
John stared at the scar on his leg. "I believe.
Hurt like hell, didn't it?"
"Yes," John Prime said with a grin. "Yes, it did,
brother."
* * * *
John sat in the fishbowl--the glass-enclosed room
outside the principal's office--ignoring the eyes of his classmates and
wondering what the hell John Prime was up to. He'd left his twin in the
barn loft with half his lunch and an admonition to stay out of sight.
"Don't worry," he'd said with a smirk. "Meet me at
the library after school."
"Don't let anyone see you, all right?"
John Prime had smiled again.
"John?" Principal Gushman stuck his head out of his
office. John's stomach dropped; he was never in trouble.
Mr. Gushman had a barrel chest, balding head, and
perpetual frown. He motioned John to a chair and sat behind the desk,
letting out his breath heavily as he sat. He'd been a major in the
Army, people said. He liked to be strict. John had never talked with
him in the year he'd been principal.
"John, we have a policy regarding violence and
bullying."
John opened his mouth to speak.
"Hold on. Let me finish. The facts of the matter
are these. You hit a classmate--a younger classmate--several times in
the locker room. He required a trip to the emergency room and
stitches." He opened a file on his desk.
"The rules are there for the protection of all
students. There can be no violence in the school. There can be no
exceptions. Do you understand?"
John stared, then said, "I understand the rule.
But--"
"You're a straight-A student, varsity basketball
and track. You're well-liked. Destined for a good college. This could
be a blemish on your record."
John knew what the word "could" meant. Gushman was
about to offer him a way out.
"A citation for violence, as stated in the student
handbook, means a three-day suspension and the dropping of any sports
activities. You'd be off the basketball and track teams."
John's throat tightened.
"Do you see the gravity of the situation?"
"Yes," John managed to say.
Gushman opened another folder on his desk. "But I
recognize this as a special case. So if you write a letter of apology
to Mrs. Carson, we'll drop the whole matter." Gushman looked at him,
expecting an answer.
John felt cornered. Yes, he had hit Ted, because he
was a prick. Ted needed hitting, if anyone did; he had dropped John's
clothes in the urinal. He said, "Why does Mrs. Carson want the letter?
I didn't hit her. I hit Ted."
"She feels that you showed her disrespect. She
wants the letter to address that as well as the violence."
If he just wrote the letter, it would just all go
away. But he'd always know that his mother and Mrs. Carson had squashed
him. He hated that. He hated any form of defeat. He wanted to tell
Gushman he'd take the suspension. He wanted to throw it all in the
man's face.
Instead, he said, "I'd like to think about it over
the weekend if that's okay."
Mr. Gushman's smile told John that he was sure he'd
bent John to his will. John went along with it, smiling back. "Yes. You
may. But I need a decision on Monday."
John left for his next class.
* * * *
John walked past the librarian, his Toledo Meerkats
cap low over his face. He didn't want to be recognized as John Rayburn.
At least not yet. The reference section was where he expected it to be,
which was a relief. If the little things were the same he had hope for
the bigger things. He'd tried living in the weird places, but sooner or
later something tripped him up and he had to run.
He needed a place like what he remembered, and so
far, this place seemed pretty close.
He reached for the almanac. Sure an encyclopedia
had more information, but he could be lost in the details for hours.
All he needed was a gross comparison.
He ran his finger down the list of presidents,
recognizing all of them. He already knew this wasn't a world where
Washington served four terms and set a standard for a king-president
serving life terms. Turning the page, he found the next twenty
presidents to be the same until the last four. Who the hell was Bill
Clinton?
The deviation was small, even so. It had to be, he
was so tired of running.
John found a quiet table, opened his backpack, and
began researching.
* * * *
The city library was just a couple of blocks from
the school. John wandered through the stacks until he found John Prime
at the center study desk in a row of three on the third floor. He had a
dozen Findlay Heralds spread out, as well as a couple of
books. His backpack was open, and John saw that it was jammed with
paper and folders.
To hide his features, John Prime wore a Toledo
Meerkats baseball hat and sunglasses. He pulled off his glasses when he
saw John, and said, "You look like crap. What happened to you?"
"Nothing. Now what are you doing? I have to get
back to the school by five. There's a game tonight."
"Yeah, yeah, yeah." John Prime picked up the
history book. "In every universe I've been in, it's always something
simple. Here George Bush raised taxes and he never got elected to a
second term. Clinton beat him in '91." He opened the history
book and
pointed to the color panel of American Presidents. "In my world, Bush
never backed down on the taxes thing, and the economy took off and he
got elected to his second term. He was riding even higher when Hussein
was assassinated in the middle of his second term. His son was elected
in 1996."
John laughed, "That joker?"
John Prime scowled. "Dubya worked the national debt
down to nothing. Unemployment was below 3 percent."
"It's low here too. Clinton did a good job."
John Prime pointed to a newspaper article he had
copied. "Whitewater? Drug use? Vince Foster?" He handed the articles to
John, then shook his head. "Never mind. It's all pretty much irrelevant
anyway. At least we didn't grow up in a world where Nixon was never
caught."
"What happened there?"
"The Second Depression usually. Russia and the US
never coming to an arms agreement. Those are some totalitarian places."
He took the articles back from John. "Are there Post-It notes in this
world?"
"Yes. Of course."
John Prime shrugged. "Sometimes there aren't. It's
worth a fortune. And so simple." He pulled out his notebook. "I have a
hundred of them." He opened his notebook to a picture of the MTV
astronaut. "MTV?"
"Yep."
"The World Wide Web?"
"I think so."
"Rubik's Cube?"
"Never heard of it."
John Prime checked the top of the figure with a
multi-colored cube. "Ah ha. That's a big money maker."
"It is?"
He turned the page. "Dungeons and Dragons?"
"You mean that game where you pretend to be a
wizard?"
"That's the one. How about Lozenos? You got that
here?"
"Never heard of it. What is it?"
"Candy. South African diamond mines?"
They worked through a long list of things, about
three-quarters of which John had heard of, fads, toys, or inventions.
"This is a good list to work from. Some good money
makers on this."
"What are you going to do?" John asked. This was
his world, and he didn't like what he suspected John Prime had in mind.
John Prime smiled. "There's money to be made in
interdimensional trade."
"Interdimensional trade?"
"Not in actual goods. There's no way I can
transport enough stuff to make a profit. Too complicated. But ideas are
easy to transport, and what's in the public domain in the last universe
is unheard of in the next. Rubik sold one hundred million Cubes. At ten
dollars a cube, that's a billion dollars." He lifted up the notebook.
"There are two dozen ideas in here that made hundreds of millions of
dollars in other worlds."
"So what are you going to do?"
John Prime smiled his arrogant smile. "Not me. We.
I need an agent in this world to work the deals. Who better than myself
? The saying goes that you can't be in more than one place at a time.
But I can."
"Uh huh."
"And we split it fifty-fifty."
"Uh huh."
"Listen. It's not stealing. These ideas have never
been thought of here. The people who invented these things might not
even be alive here."
"I never said it was stealing," John said. "I'm
just not so sure I believe you still."
John Prime sighed. "So what's got you so down
today?"
John said, "I may get suspended from school and
kicked off the basketball and track teams."
"What? Why?" John Prime looked genuinely concerned.
"I beat up a kid, Ted Carson. His mother told my
mother and the principal. They want me to apologize."
John Prime was angry. "You're not gonna, are you? I
know Ted Carson. He's a little shit. In every universe."
"I don't have a choice."
"There's always a choice." John Prime pulled a
notebook out of his bag. "Ted Carson, huh? I have something on him."
John looked over his shoulder at the notebook. Each
page had a newspaper clipping, words highlighted and notes at the
bottom referencing other pages. One title read, "Mayor and Council
Members Indicted." The picture showed Mayor Thiessen yelling. Another
article was a list of divorces granted. John Prime turned the page and
pointed. "Here it is. Ted Carson picked up for torturing a neighbor's
cat. Apparently the boy killed a dozen neighborhood animals before
getting caught." He glanced at John.
"I've never heard anything about that."
"Then maybe he never got caught here."
"What are we going to do with that?" John asked. He
read the article, shaking his head.
"Grease the gears, my brother." He handed John a
newspaper listing of recent divorces. "Photocopy this."
"Why?"
"It's the best place to figure out who's sleeping
with who. That usually doesn't change from one universe to the next.
Speaking of which, how does Casey Nicholson look in this universe?"
"What?"
"Yeah. Is she a dog or a hottie? Half the time
she's pregnant in her junior year and living in a trailer park."
"She's a cheerleader," John said.
John Prime glanced at him and smiled. "You like
her, don't you? Are we dating her?"
"No!"
"Does she like us?"
"Me! Not us," John said. "And I think so. She
smiles at me in class."
"What's not to love about us?" He glanced at his
watch. "Time for you to head over to the school, isn't it?"
"Yeah."
"I'll meet you at home tonight. See ya."
"Don't talk to anyone," John said. "They'll think
it was me. Don't get me in trouble."
"Don't worry. The last thing I want to do is screw
up your life here."
* * * *
"Casey, Casey, Casey," John thought as he watched
Johnny Farmboy depart. Casey Cheerleader was the best Casey of all. She
smelled so clean. And it was all wasted on Johnny Farmboy.
He had planned on working until the library closed,
but the idea of seeing Casey was overwhelming. He halfheartedly perused
a few microfiched newspapers, then packed his things up and headed for
the school.
Once again he was hit with nostalgia as he walked
through the small Findlay downtown. He had spent his entire life in
this little town--well, not this particular town. For a moment
he wanted to run into Maude's Used Books and rummage through the old
comic books. But the counter clerk would surely recognize him. Not
yet, he thought.
The junior varsity team was playing when he reached
the high school stadium. He found a seat at the top of the bleacher and
made sure his ball cap covered his face. The sun was just dipping below
the far end zone, casting long violet shadows as the JV teams--Findlay
High was playing Gurion Valley--moved the ball haphazardly up and down
the field. Watching the shadows was more interesting.
But then the game was over, and the stands were
filling. He recognized faces, year old memories, but still vivid. He
shrank down on the bench, pulled up the collar on his ski coat. Then he
laughed at himself. Always hiding, always running. Not this time.
The varsity cheerleaders came on the field. He
spotted Casey immediately and he felt a spurt of hormones course
through him. Across universes he'd come for her, he thought. How was
that for a pickup line?
Goddamn, she was beautiful. He stood to get a
better look.
"Hey, John!" someone shouted, two rows down.
John looked at him, shocked. He had no idea who he
was. A wave of doubt shook him. He'd been gone a year; how much had he
missed in that time?
"Hey."
"Shouldn't you be down with the team? I thought you
were keeping stats."
"Yeah, I was just going."
John took the bleacher steps two at a time, nearly
running. He had things to do before he could gawk at Casey.
* * * *
After the game John left a copy of the stats with
Coach Jessick and then met his father in the parking lot.
"Not a good game for the home team," his father
said. He wore his overalls and a John Deere hat. John realized he'd sat
in the stands like that, with manure on his shoes. Soft country and
western whispered tinnily from the speakers. For a moment he was
embarrassed, then he remembered why he'd had to fight Ted Carson.
"Thanks for picking me up, Dad."
"No problem." He dropped the truck into gear and
pulled it out of the lot. "Odd thing. I thought I saw you in the
stands."
John glanced at his father, forced himself to be
calm. "I was down keeping stats."
"I know, I saw. Must be my old eyes, playing
tricks."
Had John Prime not gone back to the barn? What was
that bastard doing to him?
"Gushman called."
John nodded in the dark of the cab. "I figured."
"Said you were gonna write an apology."
"I don't want to," John said. "But...."
"I know. A stain on your permanent record and all."
His father turned the radio off. "I was at the U in Toledo for a
semester or two. Me and college didn't get along much. But you, son.
You can learn and do something interesting with it. Which is really
what me and your mother want."
"Dad--"
"Hold on a second. I'm not saying what you did to
the Carson boy was wrong, but you did get caught at it. And if you get
caught at something, you usually have to pay for it. Writing a letter
saying something isn't the same as believing it."
John nodded. "I think I'm gonna write the letter,
Dad."
His father grunted, satisfied. "You helping with
the apples tomorrow? We wait any longer and we won't get any good ones."
"Yeah, I'll help until lunch. Then I have
basketball practice."
"Okay."
They sat in silence for the remainder of the trip.
John was glad his father was so pragmatic.
As they drove up to the farmhouse, John considered
what he was going to do about John Prime.
* * * *
"Where are you?"
John paused in his scanning of the newspaper and
gripped a shovel. It might have come to violence anyway; Johnny Farmboy
looked pissed.
"Up here."
"You went to the football game," he accused as he
climbed the ladder.
"Just for a bit."
"My dad saw you."
"But he didn't realize it was me, did he?"
Farmboy's anger faded a notch. "No, no. He thought
he was seeing things."
"See? No one will believe it even if they see us
together."
Farmboy shook his head. He grunted.
John added, "This Ted Carson thing is about to go
away."
"What do you mean?"
"A bunch of cats have gone missing over there."
"You went out in public and talked to people?"
"Just kids. And it was dark. No one even saw my
face. Three cats this month, by the way. Ted is an animal serial
killer. We can pin this on him and his mom will have to back off."
"I'm writing the letter of apology," Farmboy said.
"What? No!"
"It's better this way. I don't want to screw up my
future."
"Listen. It'll never get any better than this. The
kid is a psychopath and we can shove it in his parents' faces!"
"No. And listen. You have got to lay low. I don't
want you wandering around town messing up things," Farmboy said. "Going
to the library today was too much."
John smiled. "Don't want me hitting on Casey
Nicholson, huh?"
"Stop it!" He raised his hand. "That's it. Why
don't you just move on? Hit the next town or the next universe or
whatever. Just get out of my life!"
John frowned. It was time for the last shot. He
lifted up his shirt. Under his grey sweatshirt was a shoulder harness
with a thin disk the diameter of a softball attached at the center. It
had a digital readout which said 7533, three blue buttons on the front,
and dials and levers on the sides.
John began unstrapping the harness and said, "John,
maybe it's time you saw for yourself."
* * * *
John looked at the device. It was tiny for what it
was supposed to do.
"How does it work?" he asked. John envisioned
golden wires entwining black vortices of primal energy, x-ray claws
tearing at the walls of the universe as if they were tissue.
"I don't know how it works," John Prime said,
irritated. "I just know how to work it." He pointed to the digital
readout. "This is your universe number."
"Seventy-five thirty-three?"
"My universe is 7433." He pointed to the first blue
button. "This increments the universe counter. See?" He pressed the
button once and the number changed to 7534. "This one decrements the
counter." He pressed the second blue button and the counter flipped
back to 7533. He pointed to a metal lever on the side of the disk.
"Once you've dialed in your universe, you pull the lever
and--Pow!--you're in the next universe."
"It looks like a slot machine," John said.
John Prime pursed his lips. "It's the product of a
powerful civilization."
"Does it hurt?" John asked.
"I don't feel a thing. Sometimes my ears pop
because the weather's a little different. Sometimes I drop a few inches
or my feet are stuck in the dirt."
"What's this other button for?"
John Prime shook his head. "I don't know. I've
pressed it, but it doesn't seem to do anything. There's no owner's
manual, you know?" He grinned. "Wanna try it out?"
More than anything, John wanted to try it. Not only
would he know for sure if John Prime was full of crap, but he would get
to see another universe. The idea was astounding. To travel, to be free
of all this ... detritus in his life. Ten more months in Findlay was a
lifetime. Here in front of him was adventure.
"Show me."
John Prime frowned. "I can't. It takes twelve hours
to recharge the device after it's used. If I left now, I'd be in some
other universe for a day before I could come back."
"I don't want to be gone a day! I have chores. I
have to write a letter."
"It's okay. I'll cover for you here."
"No way!"
"I can do it. No one would know. I've been you for
as long as you have."
"No. There's no way I'm leaving for twelve hours
with you in control of my life."
John Prime shook his head. "How about a test run?
Tomorrow you're doing what?"
"Picking apples with my dad."
"I'll do it instead. If your dad doesn't notice a
thing, then you take the trip, and I'll cover for you. If you leave
tomorrow afternoon, you can be back on Sunday and not miss a day of
school." John Prime opened his backpack wider. "And to make the whole
trip a lot more fun, here's some spending money." He pulled out a stack
of twenty dollar bills.
"Where did you get that?" John had never seen so
much money. His bank account had no more than three hundred dollars in
it.
John Prime handed him the stack of cash. The
twenties were crisp, the paper smooth-sticky. "There's got to be two
thousand dollars here."
"Yep."
"It's from another universe, isn't it? This is
counterfeit."
"It's real money. And no one in this podunk town
will be able to tell me that it's not." John Prime pulled a twenty out
of his own pocket. "This is from your universe. See any differences?"
John took the first twenty off the stack and
compared it to the crumpled bill. They looked identical to him.
"How'd you get it?"
"Investments." John Prime's smile was ambiguous.
"Did you steal it?"
John Prime shook his head. "Even if I did steal it,
the police looking for it are in another universe."
John felt a twinge of apprehension. John Prime had
his fingerprints, his looks, his voice. He knew everything there was to
know about him. He could rob a bank, kill someone, and then escape to
another universe, leaving John holding the bag. All the evidence of
such a crime would point to him, and there was no way he could prove
that it wasn't him.
Would he do such a thing? John Prime had called
John his brother. In a sense they were identical brothers. And John
Prime was letting John use his device, in effect stranding him in this
universe. That took trust.
"Twenty-four hours," John Prime said. "Think of it
as a vacation. A break from all this shit with Ted Carson."
The lure of seeing another universe was too strong.
"You pick apples with my father tomorrow. If he doesn't suspect
anything, then maybe I'll take the trip."
"You won't regret it, John."
"But you have got to promise not to mess anything
up!"
John Prime nodded. "That's the last thing I'd want
to do, John."
* * * *
"Damn, it's early," John said, rubbing the straw
from his hair.
"Don't let my dad hear you cursing," Johnny Farmboy
said.
"Right, no cursing." John stood, stretching. "Apple
picking? I haven't done that ... in a while." It had been a lot longer
than a year. His own father hadn't bothered with the orchard in years.
John peered out a small window. Farmboy's father
was already out there with the tractor.
"What's up between you and your dad? Anything
heavy?" John asked. Johnny Farmboy took off his coat and handed it to
John, taking John's in return.
John shook his head. "We talked last night about
the Carson thing. He wanted me to write the letter."
"So that's it. What about your mother?"
"She was pissed with me before. She still may be.
We haven't talked since Thursday."
"Anything happening this afternoon?" John Prime
took a pencil out and started jotting things down.
"Nothing until tomorrow. Church, then chores. Muck
the stalls. Homework. But I'll do that."
"What's due for Monday?"
"Reading for Physics. Essay for English on Gerard
Manley Hopkins. Problem set in Calculus. That's it."
"What's your class schedule like?"
Farmboy began to tell him, but then said, "Why do
you need to know that? I'll be back."
"In case someone asks."
"No one's gonna ask." As Farmboy pulled John's ski
jacket on, he looked through his binoculars. "I'll watch from here. If
anything goes wrong, you pretend to be sick and come back to the barn.
You'll brief me and then we switch back."
John Prime smiled. "Nothing's gonna happen. Relax."
He pulled on gloves and climbed down the ladder. "See ya at lunch."
With more trepidation than he showed, John walked
out to the orchard. He cast one glance over his shoulder and saw
Farmboy watching him through binoculars. This was a test in more ways
than one. He could still run. He could still find another bolthole.
His father barely glanced at him, said, "How 'bout
we start this end?"
"Okay," John said, his throat dry. His father stood
tall, and when he walked past he smelled of dirt, not booze. He walked
up to a tree and turned to look at him.
"Well? Come on."
John gripped a branch and pulled himself into the
tree. The rough bark cut his hands through the gloves. His foot missed
a hold, and he slipped.
"Careful there."
"I'm getting too big for this," John said.
"Next year, I'll have to hire someone to help me."
John paused, words of banter on his lips. He
smiled. "I bet mom could do it."
His father laughed. "Now there's a thought."
* * * *
John felt a twinge of jealousy as he watched his
father laugh at John Prime's joke. He wondered what John Prime had said
to make his father laugh. Then he realized that if his father was
laughing at John Prime's jokes, there was no danger of being found out.
The precarious nature of his situation bothered
him. Effectively, John Prime was him. And he was ... nobody. Would it
be that hard for someone to slip into his life? He realized that it
wouldn't. He had a few immediate relationships, interactions that had
happened within the last few weeks that were unique to him, but in a
month, those would all be absorbed into the past. He had no girlfriend.
No real friends, except for Erik, and that stopped at the edge of the
court. The hardest part would be for someone to pick up his studies,
but even that wouldn't be too hard. All his classes were a breeze,
except Advanced Physics, and they were starting a new module on Monday.
It was a clear breaking point.
John wondered what he would find in another
universe. Would there be different advances in science? Could he
photocopy a scientific journal and bring it back? Maybe someone had
discovered a unified theory in the other universe. Or a simple solution
to Fermat's Last Theorem. Or ... but what could he really do with
someone else's ideas? Publish them under his own name? Was that any
different than John Prime's scheme to get rich with Rubik's Square,
whatever that was? He laughed and picked up his physics book. He needed
to stay caught up in this universe. They were starting Quantum
Mechanics on Monday, after all.
* * * *
John brought Johnny Farmboy a sandwich.
"Your mom didn't notice either."
He took the sandwich, pausing to look John in the
eye. "You look happy."
John started. His clothes were covered in sap. His
hands were cut and raw. His shoulders ached. He had always loathed farm
work. Yet...
"It felt good. I haven't done that in a while."
Around a bite of sandwich, Farmboy said, "You've
been gone a long time."
"Yeah," John said. "You don't know what you have
here. Why do you even want to go to college?"
Farmboy laughed. "It's great for the first fifteen
years, then it really begins to drag."
"I hear you."
Farmboy handed John his ski jacket. "What will I
see in the next universe?"
John's heart caught. "So you're gonna take me up on
the offer?" he said casually.
"Yeah, I think so. Tell me what I'll see."
"It's pretty much like this one, you know. I don't
know the exact differences."
"So we're in the next universe?"
"Yeah. I wouldn't try to meet him or anything. He
doesn't know about us."
"Why'd you pick me to talk to? Why not some other
me? Or why not all of us?"
"This is the most like home," John said. "This
feels like I remember."
"In one hundred universes this is the one that is
most like yours? How different are we from one to the next? It can't be
too different."
"Do you really want to hear this?"
Farmboy nodded.
"Well, there are a couple types of us. There's the
farm boy us, like you and me. Then there's the dirt bag us."
"Dirt bag?"
"Yeah. We smoke and hang out under the bleachers."
"What the hell happened there?"
"And sometimes we've knocked up Casey Nicholson and
we live in the low income houses on Stuart. Then there's the places
where we've died."
"Died?"
"Yeah. Car accidents. Tractor accidents. Gun
accidents. We're pretty lucky to be here, really."
Farmboy looked away, and John knew what he was
thinking. It was the time he and his father had been tossing hay bales
and the pitchfork had fallen. Or it was the time he had walked out on
old Mrs. Jones' frozen pond, and the ice had cracked, and he'd kept
going. Or the time the quarry truck had run him off the road. It was a
fluke really that either of them was alive.
Finally Farmboy said, "I think I'm ready. What's
the plan?"
John Prime lifted up his shirt and began unbuckling
the harness. "You leave from the pumpkin field. Select the universe one
forward. Press the toggle. Spend the day exploring. Go to the library.
Figure out what's different. If you want, write down any money-making
ideas you come across." When he saw Farmboy's face, John added, "Fine.
Then don't. Tomorrow, flip the counter back to this universe and pull
the lever. You'll be back for school on Monday."
"Sounds easy enough."
"Don't lose the device! Don't get busted by the
police! Don't do anything to draw attention to yourself."
"Right."
"Don't flash your money either. If anyone
recognizes you, go with it and then duck out. You don't want to make it
hot for our guy over there."
"Right."
"Johnny, you look a little nervous. Calm down. I'll
keep you covered on this end." John slapped him on the back, then
handed him the harness.
Farmboy pulled off his shirt and shivered. He
passed the two bands of the harness over his shoulders, then connected
the center belt behind his back. The disk was cold against his belly.
The straps looked like a synthetic material.
"It fits."
"It should," John said. "I copied some of my
materials for you in case you need them." John Prime pulled a binder
from his own bag, opened it to show him pages of clippings and notes.
"You never know. You might need something. And here's a backpack to
hold it all in."
John felt a twinge pass through him. He was
powerless. The device was out of his control.
"What's wrong?" Farmboy asked.
"I haven't been away from the device in a long
time. It's my talisman, my escape. I feel naked without it. You gotta
be careful with it."
"Hey," John said. "I'm leaving my life in your
hands. How about a little two-way trust?"
John smiled grimly. "Okay. Are you ready? I've got
12:30 on my watch. Which means you can return half an hour past
midnight. Okay?"
John checked his watch. "Okay."
"Toggle the universe."
John lifted the shirt and switched the number
forward to 7534. "Check."
"Okay. I'll watch from the loft." John climbed the
ladder, then turned. "Make sure no one sees you."
His heart was racing. This was it. It was almost
his. He looked down from the barn window, waved.
Farmboy waved back, then he lifted up his shirt.
Sunlight caught the brushed metal of the device.
Farmboy hesitated.
"Go!" John whispered. "Do it."
Farmboy smiled, pulled the switch, and disappeared.
* * * *
John's ears popped and his feet caught in the dirt.
He stumbled and fell forward, catching himself on his gloved hands. He
wasn't in a pumpkin patch anymore. Noting the smell of manure, he
realized he was in a cow pasture.
He worked his feet free. His shoes were embedded an
inch into the earth. He wondered if there was dirt lodged in his feet
now. It looked like the dirt in the current universe was an inch higher
here than in the old one. Where did that extra inch of dirt go? He
shook his feet and the dirt fell free.
It worked! He felt a thrill. He'd doubted to the
last second, but here he was, in a new universe.
He paused. John Prime had said there was a John in
this universe. He spun around. Cows grazed contentedly a few hundred
yards away, but otherwise the fields were empty, the trees gone. There
was no farmhouse.
McMaster Road was there and so was Gurney Road.
John walked from the field, hopped the fence, and stood at the corner
of the roads. Looking to the north toward town, he saw nothing but a
farmhouse maybe a mile up the road. To the east, where the stacks of
the GE plant should have been, he saw nothing but forest. To the south,
more fields.
John Prime had said there was a John Rayburn in
this universe. He'd said that the farm was here. He'd told John he'd
been to this universe.
John pawed up his jacket and shirt and tried to
read the number on the device. He cupped his hand to shield the sun and
read 7534. He was where he expected to be, according to the device.
There was nothing here.
The panic settled into his gut. Something was
wrong. Something had gone wrong. He wasn't where he was supposed to be.
But that's okay, he thought, calming himself. It's okay. He walked to
the edge of the road and sat on the small berm there.
Maybe John Prime had it wrong; there were a lot of
universes and if all of them were different that was a lot of facts to
keep straight.
He stood, determined to assume the best. He'd spend
the next twelve hours working according to the plan. Then he'd go back
home. He set off for town, a black mood nipping at his heels.
* * * *
John watched his other self disappear from the
pumpkin field and felt his body relax. Now he wouldn't have to kill
him. This way was so much better. A body could always be found, unless
it was in some other universe. He didn't have the device, of course,
but then he'd never need it again. In fact he was glad to be rid of it.
John had something more important than the device; he had his life back.
It had taken him three days of arguing and
cajoling, but finally Johnny Farmboy had taken the bait. Good riddance
and goodbye. He had been that naive once. He'd once had that wide-eyed
gullibility, ready to explore new worlds. There was nothing out there
but pain. He was alive again. He had parents again. He had
money--$125,000. And he had his notebook. That was the most important
part. The notebook was worth a billion dollars right there.
John looked around the loft. This would be a good
place for some of his money. If he remembered right, there was a small
cubbyhole in the rafters on the south side of the loft. He found it and
pulled out the bubble gum cards and slingshot that was hidden there.
"Damn farmboy."
He placed about a third of his money in the hiding
place. Another third he'd hide in his room. The last third, he'd bury.
He wouldn't deposit it like he'd done in 7489. Or had that been 7490?
The cops had been on his ass so fast. So Franklin had been looking the
wrong way on all those bills. He'd lost $80,000.
No, he'd be careful this time. He'd show legitimate
sources for all his cash. He'd be the talk of Findlay, Ohio as his
inventions started panning out. No one would suspect the young physics
genius. They'd be jealous, sure, but everybody knew Johnny Rayburn was
a brain. The Rubik's Cube--no, the Rayburn's Cube--would be his road to
fame and riches.
* * * *
John reached the outskirts of town in an hour,
passing a green sign that said "Findlay, Ohio. Population 6232." His
Findlay had a population in the twenty thousand range. As he stood
there, he heard a high-pitched whine grow behind him. He stepped off
the berm as a truck flew by him, at about forty-five miles per hour. It
was in fact two trucks in tandem pulling a large trailer filled with
gravel. The fronts of the trucks were flat, probably to aid in stacking
several together for larger loads, like a train with more than one
locomotive. The trailer was smaller than a typical dump truck in his
universe. A driver sat in each truck. Expecting to be enveloped in a
cloud of exhaust, John found nothing fouler than moist air.
Flywheel? he wondered. Steam?
Despite his predicament, John was intrigued by the
engineering of the trucks. Ten more minutes of walking, past two motels
and a diner, he came to the city square, the Civil War monument
displayed as proudly as ever, cannon pointed toward the South. A few
people were strolling the square, but no one noticed him.
Across the square was the courthouse. Beside it
stood the library, identical to what he remembered, a three-story
building, its entrance framed by granite lions reclining on brick
pedestals. There was the place to start figuring this universe out.
The library was identical in layout to the one he
knew. John walked to the card catalog--there were no computer
terminals--and looked up the numbers for American history. On the shelf
he found a volume by Albert Trey called US History and Heritage:
Major Events that Shaped a Nation. He sat in a low chair and paged
through it. He found the divergence in moments.
The American Revolution, War of 1812, and Civil War
all had the expected results. The presidents were the same through
Woodrow Wilson. World War I was a minor war, listed as the
Greco-Turkish War. World War II was listed as the Great War and was
England and the US against Germany, Russia, and Japan. A truce was
called in 1956 after years of no resolution to the fighting.
Hostilities had flared for years until the eighties when peace was
declared and disarmament accomplished in France, which was split up and
given to Germany and Spain.
But all of those things happened after Alexander
Graham Bell developed an effective battery for the automobile. Instead
of an internal combustion engine, cars and trucks in this universe used
electric engines. That explained the trucks: electric engines.
But even as he read about the use of zeppelins for
transport, the relatively peaceful twentieth century, his anger began
to grow. This universe was nothing like his own. John Prime had lied.
Finally, he stood and found the local telephone book. He paged through
it, looking for Rayburns. As he expected, there were none.
He checked his watch; in eight hours he was going
back home and kicking the crap out of John Prime.
* * * *
His mother called him to dinner, and for a moment
he froze with fear. They'll know, he thought. They'll know
I'm not their son.
Breathing slowly, he hid the money back under his
comic book collection in the closet.
"Coming!" he called.
During dinner he kept quiet, focusing on what his
parents mentioned, filing key facts away for later use. There was too
much he didn't know. He couldn't volunteer anything until he had all
his facts right.
Cousin Paul was still in jail. They were staying
after church tomorrow for a spaghetti lunch. His mother would be
canning and making vinegar that week. His father was buying a turkey
from Sam Riley, who had a flock of twenty or so. The dinner finished
with homemade apple pie that made the cuts on his hands and the
soreness in his back worth it.
After dinner he excused himself. In his room he
rooted through Johnny Farmboy's bookbag. He'd missed a year of school;
he had a lot of make-up to do. And, crap, an essay on Gerard Manley
Hopkins, whoever the heck that was.
* * * *
By the time the library closed, John's head was
full of facts and details about the new universe. There were a thousand
things he'd like to research, but there was no time. He stopped at a
newspaper shop and picked an almanac off the shelf. After a moment's
hesitation, he offered to buy the three-dollar book with one of the
twenties John Prime had given him. The counter man barely glanced at
the bill and handed John sixteen dollars and change. The bills were
identical to those in his own world. The coins bore other faces.
He ate a late dinner at Eckart's cafe, listening to
rockabilly music. None of it was familiar music, but it was music that
was playable on the country stations at home. Even at ten in the
evening, there was a sizeable crowd, drinking coffee and hard liquor.
There was no beer to be had.
It was a tame crowd for a Saturday night. He read
the almanac and listened in to the conversations around him. Most of it
was about cars, girls, and guys, just like in his universe.
By midnight, the crowd had thinned. At half-past
midnight, John walked into the square and stood behind the Civil War
statue. He lifted his shirt and toggled the number back to 7533.
He paused, checked his watch and saw it was a
quarter till one. Close enough, he figured.
He pressed the button.
Nothing happened.
* * * *
He managed to get through church without falling
asleep. Luckily the communion ritual was the same. If there was one
thing that didn't change from one universe to the next, it was church.
He expected the spaghetti lunch afterwards to be
just as boring, but across the gymnasium, John saw Casey Nicholson
sitting with her family. That was one person he knew where Johnny
Farmboy stood with. She liked him, it was clear, but Johnny Farmboy had
been too clean-cut to make a move. Not so for him. John excused himself
and walked over to her.
"Hi, Casey," he said.
She blushed at him, perhaps because her parents
were there.
Her father said, "Oh, hello, John. How's the
basketball team going to do this year?"
John wanted to yell at him that he didn't give a
rat's ass. But instead he smiled and said, "We'll go all the way if
Casey is there to cheer for us."
Casey looked away, her face flushed again. She was
dressed in a white Sunday dress that covered her breasts, waist, and
hips with enough material to hide the fact that she had any of those
features. But he knew what was there. He'd seduced Casey Nicholson in a
dozen universes at least.
"I'm only cheering fall sports, John," she said
softly. "I play field hockey in the spring."
John looked at her mother and asked, "Can I walk
with Casey around the church grounds, Mrs. Nicholson?"
She smiled at him, glanced at her husband, and
said, "I don't see why not."
"That's a great idea," Mr. Nicholson said.
Casey stood up quickly, and John had to race after
her. She stopped after she had gotten out of sight of the gymnasium,
hidden in the alcove where the rest rooms were. When John caught up to
her, she said, "My parents are so embarrassing."
"No shit," John said.
Her eyes went wide at his cursing, then she smiled.
"I'm glad you're finally talking to me," she said.
John smiled and said, "Let's walk." He slipped his
arm around her waist, and she didn't protest.
* * * *
There was no sensation of shifting, no pressure
change. The electric car in the parking lot was still there. The device
hadn't worked.
He checked the number: 7533. His finger was on the
right switch. He tried it again. Nothing.
It had been twelve hours. Twelve hours and
forty-five minutes. But maybe John Prime had been estimating. Maybe it
took thirteen hours to recharge. He leaned against the base of the
statue and slid to the ground.
He couldn't shake the feeling that something was
wrong. John Prime had lied to him about what was in Universe 7534.
Maybe he had lied about the recharge time. Maybe it took days or months
to recharge the device. And when he got back, he'd find that John Prime
was entrenched in his life.
He sat there, trying the switch every fifteen
minutes until three in the morning. He was cold, but finally he fell
asleep on the grass, leaning against the Civil War Memorial.
He awoke at dawn, the sun in his eyes as it
streamed down Washington Avenue. He stood and jumped up and down to
revive his body. His back ached, but the kinks receded after he did
some stretches.
At a donut shop off the square, he bought a glazed
and an orange juice with the change he had left over from the almanac.
A dozen people filed in over the course of an hour to buy donuts and
coffee before church or work. On the surface, this world was a lot like
his.
John couldn't stand the waiting. He walked across
the square and climbed the library steps and yanked at the door. They
were locked, and he saw the sign showing the library's hours. It was
closed until noon.
John looked around. There was an alcove behind the
lions with a bench. No one would easily see him from the street. He sat
there and tried the device. Nothing.
He continued to try the lever every ten or fifteen
minutes. As he sat on the steps of the library, his apprehension grew.
He was going to miss school. He was going to miss more than twenty-four
hours. He was going to miss the rest of his life. Why wouldn't the
device work like it was supposed to?
He realized then that everything John Prime had
told him was probably a lie. He had to assume that he was the victim of
John Prime's scheming, trapped in another universe. The question was
how he would return to his life.
He had the device. It had worked once, to bring him
from Universe 7533 to Universe 7534. It would not allow him to return
because it wasn't recharged yet. It took longer than--he checked his
watch--twenty hours to recharge the device, apparently.
He stopped. He was basing that logic on information
he got from John Prime. Nothing that John Prime had said could be used
as valid information. Only things that John had seen or gotten from a
valid source were true. And John Prime was not a valid source.
The twelve hour recharge time was false. He had
assumed that it meant the length of time was what was false in John
Prime's statement. What if there was no recharge time at all?
There were two possibilities that John could see.
First, there was no recharge time and he was being prevented from
returning to his universe for some other reason. Second, the device no
longer worked. Perhaps he had used the last of its energy source.
For some reason he still wanted to believe John
Prime. If it was simply a mechanical issue, then he could use
intelligence to solve the problem. Maybe John Prime was truthful, and
something happened to the device that he didn't know about. Maybe John
Prime would be surprised when John never returned with the device,
effectively trapping John Prime in John's life. John Prime might even
think that John had stolen his device.
But mechanical failure seemed unlikely. John Prime
said he had used the device one hundred times. His home universe was
around 7433. If he'd used it exactly one hundred times, that was the
distance in universes between John's and John Prime's. Did that mean he
only used the device to move forward one universe at a time? Or did he
hop around? No, the numbers were too similar. John Prime probably moved
from one universe to the next systematically.
John decided that he was just too ignorant to
ignore all of John Prime's information. Some of it had to be taken at
face value.
The one hundred number indicated that John only
incremented the universe counter upward. Why? Did the device only allow
travel in one direction?
He played with the theory, fitting the pieces
together. The device was defective or designed in such a way that only
travel upward was allowed. John Prime mentioned the recharge time to
eliminate any possibility of a demonstration. There was perhaps no
recharge time. The device was of no value to John Prime, since he
planned to stay. That explained the personal questions John Prime had
asked; he wanted to ease into John's life. Some things he knew, but
other things he had to learn from John.
The fury built in John.
"Bastard!" he said softly. John Prime had screwed
him. He'd tempted him with universes, and John had fallen for it. And
now he was in another universe, where he didn't exist. He had to get
back.
There was nothing to do, he realized, but test the
theory.
He pulled his backpack onto his shoulders and
checked around the bench for his things. Then, with a quick check to
see if anyone was looking, he toggled the device to 7535 and pulled the
lever.
He fell.
* * * *
Monday morning at school went no worse than
expected. John barely made it to homeroom, and ended up sitting with
the stoners by accident. He had no idea what the word "Buckle" meant in
the Hopkins poem. And Mr. Wallace had to flag him down for physics
class.
"Forget which room it is?" he asked.
"Er."
There was no Mr. Wallace in John's home universe,
and he had to dodge in-jokes and history between him and Johnny
Farmboy; the class was independent study! John realized he'd have to
drop it. He was grateful when a kid knocked on the door.
"Mr. Gushman needs to see John Rayburn."
Mr. Wallace took the slip of paper from the
acne-ridden freshman. "Again? Read the assignment for tomorrow, John.
We have a lot to cover." The man was disappointed in him, but John
couldn't find the emotion to care. He hardly knew him.
John nodded, then grabbed his stuff. He nudged the
freshman hall monitor as they walked down the hall. "Where's Mr.
Gushman at?"
The freshman's eye widened like marbles. "He's in
the front office. He's the principal."
"No shit, douche bag," John said.
John entered the fish bowl and gave his name to the
receptionist. After just a few minutes, Mr. Gushman called him in.
John didn't have anything on Gushman. He'd come to
Findlay High School in the time John had been away. The old principal
had fucked a student at his old school and that had come out in one of
the universes that John had visited. That bit of dirt would be no good
in this universe.
"Have you got the letter of apology for Mrs.
Carson?" he asked.
John suddenly realized what the meeting was about.
He'd not written the letter.
"No, sir. I've decided not to write the letter."
Mr. Gushman raised his eyebrows, then frowned. "You
realize that this will have grave consequences for your future."
"No, I don't think so. In fact, I've contacted a
lawyer. I'll be suing Ted Carson." John hadn't thought of doing that
until that moment, but now that he'd said it, he decided it was a good
idea. "I'm an honor student, Gushman. I'm a varsity player in two
sports. There will be fallout because of this. Big fallout."
"It's Mr. Gushman, please. I'll have your respect."
His knuckles were white, and John realized that Gushman had expected
him to cave. Well, maybe Johnny Farmboy would have caved, but not him.
He had dirt on the education board members. He had dirt on the mayor.
This would be a slam dunk for him.
"Respect is earned," John said.
"I see. Shall I have your mother called or do you
have transportation home?"
"Home? Why?" John said.
"Your three day suspension starts right now." John
had forgotten about that. He shrugged. Johnny Farmboy would have shit a
brick at being expelled. To John, it didn't really matter.
"I can take care of myself."
"You are not allowed on school property until
Thursday at noon. I'll be sending a letter home to your parents. I'll
also inform Coach Jessick that you are off the roster for basketball
and track."
"Whatever."
Mr. Gushman stood, leaning heavily on the desk. His
voice was strained as he said, "I expected better of you, John.
Everything I know about you says that you're a good boy. Everything
I've seen since you walked in this door has made me reevaluate my
opinions."
John shrugged again. "Whatever." He stood, ignoring
Gushman's anger. "We done here?"
"Yes. You are dismissed."
At least he didn't have to worry about learning
basketball. And three days was enough time to get started on his plans.
He smiled as he passed the receptionist, smiled at the dirtbags waiting
in the office. This was actually working out better than he expected.
* * * *
John's arms flailed and his left foot hit the
ground, catching his weight. He groaned as his leg collapsed under him.
He rolled across the grass.
Grass? he thought as the pain erupted in
his knee. He sat up, rocking as he held his knee to his chest. He'd
been on the steps of the library and now he was on a plain. The wind
blew the smell of outside: dirt, pollen, clover.
He tried to stretch his leg, but the pain was too
much. He leaned back, pulling off his backpack with one hand, and
looked up at the sky, breathing deeply. It hurt like hell.
The device had worked. He had changed universes
again. Only this universe had no library, no Findlay, Ohio. This
universe didn't seem to have anything but grass. He fell because the
steps he'd been standing on weren't in the universe he was in now.
He checked the readout on the device. He was in
7535. He'd gone forward one universe.
John looked around him, but didn't see anything
through the green-yellow grass. It rustled in the wind, making sounds
like sandpaper rubbing on wood.
John stood gingerly on his other leg. He was on a
broad plain, stretching for a good distance in every direction. There
were small groves of trees to the north and east. To the west and
south, the grass stretched as far as he could see.
There was no library to use to figure out what was
different in this universe. No humans at all, maybe. A Mayan empire? If
he wanted to find the differences, he'd have to do some field research.
He sat back down. No, he thought. He had to get
back to his life. John Prime had some answers to give and a price to
pay. It was Sunday afternoon. He still had half a day to figure out how
to get back to his universe.
His knee was swelling, so he took off his coat and
shirt. He ripped his T-shirt into long strips and used them to wrap his
knee as tightly as possible. It wasn't broken, but he might have
sprained it.
He took the sandwich that he had packed on Saturday
from his backpack and unwrapped it. He finished it in several bites and
rinsed it down with some of the water in his water bottle. The taste of
the sandwich made him angry. John Prime was eating his food and
sleeping in his bed. John wondered how he would feel punching someone
who looked like him in the face. He decided that he could do it.
John spent the afternoon, nursing his knee and
considering what he knew, what he thought he knew, and what John Prime
had told him. The latter category he considered biased or false. What
he knew, however, was growing.
Universe 7535 was the second one he'd visited. The
device clearly still worked. His going from 7534 to 7535 proved that.
It was also support for his theory that the device
only allowed travel to universes higher in number than the one a
traveler currently resided in. But not proof. Hypotheses required
repeatable experimental proof. He'd used the device to move forward
through two universes. He'd have to do it a couple more times before he
was certain that that was the way the device worked.
He took a blade of grass and chewed on it. This was
an unspoiled universe, he thought. Which gave him another piece of
data. Universes sequentially next to each other could have little in
common. John couldn't even begin to guess what had happened for a
universe to not have North America settled by the Europeans.
There'd been no library steps here, so he had
fallen ten feet to the ground. More data: There was no guarantee that a
man-made object in one universe would exist in the next. Nor even
natural objects. Hills were removed or added by machines. Rivers were
dammed and moved. Lakes were created. What would happen if he jumped to
the next universe and the steps were there? Would he be trapped in the
cement that formed the steps? Would he die of asphyxiation, unable to
press the lever because he was encased in the library steps?
The thought of being entombed, blind and without
air, horrified him. It was no way to die.
He would have to be careful when he changed
universes. He'd have to be as certain as possible that there was
nothing solid where he was going. But how?
Movement caught his eye and he looked up to see a
large beast walking in the distance. It was so tall he saw it from his
seat in the grass. A cross between a rhinoceros and a giraffe, it
munched at the leaves of a tree. It was grey with legs like tree limbs,
a face like a horse. Leaves and branches gave way quickly to its
gobbling teeth.
No animal like that existed in his universe.
John watched, amazed. He wished he had a camera. A
picture of this beast would be a nice addition to his scrapbook. Would
it be worth cash? he wondered.
Ponderously it moved to the next tree in the grove.
John looked around him with more interest. This was
no longer a desolate North America. There were animals here that no
longer existed in his timeline. This universe was more radically
different than he could have imagined.
The wave of the grass to the west caught his
attention. The grass bobbed against the wind, and he was suddenly
alert. Something was in the grass not twenty yards from him. He
realized that large herbivores meant large carnivores. Bears, mountain
lions, and wolves could be roaming these plains. And he had no weapons.
Worse still, he had a bum knee.
He looked around him for a stick or a rock, but
there was nothing. Quickly he gathered the notebook into the backpack.
He pulled his coat on.
Was the thing closer? he wondered. He
glanced at the grass around him. Why hadn't he thought of that
earlier?
John felt beneath his shirt for the device. He
glanced down and toggled the universe counter up one to 7536. But he
dared not pull the lever. He could be under the library right now.
He looked around him, tried to orient himself. The
library entrance faced east, toward the Civil War Memorial. If he
traveled east two hundred feet, he'd be in the middle of the park and
it was unlikely that anything would be in his way. It was the safest
place he could think of to do the transfer.
Suppressing a groan he moved off in an easterly
direction, counting his steps.
At fifty-two steps he heard a sound behind him. A
dog-like creature stood ten yards away from him in his wake in the
grass. It had a dog's snout and ears, but its eyes were slit and its
back was arched more like a cat's. It had no tail. Its fur was tan with
black spots the size of quarters along its flank.
John froze, considering. It was small, the size of
a border collie. He was big prey and it may just have been curious
about him.
"Boo-yah!" he cried, waved his arms. It didn't
move, just stared at him with its slit eyes. Then two more appeared
behind it.
It was a pack animal. Pack animals could easily
bring down an animal larger than a pack member. He saw three of them,
but there could be a dozen hidden in the grass. John turned and ran.
The things took him from behind, nipping his legs,
flinging themselves onto his back. He fell, his leg screaming. He felt
weight on his back, so he let the straps of his backpack slide off. He
crawled forward another yard. Hoping he'd come far enough, he pulled
the lever on the device.
* * * *
John took the two o'clock Silver Mongoose to
Toledo, right after he stood in line at the Department of Motor
Vehicles trying to convince the clerk to file the paperwork for his
lost license.
"I am positive that it won't turn up," John said.
"So many people say that, and then there it is in
the last place you look."
"Really. It won't."
"All righty, then. I'll take that form from you."
He was tempted to rent a car, but that would have
raised as many eyebrows as hiring a patent lawyer in Findlay. John had
to go to Toledo to get his business done. Three days off school was
just about perfect.
As the northern Ohio farmland rolled by, he
wondered how hurt he'd be if he had to transfer out right now. He was
always considering his escape routes, always sleeping on the ground
floor, always in structures that were as old as he could find. His
chest itched where the device should have been. It was Johnny Farmboy's
problem now. He was free of it. No one would come looking for him here.
He blended right in. No police would come barging in at three AM. No
FBI agents wanting his device.
What an innocent he'd been. What a piece of work.
How many times had he almost died? How many times had he screwed up
within inches of the end?
For a moment, he had a twinge of guilt for the
displaced John. He hoped that he figured out a few things quickly,
before things went to hell. Maybe he could find a place to settle down
just like he had. Maybe I should have written him a note, he
thought.
Then he laughed to himself. Too late for that.
Johnny Farmboy was on his own. Just like he had been.
* * * *
A car horn screeched and a massive shape bore down
on him. John tried to scramble away, but his hand was stuck. As his
wrist flexed the wrong way, pain shot up his arm.
He looked up, over his shoulder, into the grill of
a car. John hadn't made it into the park. He was still in the street,
the sidewalk a few feet in front of him.
John got to his knees. His hand was embedded in the
asphalt. He planted his feet and pulled. Nothing happened except pain.
"Buddy, you okay?" The driver was standing with his
door open. John's eyes were just over the hood of the man's car.
John didn't reply. Instead he pulled again and his
hand tore lose with a spray of tar and stones. The impression of his
palm was cast in the asphalt.
The man came around his car and took John's arm.
"You better sit down. I'm really sorry about this. You came outta
nowhere." The man led him to the curb, then looked back and said,
"Jesus. Is that your dog?"
John looked and saw the head and shoulders of one
of the cat-dogs. The transfer had caught only half the beast. Its jaws
were open, revealing yellowed teeth. Its milky eyes were glazed over.
Blood from its severed torso flowed across the street. A strand of
intestine had unraveled onto the pavement.
"Oh, man. I killed your dog," the motorist cried.
John said between breaths, "Not ... my ... dog....
Chasing me."
The man looked around. "There's Harvey," he said,
pointing to a police officer sitting in the donut shop that John had
eaten in that morning. Well, not the same one, John thought.
This wasn't the same universe, since this car was gas powered.
"Hey, Harvey," he yelled, waving his arms. Someone
nudged the police officer and he turned, looking at the blood spreading
across the street.
Harvey was a big man, but he moved quickly. He
dropped his donut and coffee in a trash can at the door of the shop. As
he approached he brushed his hands on his pants.
"What happened, Roger?" he said. He glanced at
John, who was too winded and too sore to move. He looked at the cat-dog
on the street. "What the hell is that?"
He kicked it with his boot.
"This young man was being chased, I think. I nearly
clipped him and I definitely got that thing. What is it? A badger?"
"Whatever it is, you knocked the crap out of it."
He turned to John. "Son, you okay?"
"No," John said. "I twisted my knee and my wrist. I
think that thing was rabid. It chased me from around the library."
"Well, I'll be," said the officer. He squatted next
to John. "Looks like it got a piece of your leg." He lifted up John's
pant leg, pointed to the line of bite marks. "Son, you bought yourself
some rabies shots."
The officer called Animal Control for the carcass
and an ambulance for John. The white-uniformed Animal Control man spent
some time looking for the other half of the cat-dog. To Harvey's
questions about what it was, he shrugged. "Never seen nothing like it."
When he lifted up the torso, John saw the severed arm straps of his
backpack on the ground. He groaned. His backpack, with seventeen
hundred dollars in cash, was in the last universe under the other half
of the cat-dog.
A paramedic cleaned John's calf, looked at his
wrist and his knee. She touched his forehead gingerly. "What's this?"
"Ow," he said, wincing.
"You may have a concussion. Chased by a rabid dog
into a moving car. Quite a day you've had."
"It's been a less than banner day," John said.
"'Banner day,'" she repeated. "I haven't heard that
term in a long time. I think my grandmother said that."
"Mine too."
They loaded him into the ambulance on a stretcher.
By the time the door had shut on the ambulance, quite a few people had
gathered. John kept expecting someone to shout his name in recognition,
but no one did. Maybe he didn't exist in this universe.
They took him to Roth Hospital, and it looked just
like it did in his universe, an institutional building from the
fifties. He sat for fifteen minutes on an examining table off of the
emergency room. Finally, an older doctor came in and checked him
thoroughly.
"Lacerations on the palm. The wrist has a slight
sprain. Minor. The hand is fine." Looking at John's knee, he added,
"Sprain of the right knee. We'll wrap that. You'll probably need
crutches for a couple days."
A few minutes later, a woman showed up with a
clipboard. "We'll need to fill these forms out," she said. "Are you
over eighteen?"
John shook his head, thinking fast. "My parents are
on the way."
"Did you call them?"
"Yes."
"We'll need their insurance information."
John stood, wincing, and peered out the door until
she disappeared. Then he limped the other way until he found an
emergency exit door. He pushed it open and hobbled off into the parking
lot, the bleating of the siren behind him.
* * * *
The first lawyer John visited listened to him for
fifteen minutes until she said she wasn't taking any new clients. John
almost screamed at her, "Then why did you let me blather on for so
long?"
The second took thirty seconds to say no. But the
third listened dubiously to his idea for the Rayburn Cube. He didn't
even blink at the cash retainer John handed over for the three patents
he wanted him to research and acquire.
He called Casey from his cheap hotel.
"Hey, Casey. It's John!"
"John! I heard you were expelled for a month."
"News of my expulsion has been greatly exaggerated."
"What happened?"
"Just more of the Ted Carson saga. I told Gushman I
wasn't going to apologize, so he kicked me out of school. You should
have seen the colors on his face."
"You told Gushman no?" she asked. "Wow. He used to
be a colonel in the army."
"He used to molest small children too," said John.
"Don't say that."
"Why? He sucks."
"But it's not true."
"It could be true, probably is in some other
universe."
"But we don't know for sure."
John switched subjects. "Listen, I called to see if
you wanted to go out on Saturday."
"Yeah, sure," she said quickly. "Yeah."
"Movie?"
"Sounds good. What's playing?"
"Does it matter?"
She giggled. "No." After a moment, she added,
"Didn't your parents ground you?"
"Oh, shit!"
"What?"
"They don't know yet," John said. He looked at the
cheap clock radio next to the bed: six-thirty. "Shit."
"Do you think we can still go out?"
"One way or another, Casey, I'll see you on
Saturday."
"I'm looking forward to it."
He hung up.
His parents. He'd forgotten to call his parents.
They were going to be pissed. Damn. He'd been without them for so long,
he'd forgotten how they worked.
He dialed his home number.
"Mom?"
"Oh, my God!" she yelled. Then to his father, she
said, "Bill, it's John. It's John."
"Where is he? Is he all right?"
"Mom, I'm okay." He waited. He knew how Johnny
Subprime would play this. Sure, he'd never have gone to Toledo, but
John could play the suspension for all it was worth. "Did you hear from
Gushman?"
"John, yes, and it's okay. We understand. You can
come home. We aren't angry with you."
"Then, Mom, you know how I feel. I did the right
thing, Mom, and they took everything away from me." It was what Farmboy
would have said.
"I know, dear. I know."
"It's not fair."
"I know, Johnny. Now where are you? You've got to
come home." His mother sounded pitiful.
"I won't be home tonight, Mom. I've got things to
do."
"He's not coming home, Bill!"
"Give me the phone, Janet." Into the phone, his
father said, "John, I want you home tonight. We understand that you're
upset, but you need to be home, and we'll handle this here, under our
roof."
"Dad, I'll be home tomorrow."
"John--"
"Dad, I'll be home tomorrow." He hung up the phone
and almost chortled.
Then he turned on Home Theatre Office and watched
bad movies until midnight.
* * * *
John shivered in the morning cold. His knee was the
size of a melon, throbbing from the night spent on the library steps.
The bell tower struck eight; John Prime would be on his way to school
right now. He'd be heading for English class. John hoped the bastard
had done the essay on Gerard Manley Hopkins.
He'd slept little, his knee throbbing, his heart
aching. He'd lost the 1700 dollars John Prime had given him, save
eighty dollars in his wallet. He'd lost his backpack. His clothes were
ripped and tattered. He'd skipped out on his doctor's bill. He was as
far from home as he'd ever been.
He needed help.
He couldn't stay here; the hospital probably called
the police on his unpaid bill. He needed a fresh universe to work in.
Limping, he walked across to the Ben Franklin's,
buying new dungarees and a backpack.
Then he stood in the center of the town square and
waited for a moment when no one was around. He toggled the universe
counter upward and pressed the lever.
* * * *
"It turns this way, this way, and this
way!" John made the motions with his hands for the fourth time, wishing
again that he'd bought the keychain Cube when he'd had the chance.
"Why?" Joe Patadorn was the foreman for an
industrial design shop. A pad of paper on his drafting board was
covered in pencil sketches of cubes. "Rotate against what? It's a cube."
"Against itself ! Against itself ! Each column and
each row rotates."
"Seems like it could get caught up with itself."
"Yes! If it's not a cube when you try to turn it,
it'll not turn."
"And this is a toy people will want to play with?"
"I'll handle that part."
Joe shrugged. "Fine. It's your money."
"Yes, it is."
"We'll have a prototype in two weeks."
They shook on it.
His errands were finally done in Toledo. His lawyer
was doing the patent searches and Patadorn was building the prototype.
If he was lucky, he could have the first batch of Cubes ready to ship
by Christmas, perfect timing.
From the bus stop, he hiked the three miles to the
farm and stashed his contracts in the loft with the money there. When
he was climbing down, he saw his dad standing next to the stalls.
"Hey. Am I in time for dinner?" John asked.
His father didn't reply, and then he realized that
he was in trouble.
His father's face was red, his cheeks puffed out.
He stood in overalls, his fists at his hips.
"In the house." The words were soft, punctuated.
"Dad--"
"In the house, now." His father lifted an arm,
pointing.
John went, and as he entered the house, he was
angry too. How dare he order him around?
His mother was waiting at the kitchen table, her
fingers folded in a clenched, white mound.
"Where were you?" his father demanded.
"None of your business," John said.
"While you're in my house, you'll answer my
questions!" his father roared.
"I'll get my things and go," John said.
"Bill..." his mother said. "We've discussed this."
His father looked away, then said, "He pranced into
the barn like he'd done nothing wrong."
His mother turned to him. "Where were you, John?"
He opened his mouth to rail, but instead he said,
"Toledo. I had to ... cool off."
His mother nodded. "That's important."
"Yeah."
"Are you feeling better now?"
"Yes ... no." Suddenly he was sick to his stomach.
Suddenly he was more angry with himself than with his father.
"It's okay," she said. "It's okay what you did, and
we're glad you're back. Bill?"
His father grunted, then said, "Son, we're glad
you're back." And then he took John in his big farmer arms and squeezed
him.
John sobbed before he could fight it down, and then
he was bawling like he hadn't since he was ten.
"I'm sorry, Dad." The words were muffled in his
shoulder. His throat was tight.
"It's okay. It's okay."
His mother joined them and they held onto him for a
long time. John found he didn't want to let go. He hadn't hugged his
parents in a long time.
* * * *
John climbed the steps to the library. This
universe looked just like his own. He didn't really care how it was
different. All he wanted was to figure out how to get home. He'd tried
the device a dozen times in the square, but the device would not allow
him to go backwards, not even to universes before his own.
He needed help; he needed professional help. He
needed to understand about parallel universes.
Browsing the card catalog, it soon became apparent
the Findlay library was not the place to do a scientific search on
hypothetical physics. All he could find were a dozen science fiction
novels which were no help at all.
He was going to have to go to Toledo. U of T was
his second choice after Case. It was a state school and close. Half his
friends would be going there. It had a decent if not stellar physics
department.
He took the bus to Toledo, dozing along the way. A
local brought him to the campus.
The Physics Library was a single room with three
tables. Stacks lined all the walls and extended into the middle of the
room, making it seem cramped and tiny. It smelled of dust, just like
the Findlay Public Library.
"Student ID?"
John turned to the bespectacled student sitting at
the front desk. For a moment, he froze, then patted his front pockets.
"I left it at the dorm."
The student looked peeved then said, "Well, bring
it next time, frosh." He waved him in.
"I will."
John brought the catalog up on a terminal and
searched for "Parallel Universe." There wasn't much. In fact there was
nothing at all in the Physics Library. He was searching for the wrong
subject. Physicists didn't call them parallel universes, of course. TV
and movies called them parallel universes.
He couldn't think what else to search for. Perhaps
there was a more formal term for what he was looking for, but he had no
idea what it was. He'd have to ask his dumb questions directly of a
professor.
He left the library and walked down the second
floor hall, looking at name plates above doors. Billboards lined the
walls, stapled and tacked with colloquia notices, assistantship
postings, apartments to share. A lot of the offices were empty. At the
end of the hall was the small office of Dr. Frank Wilson, Associate
Professor of Physics, lit and occupied.
John knew associate professors were low on the
totem pole, which was probably why he was the only one in his office.
And maybe a younger professor would be more willing to listen to what
he had to say.
He knocked on the door.
"Come on in."
He entered the office, found it cluttered on all
sides with bookshelves stacked to bursting with papers and tomes, but
neat at the center, where a man sat at an empty desk reading a journal.
"You're the first person to show for office hours
today," he said. Professor Wilson was in his late twenties, with black
glasses, sandy beard, and hair that seemed in need of a cut. He wore a
grey jacket over a blue oxford.
"Yeah," John said. "I have some questions, and I
don't know how to ask them."
"On the homework set?"
"No. On another topic." John was suddenly
uncertain. "Parallel universes."
Professor Wilson nodded. "Hmmm." He took a drink of
his coffee, then said, "Are you one of my students? Freshman Physics?"
"No," John said.
"Then what's your interest in this? Are you from
the creative writing department?"
"No, I..."
"Your question, while it seems simple to you, is
extremely complex. Have you taken calculus?"
"Just half a semester...."
"Then you'll never understand the math behind it.
The authorities here are Hawking, Wheeler, Everett." He ticked them off
on his fingers. "You're talking about quantum cosmology. Graduate level
stuff."
John said quickly before he could cut him off
again, "But my question is more practical. Not theoretical."
"Practical parallel worlds? Nonsense. Quantum
cosmology states that there may be multiple universes out there, but
the most likely one is ours, via the weak anthropic principle. Which
means since we're here, we can take it as a given that we exist. Well,
it's more complex than that."
"But what about other universes, other people just
like us?"
The man laughed. "Highly unlikely. Occam's razor
divests us of that idea."
"How would I travel between universes?" John said,
grasping at straws against the man's brisk manner.
"You can't, you won't, not even remotely possible."
"But what if I said it was. What if I knew for sure
it was possible."
"I'd say your observations were manipulated or you
saw something that you interpreted incorrectly."
John touched the wound in his calf where the
cat-dog had bitten him. No, he'd seen what he'd seen. He'd felt what
he'd felt. There was no doubt about that.
"I know what I saw."
Wilson waved his hands. "I won't debate your
observations. It's a waste of my time. Tell me what you think you saw."
John paused, not sure where to start and what to
tell, and Professor Wilson jumped in. "See? You aren't sure what you
saw, are you?" He leaned forward. "A physicist must have a discerning
eye. It must be nurtured, tested, used to separate the chaff from the
wheat." He leaned back again, glanced out his window onto the quad
below. "My guess is that you've seen too many Schwarzenegger movies or
read too many books. You may have seen something peculiar, but before
you start applying complex physical theories to explain it, you should
eliminate the obvious. Now, I have another student of mine waiting, one
I know is in my class, so I think you should run along and think about
what you really saw."
John turned and saw a female student standing
behind him, waiting. His rage surged inside him. The man was
patronizing him, making assumptions based on his questions and
demeanor. Wilson was dismissing him.
"I can prove it," he said, his jaw clenched.
The professor just looked at him, then beckoned the
student into his office.
John turned and stalked down the hall. He was
asking for help, and he'd been laughed at.
"I'll show him," John said. He took the steps two
at a time and flung open the door to the quadrangle that McCormick
faced.
"Watch it, dude," a student said, almost hit by the
swinging door. John brushed past him.
He grabbed a handful of stones and, standing at the
edge of the quadrangle, began flinging them at the window that he
thought was Wilson's. He threw a dozen and started to draw a crowd of
students, until Wilson looked out the window, opened it and shouted,
"Campus security will be along in a moment."
John yelled back, "Watch this, you stupid bastard!"
He toggled the device forward one universe and pulled the lever.
* * * *
John awoke in the night, gripped by the same
nightmare, trapped in darkness, no air, his body held rigid. He sat up
and flung the covers away from him, unable to have anything touching
him. He ripped off his pajamas as well and stood naked in the bedroom,
just breathing. It was too hot; he opened the window and stood before
it.
His breathing slowed, as the heavy air of the
October night brought the smells of the farm to him: manure and dirt.
He leaned against the edge of the window, and his flesh rose in goose
pimples.
It was a dream he'd had before, and he knew where
it came from. He'd transferred near Lake Erie, on a small, deserted
beach not far from Port Clinton, and ended up buried in a sand dune.
He'd choked on the sand and would have died there if a fisherman hadn't
seen his arm flailing. He could have died. It was pure luck that the
guy had been there to dig his head out. He'd never transferred near a
body of water or a river again.
That hadn't been the only time either. In Columbus,
Ohio, he'd transferred into a concrete step, his chest and lower body
stuck. He'd been unable to reach the toggle button on the device and
had to wait until someone wandered by and called the fire department.
They'd used a jack-hammer to free him. When they'd turned to him,
demanding how he'd been trapped, he'd feigned unconsciousness and
transferred out from the ambulance.
After that, each time he touched the trigger he did
so with the fear that he'd end up in something solid, unable to
transfer out again, unable to breath, unable to move. He was nauseated,
his stomach kicking, his armpits soaked, before the jumps.
It was the cruelest of jokes. He had the most
powerful device in the world and it was broken.
"No more," he said to himself. "No more of that."
He had a family now, in ways he hadn't expected.
The confrontation with his parents had been angry,
then sad, and ended with all of them crying and hugging. He'd meant to
be tough; he'd meant to tell his parents that he was an adult now, and
could take care of himself, but his resolve had melted in the face of
their genuine care for him. He'd cried, goddamn it all.
He'd promised to reconsider the letter. He'd
promised to talk with Gushman again. He'd promised to be more
considerate to his parents. Was he turning into Johnny Farmboy?
He'd gone to bed empty, spent, his mind placid. But
his subconscious had pulled the dream out. Smothering, suffocating, his
body held inflexible as his lungs screamed. He shivered, then shut the
window. His body had expelled all its heat.
He slipped back into bed and closed his eyes.
"I'm becoming Johnny Farmboy," he whispered. "Screw
it all."
* * * *
McCormick Hall looked identical. In fact the same
student guarded the door of the Physics Library, asked him the same
question.
"Student ID?"
"I left it in my dorm room," John replied without
hesitation.
"Well, bring it next time, frosh."
John smiled at him. "Don't call me frosh again,
geek."
The student blinked at him, dismayed.
His visit with Professor Wilson had not been a
total loss. Wilson had mentioned the subject that he should have
searched for instead of parallel universes. He had said that the field
of study was called quantum cosmology.
Cosmology, John knew, was the study of the origin
of the universe. Quantum theory, however, was applied to individual
particles, such as atoms and electrons. It was a statistical way to
model those particles. Quantum cosmology, John figured, was a
statistical way to model the universe. Not just one universe, either,
John hoped, but all universes.
He sat down at a terminal. This time there were
thirty hits. He printed the list and began combing the stacks.
Half of the books were summaries of colloquia or
workshops. The papers were riddled with equations, and all of them
assumed an advanced understanding of the subject matter. John had no
basis to understand any of the math.
In the front matter of one of the books was a quote
from a physicist regarding a theory called the Many-Worlds Theory.
"When a quantum transition occurs, an irreversible one, which is
happening in our universe at nearly an infinite rate, a new universe
branches off from that transition in which the transition did not
occur. Our universe is just a single one of a myriad copies, each
slightly different than the others."
John felt an affinity for the quote immediately. He
had seen other universes in which small changes had resulted in totally
different futures, such as Alexander Graham Bell's invention of the
electric motor. It almost made sense then, that every universe he
visited was one of billions in which some quantum event or decision
occurred differently.
He shut the book. He thought he had enough to ask
his questions of Wilson now.
The second floor hallway seemed identical, right
down to the empty offices and cluttered billboards. Professor Wilson's
office was again at the end of the hall, and he was there, reading a
journal. John wondered if it was the same one.
"Come on in," he said at John's knock.
"I have a couple questions."
"About the homework set?"
"No, this is unrelated. It's about quantum
cosmology."
Wilson put his paper down and nodded. "A complex
subject. What's your question?"
"Do you agree with the Many-Worlds Theory?" John
asked.
"No."
John waited, unsure what to make of the single
syllable answer. Then he said, "Uh, no?"
"No. It's hogwash in my opinion. What's your
interest in it? Are you one of my students?" Wilson sported the same
gray jacket over the same blue oxford.
"You don't believe in multiple universes as an
explanation ... for..." John was at a loss again. He didn't know as
much as he thought he knew. He still couldn't ask the right questions.
"For quantum theory?" asked Wilson. "No. It's not
necessary. Do you know Occam's Theory?"
John nodded.
"Which is simpler? One universe that moves under
statistical laws at the quantum level or an infinite number of
universes each stemming from every random event? How many universes
have you seen?"
John began to answer the rhetorical question.
"One," said Wilson before John could open his
mouth. Wilson looked John up and down. "Are you a student here?"
"Uh, no. I'm in high school," John admitted.
"I see. This is really pretty advanced stuff, young
man. Graduate level stuff. Have you had calculus?"
"Just half a semester."
"Let me try to explain it another way." He picked
up a paperweight off his desk, a rock with eyes and mouth painted on
it. "I am going to make a decision to drop this rock between now and
ten seconds from now." He paused, then dropped the rock after perhaps
seven seconds. "A random process. In ten other universes, assuming for
simplicity that I could only drop the rock at integer seconds and not
fractional seconds, I dropped the rock at each of the seconds from one
to ten. I made ten universes by generating a random event. By the
Many-Worlds Theory, they all exist. The question is, where did all the
matter and energy come from to build ten new universes just like that?"
He snapped his fingers. "Now extrapolate to the nearly infinite number
of quantum transitions happening on the earth this second. How much
energy is required to build all those universes? Where does it come
from? Clearly the Many-Worlds Theory is absurd."
John shook his head, trying to get his arms around
the idea. He couldn't refute Wilson's argument. He realized how little
he really knew. He said, "But what if multiple worlds did exist? Could
you travel between the worlds?"
"You can't, you won't, not even remotely possible."
"But--"
"It can't happen, even if the theory were true."
"Then the theory is wrong," John said to himself.
"I told you it was wrong. There are no parallel
universes."
John felt the frustration growing in him. "But I
know there are. I've seen them."
"I'd say your observations were manipulated or you
saw something that you interpreted incorrectly."
"Don't condescend to me again!" John shouted.
Wilson looked at him calmly, then stood.
"Get out of this office, and I suggest you get off
this campus right now. I recommend that you seek medical attention
immediately," Wilson said coldly.
John's frustration turned to rage. Wilson was no
different here than in the last universe. He assumed John was wrong
because he acted like a hick, a farm boy. He was certain John knew
nothing that he didn't already know.
John flung himself at the man. Wilson's papers
scattered across his chest and onto the floor. John grabbed at his
jacket from across the desk and yelled into his face, "I'll prove it to
you, goddammit! I'll prove it."
"Get off me," Wilson yelled and pushed John away.
Wilson lost his balance when John's grip on his jacket slipped and he
fell on the floor against his chair. "You maniac!"
John stood across from the desk from him, his
breathing coming hard. He needed proof. His eyes saw the diploma on the
wall of Wilson's office. He grabbed it and ran out of the office. If he
couldn't convince this Wilson, he'd convince the next. He found an
alcove beside the building and transferred out.
John stood clutching Wilson's diploma to his chest,
his heart still thumping from the confrontation. Suddenly he felt
silly. He'd attacked the man and stolen his diploma to prove to another
version of him that he wasn't a wacko.
He looked across the quad. He watched a boy catch a
Frisbee, and then saw juxtaposed the images of him tripping and not
catching it, just missing it to the left, to the right, a million
permutations. Everything in the quad was suddenly a blur.
He shook his head, then lifted the diploma so that
he could read it. He'd try again, and this time he'd try the direct
approach.
John climbed the steps to Wilson's office and
knocked.
"Come on in."
"I have a problem."
Wilson nodded and asked, "How can I help?"
"I've visited you three times. Twice before you
wouldn't believe me," John said.
"I don't think I've ever seen you before," he said.
"You're not one of my students, are you?"
"No, I'm not. We've never met, but I've met
versions of you."
"Really."
John yelled, "Don't patronize me! You do that every
fucking time, and I've had enough." His arms were shaking. "I don't
belong in this universe. I belong in another. Do you understand?"
Wilson's face was emotionless, still. "No, please
explain."
"I was tricked into using a device. I was tricked
by another version of myself because he wanted my life. He told me I
could get back, but the device either doesn't work right or only goes
in one direction. I want to get back to my universe, and I need help."
Wilson nodded. "Why don't you sit down?"
John nodded, tears welling in his eyes. He'd
finally gotten through to Wilson.
"So you've tried talking with me--other versions of
me--in other universes, and I won't help. Why not?"
"We start by discussing parallel universes or
quantum cosmology or Multi-Worlds Theory, and you end up shooting it
all down with Occam's Razor."
"Sounds like something I'd say," Wilson said,
nodding. "So you have a device."
"Yeah. It's here." John pointed to his chest, then
unbuttoned his shirt.
Wilson looked at the device gravely. "What's that
in your hand?"
John glanced down at the diploma. "It's ... your
diploma from the last universe. I sorta took it for proof."
Wilson held out his hand, and John handed it over.
There was an identical one on the wall. The professor glanced from one
to the other. "Uh huh," he said, then after a moment, "I see."
He put the diploma down and said, "My middle name
is Lawrence."
John saw that the script of the diploma he'd stolen
said "Frank B. Wilson" while the one on the wall said "Frank L. Wilson."
"I guess it's just a difference--"
"Who put you up to this? Was it Greene? This is
just the sort of thing he'd put together."
Anguish washed over John. "No! This is all real."
"That device strapped to your chest. Now that's
classic. And the diploma. Nice touch."
"Really. This is no hoax."
"Enough already. I'm on to you. Is Greene in the
hall?" Wilson called through the door. "You can come out now, Charles.
I'm on to you."
"There is no Charles. There is no Greene," John
said quietly.
"And you must be from the drama department, because
you are good. Two more copies of me! As if the universe can handle one."
John stood up and walked out of the office, his
body suddenly too heavy.
"Don't forget the shingle," Wilson called, holding
up the diploma. John shrugged and continued walking down the hall.
He sat on a bench next to the quad for a long time.
The sun set and the warm summer day vanished along with the kids
playing Frisbee with their shirts tied around their waists.
Finally he stood and walked toward the Student
Union. He needed food. He'd skipped lunch at some point; his stomach
was growling at him. He didn't feel hungry but his body was demanding
food. He just felt tired.
There was a pizza franchise in the Student Union
called Papa Bob's. He ordered a small pizza and a Coke, ate it
mechanically. It tasted like cardboard, chewy cardboard.
The Union was desolate as well, all the students
driving home or heading to the dorms for studying and TV. John spotted
a pay phone as he sat pondering what he would do next, whether he
should confront Wilson again. John realized that he should have taken a
picture of the man or demanded he write himself a note. But he would
have told John that it was computer generated or forged.
He walked over to the phone and dialed his number.
The phone demanded seventy-five cents. He inserted the coins and the
phone began to ring.
"Hello?" his mother answered.
"Hello," he replied.
"Johnny?" she asked, surprised.
"No, could I talk to John please?"
She laughed. "You sound just like him. Gave me a
fright, hearing that, but he's standing right here. Here he is."
"Hello?" It was his voice.
"Hi, this is Karl Smith from your English class,"
John said making up a name and a class.
"Yeah?"
"I missed class today, and I was wondering if we
had an assignment."
"Yeah, we did. We had an essay on the poem we read,
Tennyson's 'Maud.' Identify the poetic components, like the
last one."
"Oh, yeah," John said. The poem was in the same
unit as the Hopkins one. He remembered seeing it. "Thanks." He hung up
the phone.
This universe seemed just like his own. He could
fit right in here. The thought startled him, and then he asked himself
what was stopping him.
He walked to the bus station and bought a ticket
back to Findlay.
* * * *
John helped his father around the farm the next
day. He took it as penance for upsetting his parents. They still
thought he was Johnny Farmboy, and so he had to act the part, at least
until his projects started churning.
As they replaced some of the older wood in the
fence, John said, "Dad, I'm going to need to borrow the truck on
Saturday night."
His father paused, a big smile on his face. "Got a
big date, do you?" He said it in such a way that John realized he
didn't think his son really had a date.
"Yes. I'm taking Casey Nicholson out."
"Casey?" His father held the plank as John hammered
a nail into it. "Nice girl."
"Yeah, I'm taking her to a movie at the Bijou."
"The Bijou?"
"I mean the Strand," John said, silently yelling at
himself for sharing details that could catch him up. The movie theatre
was always called the Palace, Bijou, or Strand.
"Uh-huh."
John took the shovel and began shoring up the next
post.
"What movie you gonna see?"
Before he could stop himself, he answered, "Does it
matter?"
His father paused, then laughed heartily. "Not if
you're in the balcony, it doesn't." John was surprised, then he laughed
too.
"Don't tell your mother I told you, but we used to
go to the Strand all the time. I don't think we watched a single movie."
"Dad!" John said. "You guys were ... make-out
artists?"
"Only place we could go to do it," he said with a
grin. "Couldn't use this place; your grampa would have beat the tar out
of me. Couldn't use her place; your other grampa would have shot me."
He eyed John and nodded. "You're lucky we live in more liberal times."
John laughed, recalling the universe where the free
love expressions of the 60s had never ended, where AIDS had killed a
quarter of the population and syphilis and gonorrhea had been
contracted by 90 percent of the population by 1980. There, dating
involved elaborate chaperone systems and blood tests.
"I know I'm lucky."
* * * *
In the early hours of the morning, John slipped
across Gurney, through the Walders' field and found a place to watch
the farm from the copse of maple trees. He knelt on the soft ground,
wondering if this was where John Prime had waited for him.
John's arms tingled as he anticipated his course of
action. He was owed a life, he figured. His had been stolen and he was
owed another. He'd wanted his own back, and he'd tried to get it. He'd
researched and questioned and figured, but he couldn't see any way back.
So he was ready to settle for second best.
He'd trick the John Rayburn here, just like he'd
been tricked. Tease him with the possibilities. Tickle his curiosity.
And if he wasn't interested, he'd force him. Knock him out and strap
the device on his chest and send him on.
Let him figure it out like John had. Let him find
another universe to be a part of. John deserved his life back. He'd
played by the rules all his life. He'd been a good kid; he'd loved his
parents. He'd gone to church every Sunday.
He'd been pushed around for too long. John Prime
had pushed him around, Professor Wilson, the cat-dogs. He'd been
running and running and with no purpose. And enough of that. It was
time to take back what had been stolen from him.
Dawn cast a slow red upon the woods. His mother
opened the back door and stepped out into the yard with a basket. He
watched her open the hen house and collect eggs. She was far away, but
he recognized her as his mother instantly. Logically, he knew she
wasn't his mother, but to his eyes, she was. That was all that mattered.
His father pecked her lightly on the cheek as he
headed for the barn. He wore heavy boots, thick ones, coveralls, and a
John Deere cap. He entered the barn, started the tractor, and drove
toward the fields. He'd be back for breakfast in an hour, John knew.
Bacon, eggs, toast, and, of course, coffee.
They were his parents. It was his farm. Everything
was as he remembered it. And that was enough for him.
The light in John's room turned on. John Rayburn
was awake. He'd be coming out soon to do his chores. John waited until
this John went into the barn, then he dashed across the empty pumpkin
field for the barn's rear door. The rear door was locked, but if you
jiggled it, John knew, it came loose.
John grabbed the handle, listening for sounds from
within the barn, then shook it once for a few seconds. The door held.
He paused, then shook it again and it came open suddenly, loudly. He
slipped into the barn and hid between two rows of stacked bales.
"Hey, Stan-Man. How are you this morning?"
The voice came from near the stalls. This John--he
started thinking of him as John Subprime--was feeding his horse.
"Here's an apple. How about some oats?"
John crept along the row of bales, then stopped
when he could see the side of John Subprime's face from across the
barn. John was safe in the shadows, but he needed to get closer to him.
Stan nickered and nuzzled John Subprime's head,
drawing his tongue across his forehead.
"Stop that," he said, with a smile.
John Subprime turned his attention to the sheep,
and when he did so, John slipped around the bales and behind the corn
picker.
He realized something as he sat in the woods, and
his plan had changed accordingly. John wasn't a liar. He wasn't a
smooth talker. He couldn't do what John Prime had done to him, that is,
talk him into using the device. John would have to do it some other
way. And the only way he could think to do it was the hard way.
John lifted a shovel off a pole next to the corn
picker. It was a short shovel with a flat blade. He figured one blow to
the head and John Subprime would be out cold. Then he'd strap the
device to his chest, toggle the universe counter up one, and then hit
the lever with the end of the shovel. It'd take half the shovel with
him, but that was okay. Then John would finish feeding the animals and
go in for breakfast. No one would ever know.
John ignored the queasy feeling in his stomach.
Gripping the shovel in two hands, he advanced on John Subprime.
John's faint shadow must have alerted him.
"Dad?" John Subprime said, then turned. "My God!"
He shrank away from the raised shovel, his eyes passing from it to
John's face. His expression changed from shock to fear.
John's body strained, the shovel raised above his
head.
John Subprime leaned against the sheep pen, one arm
raised, the other...
He had only one arm.
Nausea washed through John's body and he dropped
the shovel. It clattered on the wood floor of the barn, settled at John
Subprime's feet.
"What am I doing?" he cried. His stomach heaved,
but nothing came up but a yellow bile that he spat on the floor. He
heaved again at the smell of it.
He was no better than John Prime. He didn't deserve
a life.
John staggered to the back door of the barn.
"Wait!"
He ran across the field. Something grabbed at his
feet and he fell. He pulled his foot free and ran into the woods.
"Wait! Don't run!"
John turned to see John Subprime running after him,
just one arm, the right, pumping. He slowed twenty feet in front of
John, then stopped, his hand extended.
"You're me," he said. "Only you have both arms."
John nodded, his breath too ragged, his stomach too
tense to speak. Tears were welling in his eyes as he looked at the man
he had contemplated clubbing.
"How can that be?"
John found his voice. "I'm a version of you."
John Subprime nodded vigorously. "Only you never
lost your arm!"
"No, I never lost it." John nodded his head. "How
did it happen?"
John Subprime grimaced. "Pitchfork. I was helping
dad in the barn loft. I lost my balance, fell. The pitchfork caught my
bicep, sliced it...."
"I remember." In John's universe, he'd been twelve,
and he had fallen from the loft while he and his father loaded it with
hay. He had thought he could carry the bale, but he hadn't been strong
enough and he'd fallen to the farm yard, knocking the wind out of
himself, bumping the pitchfork over as he fell. The pitchfork had
landed next to him, nicking his shoulder. His father had looked on in
horror and then anger. The scolding from his mother had been worse than
the nick. "I just got a cut on my shoulder."
John Subprime laughed. "In one world, I lose my
arm, and in another I get a scratch. Don't that beat all." Why was he
laughing? Didn't he realize that John had meant to steal his life?
"Yeah."
"Why don't you come inside and have some breakfast?"
John looked at him, unsure of how he could ask
that. He yelled, "I was going to steal your life!"
John Subprime nodded. "Is that why you had the
shovel? Then you saw my arm. No way you could steal my life. You've got
two arms." He laughed.
"It wasn't just that," John said. "I couldn't bring
myself to hurt..."
"Yeah, I know."
"How could you possibly?" John yelled. "I've lost
everything!" He reached into his shirt and toggled the universe
counter. "I'm sorry, but I have to leave."
"No. Wait!" John Subprime yelled.
John backed away and pulled the lever.
The world blurred and John Subprime blinked away.
There was the barn and the farmhouse, and off in
the distance his father on the tractor. Another universe where he
didn't belong. He toggled the device and pulled the lever. Again the
farmhouse. He didn't belong here either. Again he moved forward through
the universes. The farmhouse was gone. And again. Then it was there,
but green instead of red. He toggled it again and again, wanting to get
as far away from his contemplated crime as possible.
The clouds flew around in chaotic fast motion. The
trees he stood in were sometimes there, sometimes not. The farmhouse
bounced left and right a foot, a half foot. The barn more, sometimes
behind the house, sometimes to the east of it. The land was the one
constant, a gently sloping field. Once he found himself facing the
aluminum siding of a house. And then it was gone as he transferred out.
A hundred times, he must have transferred through
universe after universe where he didn't belong until finally he stopped
and collapsed to the ground, sobbing.
He'd lost his life. He'd lost it all, and he'd
never get it back.
He rested his head against the trunk of a maple and
closed his eyes. After the tears were gone, after his breathing had
slowed, he slept, exhausted.
"Hey there, fella. Time to get up."
Someone poked him. John looked up into his father's
face.
"Dad?"
"Not unless my wife's been hiding something from
me." He offered a hand, and John pulled himself up. John was in the
copse of maples, his father from this universe standing beside him,
holding a walking stick. He didn't recognize John.
"Sorry for sleeping here in your woods. Got tired."
"Yeah. It'll happen." He pointed toward Gurney with
his stick. "Better be heading along. The town's that way." He pointed
north. "About two miles."
"Yes, sir." John began walking. Then he stopped.
His father hadn't recognized him. Which meant what? John wasn't sure.
He turned back to him. "Sir, I could use some lunch. If you have extra.
I could work it off."
Bill Rayburn--John forced himself to use the name
in his head. This man was not his father--checked his watch, then
nodded. "Lunch in a few minutes, my watch and my stomach tell me. Cold
cuts. As to working it off, no need."
"That's fine."
"What's your name?"
"John ... John Wilson." He took Professor Wilson's
last name spontaneously.
John turned and followed Bill across the pumpkin
field toward the house. The pumpkins were still on the vine, unpicked
and just a week until Halloween. Some of them were already going bad.
He passed a large one with its top caved in, a swarm of gnats boiling
out of it.
He remembered the joke his father had told him a
week ago.
"How do you fix a broken jack-o'-lantern?" he asked.
Bill turned and glanced at him as if he were a darn
fool.
"I don't know."
"With a pumpkin patch," John replied, his face
straight.
Bill stopped, looked at him for a moment, then a
small smile crept across his lips. "I'll have to remember that one."
The barn was behind the house, smaller than he
remembered and in need of paint. There was a hole in the roof that
should have been patched. In fact the farm seemed just a bit more
decrepit than he remembered. Had hard times fallen on his parents here?
"Janet, another one for lunch," Bill called as he
opened the back door. "Leave your shoes."
John took his shoes off, left them where he always
did. He hung his bag on a hook. It was a different hook, brass and
molded, where he remembered a row of dowels that he and his father had
glued into the sideboard.
John could tell Janet wasn't keen on a stranger for
lunch, but she didn't say anything, and she wouldn't until she and Bill
were alone. John smiled at her, thanked her for letting him have lunch.
She wore the same apron he remembered. No, he
realized. She'd worn this one, with a red check pattern and deep
pockets in front, when he was younger.
She served John a turkey sandwich, with a slice of
cheese on it. He thanked her again as she did, and ate the sandwich
slowly. Janet had not recognized him either.
Bill said to Janet, "Got some good apples for
cider, I think, a few bushels."
John raised his eyebrows at that. He and his father
could get a couple bushels per tree. Maybe the orchard was smaller
here. Or maybe it had been hit with blight. He glanced at Bill and saw
the shake in his hand. He'd never realized how old his father was, or
maybe he had aged more quickly in this universe for reasons unknown.
Maybe a few bushels was all he could gather.
"I should work on the drainage in the far field
tomorrow. I've got a lake there now and it's going to rot my seed next
season." The far field had always been a problem, the middle lower than
the edges, a pond in the making.
"You need to pick those pumpkins too, before they
go bad," John said suddenly.
Bill looked at him.
"What do you know of farming?"
John swallowed his bite of sandwich, angry at
himself for drawing the man's resentment. John knew better than to
pretend farm another farmer's fields.
"Uh, I grew up on a farm like this. We grew
pumpkins, sold them before Halloween and got a good price for them.
You'll have to throw half your crop away if you wait until Sunday, and
then who'll buy that late?"
Janet said to Bill, "You've been meaning to pick
those pumpkins."
"Practically too late now," Bill said. "The young
man's right. Half the crop's bad."
"I could help you pick them this afternoon." John
said it because he wanted to spend more time there. It was the first
chance he'd had in a long time to relax. They weren't his parents; he
knew that. But they were good people.
Bill eyed him again appraisingly.
"You worked a farm like this, you say. What else
you know how to do?"
"I can pick apples. I can lay wood shingles for
that hole in your barn."
"You been meaning to do that too, Bill," Janet
said. She was warming to him.
"It's hard getting that high up, and I have a few
other priorities," he said. He looked back at John. "We'll try you out
for the day, for lunch and dinner and three dollars an hour. If it
isn't working out, you hit the road at sundown, no complaining."
John said, "Deal."
"Janet, call McHenry and ask him if he needs
another load of pumpkins and if he wants me to drop 'em off
tonight."
* * * *
John waited outside the County Clerk's window, his
rage mounting. How damn long did it take to hand over a marriage
certificate? Casey was waiting for him outside the judge's chamber,
nine months pregnant. If the man behind the glass wall took any longer,
the kid was going to be born a bastard. And Casey's and his parents had
been adamant about that. No bastard. He'd said he'd take care of the
kid and he meant it, but they wanted it official.
Finally the clerk handed over the license and the
two notarized blood tests and John snatched them from his hand.
"Thanks," he said, turning and heading for the
court building.
After the wedding he and Casey were driving up to
Toledo to honeymoon on the last of his cash. In a week he was scheduled
to start his GE job. He was going to work one of the assembly lines,
but that was just until the book he was writing--The Shining--took
off.
The trip to Toledo served the purpose of the
honeymoon, as well as the fact that he had meetings regarding the
screwed-up Rubik's Cube. It still irked him. The patent search had
turned up nothing and they had built a design, one that finally worked,
and they'd sunk $95,000 into a production run. Then they'd gotten a
call from the lawyer in Belgium. Apparently there was a patent filed in
Hungary by that bastard Rubik. The company Rubik had hired in New York
to market the things had gone under and he'd never bothered to try
again. Someone had gotten wind of their product and now they wanted a
piece of the deal.
The lawyer had wanted to drop him like a hot
potato, but he'd convinced him that there was still cash to be made
from it. Some cash at least. He'd have to pay a licensing fee probably.
Kiss some ass. But there was money to be made. He'd stick it out with
John, though the retainer was just about gone.
Casey waved as he rounded the corner on the third
floor in front of the judge's office. Casey sat on a bench, her belly
seeming to rest on her knees. Her face was puffy and pink, as if
someone had pumped her with saline.
"Hi, Johnny," she said. "Did you get the paper?"
He hated being called Johnny and he'd told her
that, but she still did it. Everybody used to call Johnny Farmboy
Johnny so he was stuck with it. Some things just couldn't be changed.
He put on a smile and waved the certificate.
"Yeah," he said. "Everything's ready." He kissed Casey on the cheek.
"Darling, you look radiant." He'd be glad once the baby was out of her
body; then she could start dressing the way he liked again. He hoped
her cheerleading uniform still fit.
The ceremony was quick, though Casey had to dab her
eyes. John wasn't surprised that none of Casey's friends were there.
Getting pregnant had put a lot of stress on her relationships. Field
hockey had been right out.
The judge signed the certificate and it was done.
John was glad Casey's and his parents hadn't come. They'd wanted to,
but John had axed that request. They had settled for a reception after
the baby was born.
He knew his parents were disappointed in what had
happened, and John hadn't wanted to face them during the ceremony.
They'd wanted him to go to college, to better himself. But those were
the dreams they had for Johnny Farmboy. He was a completely different
thing.
They'd understand once the money started rolling
in. They'd not be disappointed in their son any more.
John slowly lowered Casey into the bucket seat of
the Trans Am, a splurge with the last of his cash. He had to have
decent wheels. The Trans Am pulled away and he headed for Route 16.
"Glad that's over with," he said.
"Really?" Casey asked.
"Well, I'm glad it's over with and we're married
now," he said quickly.
"Yeah, I know what you mean."
John nodded. He had to be careful what he said with
Casey, what he shared. About the time she'd started showing and they'd
had to tell their parents, John had wished he had the device, wished he
could jump to the next universe and start over. John realized he should
have killed Johnny Farmboy, hidden the body, and kept the device. Now
the Cube had to work right. With his money almost gone, he might not
have another chance, no matter how good an idea the AbCruncher was.
He'd wanted to come clean and tell Casey all about his past, but he
didn't dare. How could she believe him?
He was stuck here and he had to make it work. There
were no other choices now. This was the life he'd chosen. He patted
Casey's leg and smiled at her. He'd make some money, enough to set her
and the kid up, and then he'd have his freedom to do what he wanted
with his life. It would take a little longer now; there were some bumps
in the road, but he'd succeed. He was Johnny Prime.
* * * *
Spring had arrived, but without the sun on his
shoulders, John was chilly. He'd started working on the car in the
morning and the sun had been on him, and now, after lunch, it was
downright cold. He considered getting the tractor out and hauling the
beat-up Trans Am into the sun. He finally decided it was too much
trouble. It was late and there was no way he'd get the carburetor back
together before dinner.
He'd bought the car for fifty dollars, but the car
had yet to start. He'd need it soon. He started a second shift job at
the GE plant in May. And then in the fall he was taking classes at the
University of Toledo.
He'd applied to the University of Toledo's
continuing education program. He couldn't enroll as a traditional
freshman, which was all right with him, because of the fact that he'd
taken the GED instead of graduating from high school. He wouldn't get
into the stuff he wanted to learn until his senior year: quantum field
theory, cosmology, general relativity. That was all right. He was okay
where he was for the time being. If he didn't think about home, he
could keep going.
With the plant job, washing machine assembly line
work from four until midnight, he'd have enough for tuition for the
year. Plus Bill and Janet were still paying him three an hour for
chores he was helping out with. He noted ironically to himself that in
his own universe he wouldn't have been paid a dime. In September he'd
get another job for pocket money and rent near the university.
He set the carburetor on the front seat and rolled
the car back into the barn. This was a good universe, John had decided,
but he wasn't staying. No, he was happy with Bill and Janet taking him
in. They were kind and generous, just like his own parents in nearly
every respect, but he couldn't stay here. Not for the long term.
The universe was a mansion with a million rooms.
People didn't know they were in just one room. They didn't know there
was a way through the walls to other rooms.
But John did. He knew there were walls. And he knew
something else too. He knew walls came down. There were holes between
worlds.
John had listed his major as physics, and he'd
laughed when the manila envelope from the department had arrived,
welcoming him and listing his faculty advisor as Dr. Frank Wilson.
Professor Wilson's world was going to shatter one day, and John was
going to do it for him.
John knew something that no other physicist in this
world knew. A human could pass through the walls of the universe. Just
knowing that it was possible, just knowing, without a bit of doubt--he
needed only to pull up his pant leg and look at the scars from the
cat-dog bite--that there were a million universes out there, was all it
would take for John to figure the science of it out.
That was his goal. He had the device and he had his
knowledge. He'd reverse engineer it, take it apart, ask the questions
of the masters in the field, he would himself become one of those
masters, to find out how it was done.
And then, once the secrets of the universe lay open
to him, he would go back and he would kick the shit out of John Prime.
He smiled as he shut the barn door.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
On Books: Aussies, Brits, and Yanks
by Norman Spinrad
* * * *
PARADOX
by John Meaney
Pyr, $25.00
ISBN: 1591023084
* * * *
CONTEXT
by John Meaney
Pyr, $25.00
ISBN: 1591023351
* * * *
THE AFFINITY TRAP
by Martin Sketchley
Pyr, $15.00
ISBN: 1591023394
* * * *
THE HEALER
by Michael Blumlein, MD
Pyr, $25.00
ISBN: 1591023149
* * * *
THE RESURRECTED MAN
by Sean Williams
Pyr, $25.00
ISBN: 1591023114
* * * *
It seems to me that a disproportionate amount of
not only the best Anglophone science fiction but of out-and-out science
fiction in general is being written by British and Australian writers,
and in retrospect it seems that this has been going on for quite some
time.
Of course the Brits and Aussies are not actually
publishing more science fiction titles per annum than the Americans,
but given the relative demographics, the number of such titles
published by non-Americans greatly exceeds what the population
statistics might lead one to expect. Nor am I talking about "SF" in
general, only about actual science fiction itself.
Not that British science fiction writers are
celebrating the state of science fiction publishing. There are all too
many worthy British science fiction novels that haven't been finding
publishers in the United States. Indeed, there are newer science
fiction writers of repute in Britain who have never published a book in
the United States, and quite a few who were once established in the US
who now have a very difficult time securing American publication.
Original Australian science fiction publishing, squeezed between
British and American imports, has always been small time stuff in
commercial terms.
So Australian and British science fiction writers
are having an even more difficult time of it economically than their
American counterparts, certainly when it comes to publishing their work
in the United States, and even in their home markets. And yet there
seem to be more of them, and more interesting newer British and
Australian writers, publishing actual science fiction rather than
"sci-fi" or fantasy or "SF" in their home markets percentagewise than
Americans are doing, and of an overall higher literary quality too.
I'm not talking about the New Wave or its literary
successors, but rather what might be called the high quality more or
less down the middle science fiction exemplified in the past by much of
John Brunner, no little of earlier Brian Aldiss, more of Arthur C.
Clarke than Sir Arthur might care to admit, George Turner, and so
forth. In the present by the likes of Damien Broderick, Greg Egan, Ian
Stewart, Stephen Baxter, Brian Stableford, Paul McAuley, and so forth,
but also by quite a few writers you probably haven't even heard of. Nor
had I, until I recently became acquainted with some of their work.
Now I'm not saying that this latter group
of writers is less literarily ambitious than the writers of the New
Wave school and its successors, or less sophisticated, or less skilled,
or less accomplished at what they generally set out to do, but that the
two sorts of science fiction do differ in terms of literary and
commercial ambition.
It can generally be said that British New Wave
science fiction and its spiritual and esthetic successors sought and
still seek to break the genre bounds between "science fiction" and
so-called "mainstream."
In marketing and commercial terms, this has meant
trying to repackage the stuff as "speculative fiction" and conceiving
of the potential readership as wider than that of the committed SF
cognoscenti and therefore assuming no prior knowledge of the tropes,
terminology, and givens of "SF" or "sci-fi" on their part. Science
fiction that, while it doesn't exclude the in-group audience, is
written with a care for people who ordinarily would not read "science
fiction."
In literary terms, this more often than not means
applying a broader palette of "mainstream," "experimental," and
"literary" stylistic and formal technique to a more generally
comprehensible panoply of science fictional material than might be
found in the hard core of the genre in order to reach a wider and more
literarily sophisticated, if less scientifically and technologically
and "science fictionally" sophisticated readership.
A few years ago, perhaps in reaction to this, yet
paradoxically perhaps also as a part of it, there was a certain
flowering of what has been called "post-modern space opera," also led
by British writers, such as Colin Greenland.
"Naive" space opera, if you will, was
basically
science fiction set in space or worlds other than Earth, written, as
opposed to "hard science fiction" on the other extreme, in blissful
disregard or plain ignorance of the laws of mass and energy and in many
case of the actual physical conditions pertaining in "outer space" or
the planets in question.
Post-modern space opera, on the other hand, takes
the same sort of astronomic, scientific, and technological liberties
and then some in the service of story, but knowingly, the attitude
being, "Frankly, Scarlett, I don't give a damn!"
The writer of post-modern space opera does not
really believe that Venus is a world of dinosaurian infested swamps or
Mars is crisscrossed by the canals of a decaying civilization, and does
not expect the reader to be an ignoramus either. The attitude is, if I
want swamps on my Venus, I'll have swamps on my Venus! If I want
Martian canals, I'll have them too! This is, after all, fiction, and,
chez Vonnegut, all fiction is lies. Fair enough, as long as you know
it's lies.
This sort of stuff more often than not deliberately
lays it on with a trowel, the point being to openly acknowledge that
this is not intended as mimetic realism or "science fiction" in any
traditionally rigorous sense, but fantasy; a literary
construct, pure if not so simple.
That's what makes post-modern space opera
post-modern, and it is that post-modernity that makes it,
paradoxically, at least, a distant cousin of the "New Wave" or
"speculative fiction." The later also often takes a similar post-modern
stance in terms of eschewing the "transparency" of style and form and
scientific mimesis adopted by traditional science fiction in order to
suspend disbelief in favor of openly admitting that what is being
presented is, after all, a literary construct and therefore no such
belief on the part of the reader is required.
But now, when American genre "SF" publishing has
become overwhelmingly dominated by fantasy, and, with some significant
exceptions, most American writers who seek to publish literarily,
psychologically, and philosophically serious science fiction are of
necessity trying to snake-dance out of the genre straightjacket in the
direction of "mainstream," there seems to be an emerging counter-trend
in Anglophone science fiction, coming mostly but not entirely out of
Britain, Australia, Canada, and Northern Ireland.
Namely a renaissance of, well, traditional science
fiction--science fiction that does not seek to be anything other than
the best science fiction it can be, but nothing less either. If it
wasn't so ridiculous a term, I'd call it "post-post-modern" science
fiction. As it is, I don't really know what to call it, except perhaps
"sophisticated mainstream science fiction."
Take Paradox and Context, "books
one and two of the Nulapeiron Sequence" by John Meaney. That I am
reviewing the first two books of a trilogy, and without even seeing the
third, given my well-known aversion to novel series, is exceptional as
far as I'm concerned, but the Nulapeiron Sequence is exemplary of what
I'm talking about here.
Meaney is, yes, British, and the whole three novel
sequence, the third being called Resolution, and let us hope it
is, had already been published to some significant acclaim by a major
established British SF imprint, starting with, so it would seem by the
copyright of the first book, Paradox, in 2000.
But Paradox was not published in the United
States until 2005, five years later, and not by a major established
American SF imprint, a clear example of the current unfortunate
transatlantic disconnect, but by a new start-up called Pyr. As, I find,
are all the books herein considered, and not by happenstance either,
about which more later.
Nulapeiron is a large planet out there somewhere
colonized by humans centuries ago. It would seem to have a toxic (to
humans) atmosphere, for the humans inhabit not the surface, but vast
and deep interconnected caves, caverns, corridors, and warrens whose
breathable atmosphere must be provided by a fungus genetically
engineered to do so.
Humans have also been on Nulapeiron long enough to
have evolved, or devolved, an elaborate and elaborately stifling
neo-feudal culture. The planet is divided up into "domains," feudal
fiefs. Each fief consists of multiple levels of stratified caverns, and
the physical stratification mirrors and determines a rigid class
structure. Only a Brit could or would create a dystopian class system
like this.
The protagonist of the series is one Tom
Corcorigan, who starts at the near bottom of his fief's levels and
class structure, rises slowly and stepwise to the top as "Lord
Corcorigan," becomes a secret rebel against the system, then a
not-so-secret rebel leader, then a fugitive, rises again, falls, flees,
rises once more, and, I would suspect, finally succeeds in reforming or
definitively overthrowing the system in Resolution, as yet
unpublished in the United States, which I have not yet read.
But don't stop me if you've read this before, which
you probably have, since in summary it is probably the plot and
thematic framework of more space opera than not. Because I am about to
contend that the Nulapeiron Sequence is not space opera at all, though
the publisher has put a laudatory quote on the cover of Paradox
contending that it is, but exactly the sort of stuff that I'm trying to
avoid having to call "post-post-modern science fiction."
Okay, these novels would seem to have a protagonist
and a plot straight out of naive space opera or
post-modern space
opera, and yes, they're set primarily on a distant world colonized by
humans a long time ago, and yes, the feudal society is all too
familiar, and yes, there are plenty of combat sequences, indeed to
excess, and yes, our hero is the mightiest of warriors.
However, while there is a great deal of what at
first may seem like cavalier space opera pseudo-science--prescient
seers, living vehicles of every sort, creatures seemingly concocted at
the author's whim, and so forth--Meaney does make a serious attempt at
giving it all at least science fictional credibility. Genetic
engineering seems to be the dominant technology--why engineer
transportation vehicles, atmosphere generating systems, and so forth,
when you can breed them?--and since Nulapeiron could not have been
colonized without the genetically engineered fungus, this cultural
technological dominance is credible. There is also a plausibly worked
out futuristic mutation of the web and the internet and other hardware,
as opposed to meatware technologies, so in toto the technosphere of the
planet is quite three-dimensionally credible.
There is also a lot of very advanced futuristic
physics underpinning the science, technology, prescience, and even the
plot, underpinned in turn by mathematics too recondite for me to quite
tell where the real cutting edge stuff grades into the necessary
vaporware and bullshit. This, after all, is exactly where what I have
elsewhere called "rubber science" is supposed to leave the reader
within a piece of true "science fiction," post-modern or otherwise.
Further, early on in the first novel, young Tom
comes into possession of an artifact that tells him tales from his deep
past, which is to say our own relatively near future, which Meaney uses
to intercut another story, namely that of how the far future set-up of
Nulapeiron came to be. The two time-lines seem to slowly converge so
that, I suspect, they will finally come together in Resolution.
Tom is given the thing by what Nulapeiron folk
assume is a mythical creature, a Pilot; one of the humans cyborged to
the FTL ships that colonized the planet long ago before some mysterious
event somehow rendered such space travel impossible and Pilots
supposedly extinct.
And the story that Meaney intercuts with the main
narrative, at least in the first two novels, is that of the events that
caused such isolation, the physics and metaphysics behind it, told from
the points of view of two generations of Pilots, mother and daughter,
and, in contradistinction to the doings on far-future Nulapeiron, with
science rather less rubbery, and in a time and in places at least
initially not that distant from our own.
Thus Meaney is attempting, and, as far as I have
read thus far, succeeding, in doing what space opera by any meaningful
definition never attempts. He seeks, at least in terms of literary
effect, to seamlessly connect the reality of his far future with that
of the readers.
My contention--or definition, if you like--is that
fiction that does this, or even has the ambition to do this, cannot be
space opera. This is full-bore science fiction, not self-consciously
fantasy or a pure literary construct.
Further--and this is something space opera can do
but seldom does--at least as presented in the first two novels, Tom
Corcorigan is a flawed hero.
One arm has been chopped off as punishment by the
powers that be, making him a physically flawed hero. This is rendered
more psychologically and practically significant because a central part
of his heroic powers is that he is a crackerjack martial artist
despite, or possibly because of, this. Martial arts combat of any
number of schools forms a large part of Meaney's action--a bit too much
for my taste, becoming obsessional not only on the part of his
character but on the part of the author.
More importantly, Tom is a psychologically
flawed hero. In the white heat of combat he does kill without
hesitation and under extremes of torture degenerates into a subhuman
killing machine. But he is agonized by his own acts and mistakes,
rather than being a simple good-guy with an authorial license to
consciencelessly kill, to the point where he spends quite a bit of time
as a drunken derelict.
Thus what we (in the US) have here is two novels of
a three novel sequence that attempts to be both literarily and
thematically quite sophisticated and mimetic, unlike space opera,
without being anything more or less than science fiction period, and
for my money succeeds.
But commercially speaking, the chances of the
novels of the Nulapeiron cycle "breaking out" of the SF genre marketing
parameters and numbers limitations, certainly in the United States, and
almost certainly elsewhere, are zero. Not because of any lack of skill
or sophistication, but because no one not at least passingly familiar
with the literature of science fiction is likely to be able to read
them with full comprehension and therefore enjoyment on the level the
author intends.
This is not to say that this sort of literary
product fails or that the general readership that can't possibly fully
comprehend science fiction written on this level is stupid, but that
this is science fiction for people who read science fiction, period.
Fiction that can only be really be enjoyed by such readers. Fiction
that chooses to address a deliberately limited audience. Elite
fiction of its own kind, as surely as Ulysses or Finnegan's
Wake.
There, I've said it. And I will go further and say
that there's nothing inherently wrong with this if one chooses to write
such fiction with no commercial illusions. Certain things simply cannot
be properly written for a general audience. I knew this and accepted it
myself when I wrote The Void Captain's Tale and Riding the
Torch, for example, and unless he was smoking much stronger stuff
that I was at the time, I'm sure John Meaney knew and accepted it too.
There are stories you must write for a limited well-educated audience
or not at all.
This is the sort of thing I've been reduced to
calling "post post-modern science fiction." It would be easy enough to
simply call it "classical science fiction" or even just science
fiction, period, if this kind of thing hadn't seemed to be on the way
out in the US to the point where its literary renaissance out of
Britain and Australia seem to be some kind of brave and perhaps
quixotic counter-trend deserving of some sort of label.
"Science fiction written specifically for
experienced and intelligent readers of science fiction" is not exactly
a sexy logo like New Wave or post-modern space opera or cyberpunk, but
it is precisely what I'm talking about. And the readership for it is
pretty precisely self-selected and limited too.
The question is, is that readership large enough
for such literature to survive commercially?
The major established science fiction lines
generally appear to think not. Pyr, on the other hand, seems to
aggressively believe it is, perhaps because its definition of
commercial survival is more modest and realistic. Which is why all the
novels considered in this essay have been published by Pyr, since Pyr
seems to be specializing in such stuff, which also seems to be a main
reason why they are publishing so many non-American writers, unlike the
major American SF lines.
At first glance, Pyr seems to be a small press,
indeed a small SF specialty press, meaning a low capitalization,
minuscule print run start-up whose distribution is the dwindling number
of independent SF specialty stores, a wing, and a prayer. However, Pyr
is an imprint of Prometheus Books, an independent non-fiction publisher
that has been around for over thirty years, during which it has
established distribution access to the chains and major independent
book stores. So Pyr, while it may function as a small specialty press
on the acquisition end, has a leg up on the rest of them when it comes
to distribution.
If a publisher like Tor can get out five thousand
copies of a mid-list SF hardcover, maybe something like Pyr can do it
too, and do say a thirty-five hundred copy sell-through, which would
seem to be about an average percentage these days, neither a disaster
nor a great success. At twenty-five dollars a copy, that earns out an
advance of $8750 for the writer, more than Pyr is probably fronting,
and maybe they do a trade paperback later, and who knows, occasionally
sell mass market rights.
The point of doing these numbers is that if Pyr's
editorial selection and distribution processes work in a nominal but
not exceptional manner, they can run at a decent profit while being
competitive with the established so-called major SF lines, at least
when it comes to mid-list. And writers thereof will do no worse by
going their route either.
The bad news is that what this proves is that
so-called mid-list SF writers have as much of a chance of earning a
tough hard-working livelihood published by an outfit like this as they
do of doing the same being published in a so-called major SF line.
The good news is the literary strategy being
employed by Pyr's editor, Lou Anders, in taking advantage of the bad
news. Anders, emphatically unlike the majors, has been opting for
trying to maintain a consistently high level of literary quality. What
Pyr has begun to publish, and yes, thus far fairly consistently, is the
aforementioned science fiction written specifically for experienced and
intelligent readers of science fiction, with a bit of fantasy more or
less in the same mode thrown in.
Literary idealism, but also cunning commercial
cherry-picking. What Anders seems to have realized, what the Pyr
business model seems to reflect, is that this sort of elite science
fiction does have an inherently limited readership, that such
novels are not about to "break out," any more than the uneven mid-list
sci-fi persiflage churned out by the majors.
Surprisingly enough, there is now a lot of such
high quality science fiction available for average advances under ten
thousand dollars, maybe well under. Therefore, unless such a publisher
as Pyr (or for that matter most of the so-called majors if they would
get the point) is really incompetent, if it accepts the demographic
limitations, it can run quite nicely at a profit publishing nothing but
such down-the-middle science fiction of literary quality.
Given good literary taste, it's a no-brainer. There
are scores, perhaps hundreds, of high quality, even classic, science
fiction novels by well-known writers living and dead laying around out
of print that you can pick up for relative peanuts. And is there any
reason you have to package them as Golden Oldies? At these advance
levels, there is really no economic excuse for publishing low-grade
filler even in the mid-list of a major, especially since it isn't going
to sell any better than the right stuff anyway.
And these days there are all too many science
fiction novels of literary quality being published in English outside
the United States by writers unknown and unpublished in America begging
to be published in the US with apparently no major takers, and
therefore in no position to bargain for budget-busting bucks. Another
reason, it would seem, why a disproportionate number of the early
novels on the Pyr list are of non-American origin.
Another of these books is The Affinity Trap
by Martin Sketchley, another British writer, and yes, billed as Book
One of the Structure Series. This novel was published as a trade
paperback original, perhaps because its prior publication in Britain
may have been in that form, making a later American hardcover
commercially unviable.
This is another science fiction novel of literary
quality that hasn't a real prayer of being marketed to or read with
comprehending enjoyment by any but an experienced and sophisticated
audience of science fiction readers--though it does partake of some of
the attributes of space opera, and the sub-genre, if you want to call
it that, of so-called military science fiction.
Around the turn of the twenty-fourth century, most
of the population of Earth has retreated into enormous habitats
reminiscent of Robert Silverberg's The World Inside, but the
novel doesn't much concern itself with what goes on inside them.
The Earth has been taken over by a nasty, corrupt,
bureaucratic military dictatorship, more banana republic writ large and
high-tech than efficiently fascist, though utterly fascist
economically, run in an amoral fashion by a generalissimo named Myson
for the greedy profit of himself and his cronies.
The hero--or, better, protagonist--of The
Affinity Trap is Alexander Delgado, commando killer and military
intelligence agent par excellence. As the novel opens, though, his
career is somewhat in decline, having been too closely identified with
the fortunes of the previous generalissimo overthrown by Myson. Thus
does Sketchley introduce Delgado as a man who has been a dedicated
soldier with some idealism, but dedicated to the previous regime,
wishing to redeem his position with the current one, though viewing it
as degenerate and Myson a monster. It is a well-rendered set-up for a
classic piece of jaundiced viewpoint military SF in the mode of Chris
Bunch and Alan Cole's Sten series.
But Sketchley's fictional universe is an
interstellar one with any number of methods of interstellar travel, any
number of alien races off camera in The Affinity Trap, and the
Structure, the term for Earth's military-industrial-trading
kleptocracy, doing dirty business with and/or against any number of
them at any given time, and engaged one way or another in any number of
crummy little colonial wars for and against aliens and human colonials.
Tension is currently high between the Structure and
the Seriatt, a race of three-sexed aliens, and Myson concocts a ploy
straight out of medieval Europe to father a child on Lycern, the
"child-bearer to the royal household," in order to cement diplomatic
relations and maybe even an alliance. But Lycern splits to the
encampment of the Affinity Group on a third planet, a kind of human
religious nut-cult-cum-nascent hive mind, and Delgado is given the
chance to save his endangered ass by bringing her back to Earth or else.
So it's a very complex geopolitical mess out there
in outer space. The McGuffin involves a scientifically exceedingly
unlikely act of inter-species reproductive sex, our intrepid hero is
dropped down on a hostile planet to fetch the alien princess, and it
seems like a set-up for a classic piece of post-modern space opera.
Delgado snatches Lycern, but in the process ends up
involved in a bizarre sexual affair with the alien "princess," that
addicts him to her sexually, biochemically, and psychologically; an
addiction which he loathes, struggles against, and that stepwise
changes his loyalties, moral compass, and personality.
There's a long sequence in a huge resort space
habitat on the way back to Earth. Without going into the details,
Delgado ends up with a little rag-tag guerilla group in the ruins
surrounding the habitats fighting Myson and the Structure. The novel
ends with an action sequence in which Delgado and his comrades attempt
to snatch Lycern away from Myson and his minions.
How the novel ends, I won't even hint at
for fear of ruining the bravura effect, except to say that it knocked
my socks off, left my jaw gaping open, turned what was billed as the
first novel of a series into something that stands entirely on its own,
and left me wondering what in hell the next novel in the series could
possibly be.
If the above plot description gives the impression
that The Affinity Trap is a disjointed smorgasbord of science
fictional schtick--space opera, military science fiction,
anthropological science fiction, sexual science fiction a la Philip
José Farmer, rebel-against-the-system science
fiction--well, on a
surface level it is. The military technology is well worked out and
coherent and so is the space resort, but the FTL stuff and particularly
the human-alien sex and reproduction is not to be taken seriously on
any but the pure story level.
Nevertheless, The Affinity Trap coheres on
a literary level because, at its core, it is a political and
psychological novel, always focused and centered on the evolution
and/or devolution of Delgado's loyalties, moral structure, character,
and essential consciousness. At its heart, this is a novel of
character, bouncing around from one level of rigor to another on an
external phenomenological level, but always believable, interesting,
and realistic on a psychological level.
Another science fiction novel of high literary
quality, an adult novel of character even, with no chance at all of
being enjoyed and comprehended by other than the sophisticated and
experienced reader of science fiction. Another worthy novel whose
commercial sales potential is entirely contained within those limited
demographics.
And I'm not talking about the science fiction
readership the major science fiction lines are addressing with so much
stuff targeted at the so-called "fan base." That's a different, though
also limited, science fiction readership from the one I've been talking
about, though there is some overlap.
Some of those less sophisticated science fiction
readers can and will read science fiction written for a sophisticated
and intelligent readership likewise familiar with science fiction when,
like Context, Paradox, and The Affinity Trap,
it pushes their science fictional buttons too, and some of them will
have their literary tastes widened and deepened thereby.
But I doubt that many of them will likely read
something like Michael Blumlein's novel The Healer with much
enthusiasm and enjoyment.
This is another worthy science fiction novel--well,
sort of--published by Pyr, but this time it's the novel's first
publication anywhere, and the author is not only an American, but an
American who has previously been published in a major American SF line.
But under the current conditions, one can see why
an established major SF line would not be likely to publish something
like The Healer. Blumlein is a doctor, and even puts the "MD"
after his name on the cover as if it were a license plate. Which might
be taken for a rather silly affectation were not The Healer a
novel about a doctor, or anyway a, well, healer.
Where or when (or both) the story takes place seems
impossible to ascertain from the text. Another planet? A far future
Earth? The overwhelming majority of the population is human, but there
is a significant minority of mutant Grotesques, most of whom are simply
grotesque, a few of whom, like Payne, the protagonist, are healers.
Healers have an orifice-like organ on their torsos
called the os melior that enables them to sort of body-meld with ill
humans, draw the disease out of the patient's body like the "bad
vapors" of pre-allopathic medical theory, and concretize them into a
strange sort of semi-creature that they excrete, thus effecting the
cure.
Science fiction? Fantasy?
Blumlein has invented and elaborated in convincing
fictional detail an alternate healing science not only unlike any
contemporary or past school of medicine, but whose internal logic holds
up quite well on a literary level, even though it makes no sense at all
in terms of what science knows of mammalian, bacterial, and viral
biology.
Easy enough therefore to call The Healer
"science fiction" if one takes the venue for a far future Earth with
mutated biology or another planet with inhabitants who are somehow
"human," a common enough science fictional convention, or just as easy
to call it fantasy.
Who really cares? Blumlein doesn't seem to. His
fictional healing process works like rubber science, not magic. I would
contend, not that I feel particularly contentious about it, that this
is post-modern science fiction in the manner of post-modern space opera.
Blumlein, like writers of post-modern space opera,
knows that The Healer violates known science as surely as the
Swamps of Venus or the Canals of Mars--he is a physician, after
all--but, like them, doesn't give a damn. Like the writers of
post-modern space opera, he's quite willing to jettison verisimilitude,
science, even the science of his own profession, in order to tell his
story.
The difference, and in commercial terms as well as
literary terms it is an enormous difference, is the nature and intent
of the story. Whereas post-modern space opera, like naive
space opera,
is out to tell a ripping adventure yarn, in The Healer Blumlein
is out to tell a very interior, indeed somewhat claustrophobic,
character-centered story.
Who does and who does not become a healer is
genetically determined, and the culture depicted allows them no choice
in the matter; they are in effect drafted, and drafted for life. And
that life is a shortened one, for the healing process burns them out
and kills them at an early age. And since Grotesques are an underclass
despised or, at best, grudgingly tolerated by the dominant humans,
healers, being Gro-tesques, are neither richly rewarded nor respected
in the manner of doctors in our society. No human mother in Blumlein's
fictional reality would aspire to have her daughter marry one.
Thus Payne's story is that of something of a social
isolate, who generally fails to break out of his social isolation, and
is not very good at human (in the broadest sense) relationships; a
professional empath, whose empathy exists mainly on a professional
level, as perhaps deliberately symbolized by the manner of the healing,
as he cures diseases caused by immaterial agencies by converting them
into concrete material aggregations to be excreted.
Has Michael Blumlein, MD, deliberately written a
kind of science fictional meditation on the inner lives of doctors in
our own society? Is there something psychically autobiographical here?
Maybe. Certainly appending his MD to his author credit seem like an
invitation to take The Healer that way, else why do it in the
first place? But be that as it may, that's where literary criticism
starts to drift off into speculative psychoanalysis of the author, and
that's a direction in which I choose to go no further.
My point for present purposes is that The Healer
is a very deep and very interesting and very interior meditation on
what it is to be a healer--not to choose to be one, but to be chosen,
to be able to heal others but not oneself or one's colleagues, to pay a
heavy price in psychic terms and in terms of lifespan--but interesting
only to a readership interested in such stuff, which is not likely to
be a large one.
Certainly smaller than the potential readership for
space opera, post-modern or otherwise, smaller even than the more
restricted readership for science fiction written for sophisticated and
knowledgeable readers thereof in general. Which is to say smaller than
the potential market for novels like the Nulapeiron Sequence or The
Affinity Trap.
And yet, though the major established SF lines
hardly ever publish anything promising only numbers like that anymore,
Pyr has chosen to publish it, calculating, and I think
correctly, that there are still enough potential readers even for
something like The Healer to turn an acceptable profit on
realistically modest terms.
What all this means to the writers laboring within
the aforementioned commercial parameters is a true existential question
that cuts to the heart of what one writes at any given time and why.
Under the present commercial conditions, science
fiction of the sort reviewed and lauded herein is just not going to
"break out" of its limited readership, nor, therefore, is it going to
"break out" of its circumscribed economic potential. Indeed, this may
be, maybe have always been, and may always be, inherent in the nature
of the material itself. No one is going to make anything beyond a tough
hard-scrabble living writing science fiction for sophisticated and
knowledgeable readers exclusively.
Does that mean it is not worth writing?
I would contend, and have hopefully thus far
demonstrated that such fiction is certainly worth reading for
those equipped to read it with the necessary level of knowledge and
commitment. Indeed, for such readers it may be the fiction of choice.
Whether it's worth writing for
practitioners without illusions is a personal choice, perhaps a choice
that one makes from book to book. I know that I have. In absolute
literary terms, the sincere writer really writes for a readership of
one. You write what you would like someone else to have written so you
could read it.
I like to read the sort of fiction I've been
discussing here, so I've written it from time to time; early on perhaps
with unrealistic stars in my eyes, later without commercial illusions.
But I have other literary interests, too. I not only wish to reach
larger readership for certain of my works, but wish to acquaint them
with something of the spirit of speculative fiction, too. And so I have
no problem writing contemporary fiction, historical fiction,
"cross-over fiction," whatever, with the same literary sincerity.
But accepting a limited elite audience for a
particular work sometimes has a strong attraction for a writer, for it
liberates you to write certain things that you know damn well can't be
read with comprehending enjoyment by anyone else.
Of course the economic attraction is not much
beyond bare survival. Still, if something like Pyr succeeds and is
emulated by more such publishing programs, and the numbers say given
competence such a business and literary model should work, it will be
possible to earn something like a survival living writing only such
fiction for those with the necessary talent who can write quickly
enough or a nice supplement for those not fast enough to give up their
day job.
That much being said, it is still depressing when
something like The Resurrected Man by Sean Williams, which
should have been published in a major way by a major SF line at the
very least must be rescued from American limbo by a specialty imprint
like Pyr.
Williams is an Australian who has apparently
published eighteen novels there, The Resurrected Man was first
published in Australia way back in 1998, and is one of those
comparatively rare novels that both fulfill the parameters of full-bore
science fiction yet could be read by a "cross-over" audience as easily
as the science fiction of Michael Crichton or Margaret Atwood to which
it is quite superior on all levels.
The Resurrected Man is a murder mystery of
a science fictional sort, of the hard-boiled private dick variety
thereof, and the cyberpunk variant of that. Jonah McEwan, once a cop,
now a private eye, must solve the murder of his one-time partner and
lover Marylin Blaylock.
Well, not really. In this future, matter
transmission is the major form of transportation of goods and humans,
and the process can produce duplicates of the originals who don't even
necessarily know they're duplicates, and what's really going on is that
a serial killer is duplicating women who look like Marylin and murdering
them. And since their partnership and relationship ended badly,
Jonah himself is the prime suspect. The original Marylin, still alive
and now a cop, ends up somewhat reluctantly partnering with him again
to solve the serial murders of women who seem to be surrogates for
herself.
Thus we have a story-line that would pull readers
of thrillers or detective novels through what is otherwise a very well
written and very well extrapolated science fiction novel set in a very
complex and well-realized future, moreover written with the
considerable style, panache, and attention to the inner life of the
detective in question that one has come to expect in high-end noir.
The Resurrected Man is hardly the first
novel to mix the detective story with science fiction in an attempt to
appeal to the readerships for both, but most of them water down the
science fiction elements for the sake of the detective novel readers,
and tone down the noir concentration on the inner life of the main
character for the science fiction readers, and the whole usually ends
up less than the sum of its parts.
Here, though, the whole succeeds in being greater
than the sum of its parts. It's impossible for me to have read The
Resurrected Man as if I were ignorant of science fiction, but I do
believe that there are readers of noir detective novels who are will be
able to comprehend the science fiction, and I am sure that the science
fiction readers will not feel talked down to.
So why was The Resurrected Man not picked
up by a major American publisher during the seven years between its
publication in Australia and its rescue from Stateside oblivion by Pyr?
True, getting something like this published as a
"major mainstream novel" has always been problematical in the United
States, and though it has worked very well in France with things like
Maurice Dantec's Les Racines Du Mal, publishing something like The
Resurrected Man as a major mystery novel is rare in the United
States because, aside from the main character and the plot, this is
dominantly science fiction.
But what makes a mystery a mystery is the lead
character and the plot and nothing more, which is why anyone can read
one readily without having read in the genre before. And what makes
science fiction science fiction has nothing to do with the plot and the
lead character.
So there's nothing in The Resurrected Man
that would have distanced the book from science fiction readers, and
quite a bit that would have drawn in an additional audience from
detective novel readers had it been published in the United States with
a bit of push and savvy.
Therefore given that under the present conditions
the acquisition cost would have been modest, it would seem that The
Resurrected Manwould have been an ideal novel for a major
American SF line to place a modest bet on at breaking out of the
singular genre marketing box.
So speaking of mysteries, why didn't one of them do
it?
Speaking of hard-boiled literary detectives, why
wasn't there one with the publishing street smarts to try?
* * * *
Norman Spinrad tells us "I have begun a 'radical
experiment,' the 'viral shareware distribution' of my novel
He
Walked Among Us. The entire novel is available as shareware upon
request as an RTF file, to individuals who are permitted and encouraged
to redistribute it, and to web zines and news groups who are permitted
to post it on a non-exclusive basis. To request a copy of the He
Walked Among Us file, email me at normanspinrad@compuserve.com."
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Burying Maud (Mock Fireside Lament)
by William John Watkins
With apologies to John Greenleaf Whittier
Avaunt, avaunt ye monstruous dog!
Oh, do not frisk and play!
The ground has gotten hard and we
Must bury Maud today.
With shovel, chisel, axe and pick
We've worked to dig the hole
To put her ample body in
That will not hold her soul.
The ground is adamantine
And chill has gone to cold
And Maud has gone to Glory
But eighty-nine years old.
Oh hard, and hard, and harder yet
The adamantine ground,
We've filled her mouth with frozen dirt
Till she can't make a sound.
The frost is on the pumpkin
And leaden are the skies
Alas we do not have the time
To wait until she dies.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
SF Conventional Calendar by Erwin S.
Strauss
It's time to think about what to do over the big
Easter convention weekend. Plan now for social weekends with your
favorite SF authors, editors, artists, and fellow fans. For an
explanation of con(vention)s, a sample of SF folksongs, info on
fanzines and clubs, and how to get a later, longer list of cons, send
me an SASE (self-addressed, stamped #10 [business] envelope) at 10 Hill
#22-L, Newark NJ 07102. The hot line is (973) 242-5999. If a machine
answers (with a list of the week's cons), leave a message and I'll call
back on my nickel. When writing cons, send an SASE. For free listings,
tell me of your con 6 months out. Look for me at cons behind the Filthy
Pierre badge, playing a musical keyboard.--Erwin S. Strauss
* * * *
MARCH 2006
11--12--PhoenixCon. For info, write: Yellow
Brick Road, 8 Bachelor's Walk Dublin 1, Ireland. Or phone: (973)
242-5999 (10 AM to 10 PM, not collect). (Web) slovobooks.com.
(E-mail) phoenixconvention@yahoo.com.uk. Con will be held in:
Dublin, Ireland (if city omitted, same as in address) at the Ashling
Hotel. Guests will include: S. Clarke, Greenland.
15--19--IAFA. iafa.org. Airport Wyndham, Ft.
Lauderdale FL. C. Vess, Inge, Goonan, B. Aldiss. Academic conference.
16--19--Left Coast Crime. interbridge.com.
Marriott, Bristol UK. Anne Perry, Lee Child, T. & B. Gottfried, D.
Moore.
17--19--LunaCon. lunacon.org. Sheraton, E.
Rutherford NJ (near NYC). J. Butcher, D. Mattingly, B. Connell, Ashton.
17--19--RevelCon.
majorcrimes.freeservers.com/revelcon. Houston TX. Media-oriented
fanzine relax-a-con. 18+ only.
24--26--ICon, Box 550, Stony Brook NY 11790.
iconsf.org. State U. of NY. Brooks, Emshwiller. Big on-campus con.
24--26--ChimaeraCon, 138 Av. Del Rey #G, San
Antonio TX 78216. chimaeracon.com. Trishway Hall. Gaming, anime.
24--26--SakuraCon, 3702 S. Fife, Suite K-2 #78,
Tacoma WA 98409. sakuracon.org. Ikue Otani & others. Anime.
31--Apr. 2--PortmeiriCon, 90871 Clover Dr., N.
Wales PA 19454. portmeiricon.com. At UK "Prisoner" location.
31--Apr. 2--TellyNation, 163 Park Rd.,
Loughborough LE11 2HE, UK. tellynation.com. Hilton, Swindon.
Matthews.
* * * *
APRIL 2006
13--16--NorWesCon, Box 68547, Seattle WA 98168.
(206) 270-7850. norwescon.org. Doubletree, SeaTac WA. Bujold.
13--16--FroliCon, Box 4880, Huntsville AL 35815.
frolicon.org. Crowne Plaza, Atlanta GA. Over 18 only.
13--16--EuroCon, Box 570/8, Kiev 03126, Ukraine.
(380-44) 455-3575. eurocon.kiev.ua. Poyarkov, Datlow, E. Gunn.
14--16--MiniCon, Box 8297, Minneapolis MN 55408.
mnstf.org. Sheraton Bloomington South. Ellison, Friauf, Picacio.
14--16--AniZona, c/o Box 62613, Phoenix AZ
85082. (602) 375-1777. anizona.org. Embassy Suites North. Anime con.
14--17--UK National Con, Box 64128, Sunnyvale CA
94088. (650) 722-1413. eastercon2006.org. Glasgow Scotland.
21--23--EerieCon, Box 412, Buffalo NY 14226.
info@eeriecon.org. Days Inn, Niagara Falls NY. Turtledove, Huff.
21--23--RavenCon, 8600 Queensmere Pl. #2,
Richmond VA 23294. ravencon.com. T. Brooks, T. Kidd, the Gillilands.
21--23--PenguiCon, Box 401302, Redford MI 48240.
penguicon.org. Sheraton, Novi MI. Open-source software & SF.
21--23--Malice Domestic, 703 Kenbrook Dr.,
Silver Spring MD 20902. malicedomestic.org. Arlington VA. Mysteries.
28--30--ShiokazeCon, Box 75101, Houston TX
77234. shiokazecon.com. Anime.
28--30--OLNFC, 22 Purefoy Rd., Coventry CV3 5GL,
UK. theofficialleonardnimoyfanclub.com. Leamington Spa.
* * * *
MAY 2006
4--7--Nebula Awards Weekend, c/o SFWA, Box 877,
Chestertown MD 21620. (480) 423-0649. sfwa.org. Tempe AZ.
5--7--LepreCon, Box 26665, Tempe AZ 85285. (480)
945-6890. leprecon.org. Embassy Suites N., Phoenix AZ. Clark.
* * * *
AUGUST 2006
23--27--LACon IV, Box 8442, Van Nuys CA 91409.
info@laconiv.com. Anaheim CA. Connie Willis. The WorldCon. $175.
* * * *
AUGUST 2007
2--5--Archon, Box 8387, St. Louis MO 63132.
archonstl.org. Collinsville IL. North American SF Convention for
2007.
30--Sep. 3--Nippon 2007, Box 314, Annapolis Jct.
MD 20701. nippon2007.org. Yokohama Japan. WorldCon. $180.
[Back to Table
of Contents]
Next Issue
June Issue
Hugo Award-winner James Patrick Kelly has been featured in
every June issue of Asimov's for more than twenty years now,
and doesn't let us down this year either, returning next issue with our
lead story for June, taking us "backstage" for an insider's look at the
problems, pitfalls, and bizarre (and sometimes potentially deadly)
complications of putting on the high-tech interactive entertainment of
the future, "The Leila Torn Show," all told from a unique
perspective--that of the show itself!
* * * *
Also In June
Popular new writer Jack Skillingstead demonstrates that when
you've only got one day, you'd better make it a good one, as he
plunges us headlong into "Life on the Preservation"; new writer Beth
Bernobich, making her Asimov's debut, unravels a sinister
mathematical mystery as she flies with "A Flight of Numbers Fantastique
Strange"; Robert Reed, one of our most prolific contributors,
returns to delve into the secrets of the strangest show you never saw,
as he examines "Eight Episodes"; well-known writer and scientist Rudy
Rucker institutes drastic solutions for drastic problems, and we
end up all having to deal with the consequences, along with "Chu and
the Nants"; new writer Scott William Carter, making his Asimov's
debut, takes us to a distant planet for a chilling encounter with "The
Tiger in the Garden"; British writer Ian Creasey takes us on a
suspenseful hunt for those strange things that live beyond "The Edge of
the Map"; and new writer William Preston, making his Asimov's
debut, assures us that "You Will Go to the Moon"--whether it's the
right thing to do or not.
* * * *
Exciting Features
Robert Silverberg's "Reflections" column muses about
"Sixtus the Sixth"; Peter Heck brings us "On Books"; and, James
Patrick Kelly's "On the Net" column invites us to perk up our ears
for some "Adventures in Podcasting"; plus an array of cartoons, poems,
and other features. Look for our June issue on sale at your newsstand
on April 11, 2006. Or subscribe today and be sure to miss none of the
fantastic stuff we have coming up for you this year (you can also
subscribe to Asimov's online, in varying formats, including in
downloadable form for your PDA, by going to our website, www.asimovs.com).
* * * *
Coming Soon
medulla-masticating tales by Rudy Rucker, William Barton,
Kristine Kathryn Rusch, Nancy Kress, Kathe Koja,
Carol Emshwiller, Robert Silverberg, Alexander Jablokov, Michael
Swanwick, Tanith Lee, Brian Stableford, Stephen
Baxter, Tim Pratt, Bruce McAllister, Paul Melko,
Pamela Sargent, L. Timmel Duchamp, and many more!